Home

Manual - IS MU

1. 22 114 Soll PrEPFOCSSSIM oia ra a Re eG ee R R Be 115 3 11 11 Preprocessor Directives lt s douc ee oe be eS oe RAS EE ES 115 3112 Predefined Macros oon st oe eee YG Be Re BA RS 115 34113 PragmalDEECUY S cc ea e g e RO AS Da Boe RS Ba te 115 3 11 3 1 The pragma inline Directive o 115 3 11 3 2 The pragma interrupt_level Directive 119 3 11 3 3 The pragma jis and nojis Directives 119 3 11 3 4 The pragma pack Directive o 119 3 11 3 5 The pragma printf check Directive 119 3 11 3 6 The pragma regsused Directive 120 3 11 3 7 The pragma switch Directive 25 4 ke ee PS 120 3 11 3 8 The pragma warning Directive o 121 3 12 Linking Proprams oops dra a a ee be a 123 3 12 1 Replacing Library Modules gt cscs 55 5445 8 oe oR edari 124 Sold Sigmanite a 24 6k 2 GA eS Ree SESS ES SEAM OE ES 124 3 12 3 Linker Defined Symbols cerdo ee eere ee ee 125 3 13 Standard I O Functions and Serial VO 2 oe 126 4 Macro Assembler 127 Ask Assembler Weage 2 0 Gc ees BH EOS OE ee Ee ts amp BA ee ds 127 4 2 AssemblerOptions gt lt sso oo eee ass 128 435 HI TECH C Assembly Language os scc be ke ee ee Ea 130 43 1 Statement FOMA 24 6 245 55 23 60 ee eh ae bee bbe es 130 Q32 Characters 4 4 446 bene we dob be a bb ode dae eS 131 AS 2A DEMOS cos ojo bi a BS
2. 164 include filename was converted to lower case Preprocessor The include file name had to be converted to lowercase before it could be opened e g include lt STDIO H gt oops should be include lt stdio h gt 165 include filename does not match actual name check upper lower case Prepro cessor In Windows versions this means the file to be included actually exists and is spelt the same way as the include filename however the case of each does not exactly match For example specifying include code c will include Code c if it is found In Linux versions this warning could occur if the file wasn t found 166 too few values specified with option Preprocessor The list of values to the preprocessor CPP S option is incomplete This should not happen if the preprocessor is being invoked by the compiler driver The values passes to this option represent the sizes of char short int long float and double types 167 too many values specified with S option unused Preprocessor There were too many values supplied to the S preprocessor option See the Error Message s too few values specified in on page 360 360 Error and Warning Messages 168 unknown option Any This option given to the component which caused the error is not recognized 169 strange character after Preprocessor There is an unexpected character after 170
3. 54 2 6 31 FLOAT type Select kind of Float Types 54 2 6 32 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options 54 20 03 HELP lt opeton gt Display Help o cesar e RR 54 2 6 34 IDE type Specify the IDE being used 54 2 6 35 LANG language Specify the Language for Messages 55 2 6 36 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map 55 2 6 37 MSGDISABLE messagelist Disable Warning Messages 55 2 6 38 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format 56 2 6 39 NODEL Do not remove temporary fil s 56 2 640 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler cce ss ta aor aod ee 56 2 6 41 OBJDIR Specify a directory for intermediate files 56 2 6 42 OPT lt type gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations 56 2 6 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files 56 2 6 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type 57 24045 PASS1 Compile to P C0d6 o oe c escra a ee a 58 2 6 46 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code osos esos ce erato oo 58 2047 PROTO Generate Prototypes 500 mis ss 58 2 6 48 RAM l10 hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges 59 2 6 49 ROM lo hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges 60 2 6 50 RUNTIME type Specify Runtime Environment 60 2651 SCANDEB Scan for Dependencies 2 6 k
4. Parser This identifier is not a variable it may be some other kind of object e g a label 194 expected Parser A closing parenthesis was expected here This may indicate you have left out this character in an expression or you have some other syntax error The error is flagged on the line at which the code first starts to make no sense This may be a statement following the incomplete expression e g b x the closing parenthesis is missing here x b 0 the error is flagged here 365 Error and Warning Messages 195 expression syntax Parser This expression is badly formed and cannot be parsed by the compiler e g a b oops maybe that should be a b x 196 struct union required Parser A structure or union identifier is required before a dot e g int a a b 9 x oops a is not a structure 197 struct union member expected Parser wou A structure or union member name must follow a dot or arrow gt 198 undefined struct union Parser The specified structure or union tag is undefined e g struct WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen x 199 logical type required Parser The expression used as an operand to if while statements or to boolean operators like and amp amp must be a scalar integral type e g struct FORMAT format if format x this operand must be a scaler type x format a 0 200
5. __EEPROM_DATA 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 __EEPROM_DATA 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F void main void See also __CONFIG 203 Library Functions _ IDLOC Synopsis include lt htc h gt __ IDLOC x Description This macro places data into the device s special locations outside of addressable memory reserved for ID This would be useful for storage of serial numbers etc The macro will attempt to write 4 nibbles of data to the 4 locations reserved for ID purposes Example include lt htc h gt __ TIDLOC 15F0 x will store 1 5 F and 0 in the ID registersx void main void See also _IDLOC7 __ CONFIG 204 Library Functions _ IDLOC7 Synopsis ftinclude lt htc h gt __ IDLOC7 a b c d Description This macro places data into the device s special locations outside of addressable memory reserved for ID This would be useful for storage of serial numbers etc The macro will attempt to write 7 bits of data to each of the 4 locations reserved for ID purposes Example include lt htc h gt __ TDLOC 0x7F 70 1 0x5A 5 will store 7Fh 70 1 and 5Ah in the ID registers void main void Note Not all devices permit 7 bit programming of the ID locations Refer to the device datasheet to see whether this macro can be used on your particular device See also _IDLOC __ CONFIG 205 Librar
6. When used this macro will expand to the 2 instructions in the body of the macro with the formal parameters substituted by the arguments Thus movlf 2 tempvar expands to movlw 2 movwf tempvar mod 080h A point to note in the above example the amp character is used to permit the concatenation of macro parameters with other text but is removed in the actual expansion A comment may be suppressed within the expansion of a macro thus saving space in the macro storage by opening the comment with a double semicolon When invoking a macro the argument list must be comma separated If it is desired to include a comma or other delimiter such as a space in an argument then angle brackets lt and gt may be used to quote the argument In addition the exclamation mark may be used to quote a single character The character immediately following the exclamation mark will be passed into the macro argument even if it is normally a comment indicator 146 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language If an argument is preceded by a percent sign that argument will be evaluated as an expression and passed as a decimal number rather than as a string This is useful if evaluation of the argument inside the macro body would yield a different result The nul operator may be used within a macro to test a macro argument for example IF nul arg3 argument was not supplied ELSE argument was supplied ENDIF By defaul
7. x oops should be int x farray 281 functions can t return functions Parser A function cannot return a function It can return a function pointer A function returning a pointer to a function could be declared like this int name Q Note the many parentheses that are necessary to make the parts of the declaration bind correctly 282 functions can t return arrays Parser A function can return only a scalar simple type or a structure It cannot return an array 283 dimension required Parser Only the most significant i e the first dimension in a multi dimension array may not be assigned a value All succeeding dimensions must be present as a constant expression e g This should be e g int arr 7 int get_element int arr 2 return array 1 6 284 invalid dimension Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 285 no identifier in declaration Parser The identifier is missing in this declaration This error can also occur where the compiler has been confused by such things as missing closing braces e g void interrupt void what is the name of this function x 383 Error and Warning Messages 286 declarator too complex Parser This declarator is too complex for the compiler to handle Examine the declaration and find a way to simplify it If the compiler finds it too complex so will
8. 1050 bad date in 0x52 record Cromwell A debug record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 1051 bad date in 0x01 record Cromwell A start of program record or segment record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 1052 unknown record type Cromwell A record type could not be determined when reading this UBROF file 470 Error and Warning Messages 1053 additional RAM ranges larger than bank size Driver A block of additional RAM being requested exceeds the size of a bank Try breaking the block into multiple ranges that do not cross bank boundaries 1054 additional RAM range out of bounds Driver The RAM memory range as defined through custom RAM configuration is out of range 1055 RAM range out of bounds Driver The RAM memory range as defined in the chip configuration file or through custom configuration is out of range 1056 unknown chip architecture Driver The compiler is attempting to compile for a device of an architecture that is either unsupported or disabled 1057 fast double option only available on 17 series processors Driver The fast double library cannot be selected for this device These routines are only available for PIC17 devices 1058 assertion Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1059 rewrite loop Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical
9. 446 Error and Warning Messages 799 REPT argument must be gt 0 Assembler The argument to a REPT directive must be greater than zero e g rept 2 2 copies of this code x move r0 r11 endm 800 undefined symbol Assembler The named symbol is not defined in this module and has not been specified GLOBAL 801 range check too complex Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 802 invalid address after END directive Assembler The start address of the program which is specified after the assembler END directive must be a label in the current file 803 undefined temporary label Assembler A temporary label has been referenced that is not defined Note that a temporary label must have a number gt 0 804 write error on object file Assembler The assembler failed to write to an object file This may be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 806 attempted to get an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 807 attempted to set an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 808 bad size in add_reloc Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with detail
10. ei enable all interrupts di disable all interrupts 3 9 3 Function Duplication It is assumed by the compiler that an interrupt may occur at any time As functions are not reentrant if a user defined function appears to be called by an interrupt function and by main line code or another interrupt function this has the potential to lead to code failure HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family has a feature which will duplicate any function called from more than one call tree in the program s call graph A duplicate will be made for each call tree from which the function is called The original and any duplicates contribute to the output 106 C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C These duplicate functions will have unique names for the assembly function labels themselves labels within the functions and local variables defined in the functions The name consists of the usual name prefixed with in where n is the level number of the interrupt function The function called from main line code will retain its original name TUTORIAL In a program the function main calls a user defined function called input This func tion is also called by an interrupt function The output will contain the code cor responding to the original function called input as well as the code corresponding to a duplicate of this called i1_input If there was a compiler generated local la bel placed in the generated assembly code
11. pragma inline x what is the function name x maybe you meant something like pragma inline memcpy 219 missing name after pragma printf_check Parser The print f_check pragma expects the name of a function to follow This specifies printf style format string checking for the function e g pragma printf_check what function is to be checked x Maybe you meant something like pragma printf_check sprintf Pragmas for all the standard printf like function are already contained in lt stdio h gt 220 exponent expected Parser A floating point constant must have at least one digit after the e or E e g float f f 1 234e oops what is the exponent x 221 hexadecimal digit expected Parser After 0x should follow at least one of the hex digits 0 9 and A F or a f e g a 0xg6 x oops was that meant to be a Oxf6 x 370 Error and Warning Messages 222 binary digit expected Parser A binary digit was expected following the 0b format specifier e g i 0bf000 wooops 000 is not a base two value x 223 digit out of range Parser Assembler Optimiser A digit in this number is out of range of the radix for the number e g using the digit 8 in an octal number or hex digits A F in a decimal number An octal number is denoted by the digit string commencing with a zero while a hex number starts with OX or Ox For example int a 058 x leading 0 implies octa
12. 397 usage hlink options files obj files lib Linker Improper usage of the command line linker If you are invoking the linker directly then please refer to Section 5 7 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 398 output file can t be also an input file Linker The linker has detected an attempt to write its output file over one of its input files This cannot be done because it needs to simultaneously read and write input and output files 400 bad object code format Linker This is an internal compiler error The object code format of an object file is invalid Ensure it is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 402 bad argument to F Objtohex The F option for objtohex has been supplied an invalid argument If you are invoking this command line tool directly then please refer to Section 5 12 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 403 bad E option Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 404 bad maximum length value to lt digits gt Objtohex The first value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 405 bad record size rounding value to lt digits gt Objtohex The second
13. 512 unknown complex operator 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 513 bad complex relocation Linker The linker has been asked to perform complex relocation that is not syntactically correct Probably means an object file is corrupted 514 illegal relocation type Linker An object file contained a relocation record with an illegal relocation type This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 515 unknown symbol type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 516 text record has bad length 1 lt 0 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 422 Error and Warning Messages 520 function is never called Linker This function is never called This may not represent a problem but space could be saved by remov ing it If you believe this function should be called check your source code Some assembler library routines are never called although they are actually execute In this case the routines are linked in a special sequence so that program execution falls through from one routine to the next 521 call depth exceeded by function Linker The call graph shows that functions are nested to a depth
14. struct unsigned mask 2 x mask can hold values 0 to 3 x value int compare void return value mask 6 test can 755 divide by zero Code Generator A constant expression that was being evaluated involved a division by zero e g a 0 x divide by 0 was this what you were intending 757 constant conditional branch Code Generator A conditional branch generated by an if for while statement etc always follows the same path This will be some sort of comparison involving a variable and a constant expression For the code generator to issue this message the variable must have local scope either auto or static local and the global optimizer must be enabled possibly at higher level than 1 and the warning level threshold may need to be lower than the default level of 0 The global optimizer keeps track of the contents of local variables for as long as is possible during a function For C code that compares these variables to constants the result of the comparison can be deduced at compile time and the output code hard coded to avoid the comparison e g 440 Error and Warning Messages int a b a 5 x this can never be false always perform the true statement x if a 4 b 6 will produce code that sets a to 5 then immediately sets b to 6 No code will be produced for the comparison if a 4 Ifa was a global variable it may be that other functions particularly in
15. 0x55 amp i 3 3 9 Standard Type Qualifiers Type qualifiers provide information regarding how an object may be used in addition to its type which defines it storage size and format HI TECH C supports both ANSI qualifiers and additional special qualifiers which are useful for embedded applications and which take advantage of the PIC architecture 3 3 9 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers HI TECH C supports the use of the ANSI type qualifiers const and volatile The const type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object is read only and will not be modified If any attempt is made to modify an object declared const the compiler will issue a 87 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features warning User defined objects declared const are placed in a special psects in the program space Obviously a const object must be initialised when it is declared as it cannot be assigned a value at any point at runtime For example const int version 3 The volatile type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object cannot be guaranteed to retain its value between successive accesses This prevents the optimizer from eliminating appar ently redundant references to objects declared volatile because it may alter the behaviour of the program to do so All Input Output ports and any variables which may be modified by interrupt routines should be declared volatile for example volatile static unsigned int TACTL
16. 2 6 10 Ofile Specify Output File This option allows the basename of the output file s to be specified If no O option is given the output file s will be named after the first source or object file on the command line The files controlled are any produced by the linker or applications run subsequent to that e g CROMWELL So for instance the HEX file MAP file and SYM file are all controlled by the O option The O option can also change the directory in which the output file is located by including the required path before the filename e g Oc project output first This will then also specify the output directory for any files produced by the linker or subsequently run applications Any relative paths specified are with respect to the current working directory Any extension supplied with the filename will be ignored The name and path specified by the O option will apply to all output files The options that specify MAP file creation M see 2 6 8 and SYM file creation G see 2 6 4 override any name or path information provided by O relevant to the MAP and SYM file To change the directory in which all output and intermediate files are written use the OUTDIR option see Section 2 6 43 Note that if O specifies a path which is inconsistent with the path specified in the OUTDIR option this will result in an error 2 6 11 P Preprocess Assembly Files The P option causes the assembler files to be prepro
17. INDEX GLOBAL directive 134 137 global optimization 56 global PSECT flag 139 global symbols 154 gmtime function 246 hardware initialization 33 header files problems in 63 HEX file format 196 HEX file map 198 hex files address alignment 61 195 address map 190 calculating check sums 190 converting to other Intel formats 190 data record 61 193 detecting instruction sequences 190 embedding serial numbers 190 extended address record 197 filling unused memory 54 190 find and replacing instructions 190 merging multiple 190 multiple 158 record length 61 190 195 196 hexadecimal constants assembly 132 hexmate application 25 190 hexmate option prefix 192 CK 193 FILL 194 197 FIND 195 FIND DELETE 196 FIND REPLACE 196 FORMAT 196 HELP 197 LOGFILE 198 MASK 198 O 198 SERIAL 62 198 SIZE 199 STRING 199 STRPACK 200 addressing 192 break 193 file specifications 192 hexmate options 191 HI TIDE 54 HI_TECH_C 117 htc h 112 HTC_ERR_FORMAT 39 HTC_MSG_FORMAT 39 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 39 VO console I O functions 126 serial 126 STDIO 126 ID Locations 74 idata psect 31 61 idata_n psect 103 identifier length 48 identifiers assembly 132 IDLOC 74 idloc psect 103 IEEE floating point format 84 IF directive 145 Implementation defined behaviour division and modulus 102 shifts 101 implementation defined behaviour 73 INCLUDE assembl
18. Return Value The arc tangent of y x 214 Library Functions ATOF Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double atof const char x s Description The atof function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a number to a double The number may be in decimal normal floating point or scientific notation Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 double i gets buf 1 printf Read s converted to f n buf See Also atof buf atoi atol strtod Return Value A double precision floating point number If no number is found in the string 0 0 will be returned 215 Library Functions ATOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int atoi const char x s Description The atoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks and reading an optional sign It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to an integer Example incl incl void main lude lt stdlib h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf 80 mE Ly gets buf i atoi buf printf Read s See Also xtoi atof atol Return Value converted to d n buf A signed integer If no number is found in the string O will be returned 216 1 Library Functions ATOL Synops
19. Return Value The number of characters preceding the null terminator 309 Library Functions STRNCAT Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strncat char sl const char x s2 size_t n Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 At most n characters will be copied and the result will be null terminated s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har x Sl s2 Q trcpy buffer Start of line 1 buffer 2 end of Line trncat sl s2 5 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer S S S S See Also strcpy stremp strcat strlen 310 Library Functions Return Value The value of sl is returned 311 Library Functions STRNCAT Synopsis include lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x char strncat char sl const char s2 size_t n For high end processors x far char strncat far char x sl const char x s2 size_t n Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 At most n characters will be copied and the result will be null terminated s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example i
20. The output of the assembler may vary depending on the target device The device name is typically set using the CHIP option to the command line driver PICC see Section 2 6 21 or using the assembler P option see Table 4 1 but can also be set with this directive e g PROCESSOR 16F877 4 3 8 26 SIGNAT This directive is used to associate a 16 bit signature value with a label At link time the linker checks that all signatures defined for a particular label are the same and produces an error if they are not The 149 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 7 ASPIC assembler controls Control Meaning Format COND Include conditional code in the listing COND EXPAND Expand macros in the listing output EXPAND INCLUDE Textually include another source file INCLUDE lt pathname gt LIST Define options for listing output LIST lt listopt gt lt listopt gt NOCOND Leave conditional code out of the listing NOCOND NOEXPANDx Disable macro expansion NOEXPAND NOLIST Disable listing output NOLIST PAGE Start a new page in the listing output PAGE SUBTITLE Specify the subtitle of the program SUBTITLE lt subtitle gt TITLE Specify the title of the program TITLE lt title gt SIGNAT directive is used by the HI TECH C compiler to enforce link time checking of C function prototypes and calling conventions
21. include lt stdio h gt void main void double f f ldexp 1 0 10 printf 1 0 2 10 f n f See Also frexpO Return Value The return value is the integer i added to the exponent of the floating point value f 253 Library Functions LDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt ldiv_t ldiv long number long denom Description The Idiv routine divides the numerator by the denominator computing the quotient and the remain der The sign of the quotient is the same as that of the mathematical quotient Its absolute value is the largest integer which is less than the absolute value of the mathematical quotient The IdivQ function is similar to the div function the difference being that the arguments and the members of the returned structure are all of type long int Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void ldiv_t 1t lt ldiv 1234567 12345 printf Quotient ld remainder ld n See Also div uldiv udiv Return Value Returns a structure of type Idiv_t 254 lt quot l1t rem Library Functions LOCALTIME Synopsis finclude lt time h gt struct tm localtime Description time_t x t The localtime function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The routin
22. output and may be redirected in the usual manner Alternatively out file may be specified as the output file name 185 Cromwell Linker and Utilities 5 13 5 Pwidth This option allows the specification of the width to which the listing is to be formatted e g P132 will format the listing for a 132 column printer The default is 80 columns 5 13 6 Sstoplist The S option should have as its argument the name of a file containing a list of symbols not to be listed in the cross reference Multiple stoplists may be supplied with multiple S options 5 13 7 Xprefix The X option allows the exclusion of symbols from the listing based on a prefix given as argument to X For example if it was desired to exclude all symbols starting with the character sequence xyz then the option Xxyz would be used If a digit appears in the character sequence then this will match any digit in the symbol e g XX0 would exclude any symbols starting with the letter X followed by a digit CREF will accept wildcard filenames and I O redirection Long command lines may be sup plied by invoking CREF with no arguments and typing the command line in response to the cref gt prompt A backslash at the end of the line will be interpreted to mean that more command lines follow 5 14 Cromwell The CROMWELL utility converts code and symbol files into different formats The formats available are shown in Table 5 6 The general form of the CROMWE
23. tinclude lt conio h gt tinclude lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also getch getche putch cputs 221 Library Functions Return Value The return value is the character pointer passed as the sole argument 222 Library Functions CLRWDT Synopsis finclude lt htc h gt CLRWDT Description This macro is used to clear the device s internal watchdog timer Example finclude lt htc h gt void main void WDTCON 1 x enable the WDT x CLRWDT 223 Library Functions COS Synopsis include lt math h gt double cos double f Description This function yields the cosine of its argument which is an angle in radians The cosine is calculated by expansion of a polynomial series approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f f cos f n i sin i C cos ix C See Also sin tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value A double in the range 1 to 1 224 Library Functions COSH SINH TANH Synopsis include lt math h gt double cosh double f double sinh double f double tanh double f Description These functions
24. unsigned int ary 1 5 0x6789 0x23 void main void char cp cp memchr ary 0x89 sizeof ary if cp printf not found n else printf Found at offset u n cp char x ary 261 Library Functions See Also strchr Return Value A pointer to the first byte matching the argument if one exists NULL otherwise 262 Library Functions MEMCMP Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt int memcmp const void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memcmp function compares two blocks of memory of length n and returns a signed value similar to strncmp Unlike strncmp the comparison does not stop on a null character Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void int buf 10 cow 10 i F buf buf cow 1 4 1 5 3 3 p y i i memcmp buf cow 3xsizeof int TEE LO printf less than n else if i gt 0 printf Greater thanin else printf Equalin 263 Library Functions See Also strncpy stracmp strchr memset memchr Return Value Returns negative one zero or one depending on whether s1 points to string which is less than equal to or greater than the string pointed to by s2 in the collating sequence 264 Library Functions MEMCPY Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x void memcpy void d
25. x get_cal_data KREF x Get the WDT time out y TWDT Return Value The value of the calibration parameter Note This function can only be used on the PIC 14000 245 Library Functions GMTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm gmtime time_t x t Description This function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The structure is defined in the Data Types section Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp gmtime amp clock printf It s d in London n tp gt tm_year 1900 See Also ctime asctime time localtime 246 Library Functions Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 247 Library Functions ISALNUM ISALPHA ISDIGIT ISLOWER et al Synopsis include lt ctype h gt nt isalnum nt isalpha nt isascii nt iscntrl nt isdigit nt islower nt isprint nt isgraph nt ispunct nt isspace nt isupper nt isxdigit nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar H H H peo H H H H H H H H OEO O Oo E o S AF 04000 Description These macro
26. Error and Warning Messages 966 no END record for HEX file Hexmate Intel hex file did not contain a record of type END The hex file may be incomplete 967 unused function definition from line Parser The indicated static function was never called in the module being compiled Being static the function cannot be called from other modules so this warning implies the function is never used Either the function is redundant or the code that was meant to call it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the function 968 unterminated string Assembler Optimiser A string constant appears not to have a closing quote missing 969 end of string in format specifier Parser The format specifier for the printf style function is malformed 970 character not valid at this point in format specifier Parser The printf style format specifier has an illegal character 971 type modifiers not valid with this format Parser Type modifiers may not be used with this format 972 only modifiers h and 1 valid with this format Parser Only modifiers h short and 1 Long are legal with this print format specifier 973 only modifier 1 valid with this format Parser The only modifier that is legal with this format is 1 for long 974 type modifier already specified Parser This type modifier has already be specified in this type 975 invalid format specifier or type m
27. Error and Warning Messages 990 modulus by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor A modulus operation in a if expression has a zero divisor The result has been assumed to be zero e g define ZERO 0 if FOOSZERO x this will have an assumed result of 0 define INTERESTING endif 991 integer expression required Parser In an enum declaration values may be assigned to the members but the expression must evaluate to a constant of type int e g enum one 1 two about_three 3 12 x no non int values allowed 992 can t find op Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 993 some command line options are disabled Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled 994 some command line options are disabled and compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower 995 some command line options are disabled code size is limited to 16kB compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower and the maximum allowed code size is limited to 16kB 1015 missing specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear at least once b
28. INDEX N 188 Okey 189 P 186 V 189 cromwell options 186 cross reference disabling 152 generating 184 list utility 184 cross reference file 129 generation 129 cross reference listings 52 excluding header symbols 185 excluding symbols 186 headers 185 output name 185 page length 185 page width 186 cross referencing enabling 152 ctime function 227 DABS directive 142 data psect 154 copying 155 data psects 31 data types 80 16 bit integer 83 24 bit integer 84 8 bit integer 83 assembly 133 char 83 floating point 84 int 83 short 83 short long 84 DB directive 142 debug information 36 44 assembler 130 496 optimizers and 129 default psect 137 default radix assembly 132 delay routine 206 delta PSECT flag 139 delta psect flag 158 dependencies 62 dependency checking 26 device selection 51 52 DI macro 228 directives asm C 110 assembler 137 EQU 134 disabling interrupts 106 div function 229 divide by zero result of 102 doprnt c source file 34 doprnt pre 35 double type 53 driver command file 23 command format 22 input files 22 long command lines 23 options 22 predefined macros 115 single step compilation 25 supported data types 80 driver option BANKQUALS50 CHIP processor 51 CODEOFFSET 52 ERRFORMAT format 53 ERRORS number 53 IDE MPLAB 36 LANG language 55 MSGFORMAT format 53 INDEX INDEX NODEL 2
29. The WARN option is used to set the compiler warning level Allowable warning levels range from 9 to 9 The warning level determines how pedantic the compiler is about dubious type conversions and constructs The higher the warning level the more important the warning message The default warning level is 0 and will allow all normal warning messages Use this option with care as some warning messages indicate code that is likely to fail during execution or compromise portability Warning message can be individually disabled with the MSGDISABLE option see 2 6 37 See also Section 2 5 for full information on the compiler s messaging system 2 6 59 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format This option sets the format of warning messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 6 28 for more information on this option For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 5 2 7 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents When compiling under the MPLAB IDE it is still the compiler s command line driver that is being executed and compiling the program The HI TECH Universal Toolsuite plugin controls the MPLAB IDE build options dialog that is used to access the compiler options however these graphical controls ultimately adjust the command line options passed to the command line driver when compiling You can see the command line options being used when building in MPLAB IDE in the Output window The followin
30. The strichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt strings h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void static char temp Here it is char c Ss if strchr temp c printf Character c was found in string n c else printf No character was found in string See Also strrchr strlen stremp Return Value A pointer to the first match found or NULL if the character does not exist in the string 299 Library Functions Note Although the function takes an integer argument for the character only the lower 8 bits of the value are used 300 Library Functions STRCHR STRICHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x const char strchr const char s int c const char strichr const char x s int c For high end processors char strchr const char s int c char strichr const char s int c Description The strehr function searches the string s for an occurrence of the character c If one is found a pointer to that character is returned otherwise NULL is returned The strichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt strings h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void static char temp Here it is char c s if strchr temp c printf Character c was found in string n
31. This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 445 Error and Warning Messages 788 invalid character in number Assembler A number contained a character that was not part of the range 0 9 or 0 F 790 end of file inside conditional Assembler END of FILE was encountered while scanning for an endif to match a previous if 793 unterminated macro argument Assembler An argument to a macro is not terminated Note that angle brackets lt gt are used to quote macro arguments 794 invalid number syntax Assembler Optimiser The syntax of a number is invalid This can be e g use of 8 or 9 in an octal number or other malformed numbers 796 use of LOCAL outside macros is illegal Assembler The LOCAL directive is only legal inside macros It defines local labels that will be unique for each invocation of the macro 797 syntax error in LOCAL argument Assembler A symbol defined using the LOCAL assembler directive in an assembler macro is syntactically incor rect Ensure that all symbols and all other assembler identifiers conform with the assembly language of the target device 798 macro argument may not appear after LOCAL Assembler The list of labels after the directive LOCAL may not include any of the formal parameters to the macro e g mmm macro al move r0 tal LOCAL al oops the macro parameter cannot be used with local ENDM
32. With this feature turned off all function calls execute via a lookup table unless a function definition is qualified as fastcall A fastcall qualified function will be called via a ca11 instruction Extreme care must be used when functions are declared as fastcal1 since the each nested fastcall function call will use one word of available stack space Check the call graph in the map file to ensure that the stack will not overflow The function prototype for a baseline fastcall function might look something like fastcall void my_function int a 99 Operators C Language Features The midrange PIC devices have larger stacks and are thus allow a higher degree of function nesting These devices do not use the lookup table method when calling functions The compiler assumes that bank zero will be selected after returning from any function call The compiler inserts the appropriate instructions to ensure this is true if required Any functions callable from C code that are written in assembler must also ensure that bank zero is selected before the return 3 7 Operators HI TECH C supports all the ANSI operators The exact results of some of these are implementation defined The following sections illustrate code produced by the compiler 3 7 1 Integral Promotion When there is more than one operand to an operator they typically must be of exactly the same type The compiler will automatically convert the operands if necessary so
33. clrf _test 1 MOV _a w Call _test In this example the parameter b is held in the memory locations _test and _test 1 If you need to determine for assembly code for example the exact entry or exit code within a function or the code used to call a function it is often helpful to write a dummy C function with the same argument types as your assembler function compile this and then inspect the assembly list file PICC ASMLIST option allowing you to examine the assembly code 97 Functions C Language Features 3 5 2 Function Return Values Function return values are passed to the calling function as follows 3 5 2 1 8 Bit Return Values Eight bit values are returned from a function in WREG For example the function char return_8 void return 0 will exit with the following code retlw 0 3 5 2 2 16 bit and 32 bit values Larger values are returned in the parameter memory locations with the least significant word in the lowest memory location For example the function int return_16 void return 0x1234 will exit with the code similar to movlw 34h movwf _return_16 movlw 12h movwf _return_16 1 return 3 5 2 3 Structure Return Values Composite return values struct and union of size 4 bytes or smaller are returned in memory as with 16 bit and 32 bit return values For composite return values of greater than 4 bytes in size the address of the structure or union is returne
34. double round double x Description The round function round the argument to the nearest integer value but in floating point format Values midway between integer values are rounded up Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded round input See Also trunc 287 Library Functions SCANF VSCANF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int scanf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vscanf const char va_list ap Description The scanf function performs formatted input de editing from the stdin stream Similar func tions are available for streams in general and for strings The function vscanf is similar but takes a pointer to an argument list rather than a series of additional arguments This pointer should have been initialised with va_start The input conversions are performed according to the fmt string in general a character in the format string must match a character in the input however a space character in the format string will match zero or more white space characters in the input i e spaces tabs or newlines A conversion specification takes the form of the character optionally followed by an assign ment suppression character optionally followed by a numerical maximum field width followed by a conversion specification character Each conversion specif
35. unsigned To s Ty unsigned an oe unsigned Pi 5 dis PEDO If a bit field is declared in a structure that is assigned an absolute address no storage will be allocated for the structure Absolute structures would be used when mapping a structure over a register to allow a portable method of accessing individual bits within the register A structure with bit fields may be initialised by supplying a comma separated list of initial values for each field For example 86 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables struct unsigned Lo aL unsigned mid 6 unsigned Hi 23s se foo 1 8 0 3 3 8 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers HI TECH C supports the use of type qualifiers on structures When a qualifier is applied to a struc ture all of its members will inherit this qualification In the following example the structure is qualified const const struct int number int ptr record 0x55 amp i In this case the structure will be placed into the program space and each member will obviously be read only Remember that all members must be initialized if a structure is const as they cannot be initialized at runtime If the members of the structure were individually qualified const but the structure was not then the structure would be positioned into RAM but each member would be read only Compare the following structure with the above struct const int number int const ptr record
36. with input 12s will assign 12 to a and s to s scanf 3cd 1f amp c amp f with input abcd 3 5 will assign abc to c and 3 5 to f See Also fscanf sscanfQ printf va_argO Return Value The scanf function returns the number of successful conversions EOF is returned if end of file was seen before any conversions were performed 289 Library Functions SETJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt int setjmp jmp_buf buf Description The setjmp function is used with longjmp for non local goto s See longjmpQ for further infor mation Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void int i if i setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setjmp returned 0 good n printf calling inner n 290 Library Functions inner printf inner returned bad n See Also longjmpQ Return Value The setjmp function returns zero after the real call and non zero if it apparently returns after a call to longjmpQ 291 Library Functions SIN Synopsis include lt math h gt double sin double f Description This function returns the sine function of its argument Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void ma
37. 42 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions as a comma separated list following an equal character e g OUTPUT hex cof The exact format of the options varies and are described in detail in the following sections Some commonly used suboptions include default which represent the default specification that would be used if this option was absent altogether al1 which indicates that all the available suboptions should be enabled as if they had each been listed and none which indicates that all suboptions should be disabled Some suboptions may be prefixed with a plus character to indicate that they are in addition to the other suboptions present or a minus character to indicate that they should be excluded In the following sections angle brackets lt gt are used to indicate optional parts of the command See the HELP option Section 2 6 33 for more information about options and suboptions 2 6 1 C Compile to Object File The C option is used to halt compilation after generating a relocatable object file This option is frequently used when compiling assembly source files using a make utility Use of this option when only a subset of all the C source files in a project are being compiled will result in an error from the code generator See Section 2 2 2 for more information on generating and using intermediate files 2 6 2 Dmacro Define Macro The D option is used to define a
38. The IDE MPLAB switch performs two functions both specific to MPLAB Since MPLAB does not read the local symbol information produced by the compiler this options generates additional global symbols which can be used to represent most local symbols in a program The format for the symbols is function symbol Thus if a variable called foo was defined inside the function main MPLAB would allow access to a global object called main foo This symbol format is not available in assembler code References to this object in assembler would be via the symbol The IDE MPLAB switch also alters the line numbering information produced so that MPLAB can better follow the C source when performing source level stepping This option also adjusts the format for compiler errors so that they can be more readily interpreted by the MPLAB IDE 36 PICC Command line Driver Compiler Messages 2 5 Compiler Messages All compiler applications including the command line driver PICC use textual messages to report feedback during the compilation process A centralized messaging system is used to produce the messages which allows a consistancy during all stages of the compilation process 2 5 1 Messaging Overview A message is referenced by a unique number which is passed to the alert system by the compiler application that needs to convey the information The message string corresponding to this number is obtained from Message Description Files MDF wh
39. a abs a See Also labs fabsQ Return Value The absolute value of j 207 Library Functions ACOS Synopsis include lt math h gt double acos double f Description The acos function implements the inverse of cos i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose cosine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt x Print acos values for 1 to 1 in degrees x void main void fioat 1 a for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a acos i 180 0 3 141592 printf acos f f degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan asin atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 0 to 7 208 Library Functions ASCTIME Synopsis tinclude lt time h gt char x asctime struct tm x x t Description The asctime function takes the time broken down into the struct tm structure pointed to by its argument and returns a 26 character string describing the current date and time in the format Sun Sep 16 01 03 52 1973 n 0 Note the newline at the end of the string The width of each field in the string is fixed The example gets the current time converts it to a struct tm pointer with localtime it then converts this to ASCII and prints it The time function will need to be provided by the user see time for details Example inc inc void mai
40. b 138 strange character after Preprocessor An unprintable character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token x define cc a b a b 139 end of file in comment Preprocessor End of file was encountered inside a comment Check for a missing closing comment flag e g x Here the comment begins I m not sure where I end though 357 Error and Warning Messages 140 can t open file Driver Preprocessor Code Generator Assembler The command file specified could not be opened for reading Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line e g picc communds should that be picc commands 141 can t open file Any An output file could not be created Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the com mand line 144 too many nested if blocks Preprocessor if ifdef etc blocks may only be nested to a maximum of 32 146 include filename too long Preprocessor A filename constructed while looking for an include file has exceeded the length of an internal buffer Since this buffer is 4096 bytes long this is unlikely to happen 147 too many include directories sp
41. c else printf No character was found in string 301 Library Functions See Also strrchr strlen stremp Return Value A pointer to the first match found or NULL if the character does not exist in the string Note The functions takes an integer argument for the character only the lower 8 bits of the value are used 302 Library Functions STRCMP STRICMP Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt int strcmp const char sl const char s2 int stricmp const char sl const char s2 Description The stremp function compares its two null terminated string arguments and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The stricmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example tinclude lt string h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main void int i 1f 1 strcmp ABC ABc lt 0 printf ABC is less than ABc n else if i gt 0 printf ABC is greater than ABc n else printf ABC is equal to ABc n See Also strlen strncmp strepy streat 303 Library Functions Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive 1 e do not te
42. cane 4G ee EOE SERA De e ee 143 ASN VACA Mis maani BAe eee Wate the ehhh ee te amp Bi 144 438 15 ENCONE oo cross be eee ek Ge eS oe S 144 4 3 8 16 FNINDIR s 2 5 64 040 pS spa RS REA Ae p a 144 138 17 FNSIZE wc ok ee Oe ee ae E A 145 4 388 18 ENROOT ooo GS Da Rae AES Raa Re ES 145 4 3 8 19 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF ccoo eee eee 145 438 20 MACRO end ENDM os gece ae oe Me e ee 146 A LOCAD c a3 a b ak Sieh eet ye ww AD LER te amp ees 147 43822 ALIGN 05 god eee be es bd ee eee ew eS E Bors 148 439 823 REPI sepa be be epee eS e e p SRE AA we ho i 148 43 3824 IRPandIRP ooo ee Oe ee 148 4 3 8 29 PROCESSOR gt c ciesa 0 54 SaaS aoa ge ea eS 149 43 826 SIGNAT o 0 bo e web eee eee ee ewe eS 149 439 Assembler Controls esop e y oe eee E AAA RR 150 ASO N NON so 45 ok A 150 4302 EXPAND os cc 5 bade eS ook be eS oe os 151 4393 INCLUDE a ie 64440 pS See R SS SERA A He h 151 ASA LIST o oe ee dre we e ee ee eS 151 ASS NOCOND o sai a Gi Ao BS a ee He a 151 4396 NOEXPAND 2 0645 6 4 4 408440684 be 4 oe 152 AIRT NOLIDI os io see ee ee eRe EH ee RR 152 CONTENTS CONTENTS 4398 NOXREF occse debes ra Be Oe be we 152 43592 PAGE os 0 rado ae a 152 AO SPACE o aE 4k ba ees bd EE EGGS 152 4339 11 SUBTITLE 2245 452845 rara eee S 152 AS OND TES ii sis So SG Shae do ee Bh Bed et Qo Ae Bea ae 152 Moos AREP 64464 2h ab A tee ie ehh eee 4 152 5 Linker and Utilities 153 I1 2 ia bees etka eee Pb ee ee ek a ee S 153 5 2 Relocation an
43. char es if c gt 128 will always be true because an 8 bit signed char has a maximum negative value of 128 443 Error and Warning Messages 767 constant truncated to bitfield width Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member on which it is operating e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x13 x 13h to large for 3 bit wide object x 768 constant relational expression Code Generator There is a relational expression that will always be true or false This may be because e g you are comparing an unsigned number with a negative value or comparing a variable with a value greater than the largest number it can represent e g unsigned int a if a 10 x if a is unsigned how can it be 10 x b 9 769 no space for macro definition Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 772 include files nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions and include file handling have filled up the assembler s internal stack The maxi mum number of open macros and include files is 30 773 macro expansions nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions in the assembler are nested too deep The limit is 30 macros and include files nested at one time 774 too many macro parameters Assembler There are too many macro parameters on this macro definition 776 can t allocate space for object offs Assembler T
44. const void s size_t n For high end processors far void memcpy far void x d Description const void s size_t n The memepy function copies n bytes of memory starting from the location pointed to by s to the block of memory pointed to by d The result of copying overlapping blocks is undefined The memepy function differs from strcpy in that it copies a specified number of bytes rather than all bytes up to a null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 memset buf 0 sizeof buf memcpy buf a partial string printf buf s An See Also stmcpy strncmp strchr memset 10 265 Library Functions Return Value The memcpy routine returns its first argument 266 Library Functions MEMMOVE Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x void memmove void x sl const void s2 size_t n For high end processors far void memmove far void sl const void x s2 size_t n Description The memmove function is similar to the function memcpy except copying of overlapping blocks is handled correctly That is it will copy forwards or backwards as appropriate to correctly copy one block to another that overlaps it See Also stmepy strncmp strchr memcpy Return Value The function memmove returns its first argument 2
45. data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate request differing data to be stored to the same address To force one data source to override the other use the specifier If the two named sources of conflict are the same source then the source may contain an error 945 checksum range h to h contained an indeterminate value Hexmate The range for this checksum calculation contained a value that could not be resolved This can happen if the checksum result was to be stored within the address range of the checksum calculation 948 checksum result width must be between 1 and 4 bytes Hexmate The requested checksum byte size is illegal Checksum results must be within to 4 bytes wide Check the parameters to the CKSUM option 949 start of checksum range must be less than end of range Hexmate The CKSUM option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 951 start of fill range must be less than end of range Hexmate The FILL option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 461 Error and Warning Messages 953 unknown HELP sub option Hexmate Invalid sub option passed to HELP Check the spelling of the sub option or use HELP with no sub option to list all options 956 SERIAL value must be between 1 and bytes lon
46. fp 23 x oops what function does fp point to 1240 unknown checksum algorithm type i Driver The error file specified after the Efile or E fi le options could not be opened Check to ensure that the file or directory is valid and that has read only access 1241 bad start address in Driver The start of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 478 Error and Warning Messages 1242 bad end address in Driver The end of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1243 bad destination address in Driver The destination address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1245 value greater than zero required for Hexmate The align operand to the HEXMATE FIND option must be positive 1246 no RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the banked RAM memory 1247 no access RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the access bank memory 1248 symbol encountered with undefined type size Code Generator The code generator was asked to position a variable but the size of the variable is not known This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1250 could not
47. include lt htc h gt void flash_copy const unsigned char source_addr unsigned char length unsigned short dest_addr Description This utility function is useful for copying a large section of memory to a new location in flash memory Note it is only applicable to those devices which have an internal set of flash buffer registers When the function is called it needs to be supplied with a const pointer to the source address of the data to copy The pointer may point to a valid address in either RAM or flash memory A length parameter must be specified to indicate the number of words of the data to be copied Finally the flash address where this data is destined must be specified Example include lt htc h gt const unsigned char ROMSTRING 0123456789ABCDEF void main void const unsigned char ptr amp ROMSTRING 0 flash_copy ptr 5 0x70 See Also EEPROM_READ EEPROM_WRITE FLASH_READ FLASH_WRITE Note This function is only applicable to those devices which use internal buffer registers when writing to flash 234 Library Functions Ensure that the function does not attempt to overwrite the section of program memory from which it is currently executing and extreme caution must be exercised 1f modifying code at the device s reset or interrupt vectors A reset or interrupt must not be triggered while this sector is in erasure 235 Library Functions FLASH_ERASEO FLASH_READ Sy
48. or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g ACODE 0h ffff Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h ffffh See Section 5 7 20 for more information 409 Error and Warning Messages 446 bad overrun address in A spec Linker The overrun address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading Ox may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FF Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 OFFh 1FFh 447 bad load address in A spec Linker The load address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading Ox may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 0h 3ff fh a000 Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h 3ff fh a000h 448 bad repeat count in A spec Linker The repeat count given in a A specification is invalid e g AENTRY 0 0FFhxf Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 0FFhxfh 449 syntax error in A spec Linker The A spec is invalid A valid A spec s
49. taking the address of a register variable is illegal Parser A variable declared register may not have storage allocated for it in memory and thus it is illegal to attempt to take the address of it by applying the operator e g int proc register int in int ip in oops in may not have an address to take x return ip 366 Error and Warning Messages 201 taking the address of this object is illegal Parser The expression which was the operand of the amp operator is not one that denotes memory storage an lvalue and therefore its address can not be defined e g ip amp 8 x oops you can t take the address of a literal x 202 only Ivalues may be assigned to or modified Parser Only an lvalue i e an identifier or expression directly denoting addressable storage can be assigned to or otherwise modified e g int array 10 int ip char c array 1p x array isn t a variable it can t be written to x A typecast does not yield an lvalue e g x the contents of c cast to int is only a intermediate value int c 1 However you can write this using pointers x int amp c 1 203 illegal operation on bit variable Parser Not all operations on bit variables are supported This operation is one of those e g bit b int ip ip b oops cannot take the address of a bit object 367 Error and Warning Messages 204 void
50. the linker needs to be given a map file to allow it to map psect names to Avocet memory identifiers The avmap file will normally be supplied with the compiler or created automatically by the compiler driver as required 5 7 26 Wnum The W option can be used to set the warning level in the range 9 to 9 or the width of the map file for values of num gt 10 W9 will suppress all warning messages W is the default Setting the warning level to 9 W 9 will give the most comprehensive warning messages 5 7 27 X Local symbols can be suppressed from a symbol file with this option Global symbols will always appear in the symbol file 5 7 28 Z Some local symbols are compiler generated and not of interest in debugging This option will suppress from the symbol file all local symbols that have the form of a single alphabetic character followed by a digit string The set of letters that can start a trivial symbol is currently k1 fLSu The Z option will strip any local symbols starting with one of these letters and followed by a digit string 163 Invoking the Linker Linker and Utilities 5 8 Invoking the Linker The linker is called HLINK and normally resides in the BIN subdirectory of the compiler installation directory It may be invoked with no arguments in which case it will prompt for input from standard input If the standard input is a file no prompts will be printed This manner of invocation is generall
51. 0 in HEX file This option specifies that the intel HEX file should have initialization to zero of the upper address See 2 6 44 Interrupt options Not applicable Summary Options These checkboxes control which summaries are printed after compilation See 2 6 55 69 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC Command line Driver Build Options For Project astest mcp Figure 2 6 The Global dialog 70 PICC Command line Driver MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 2 7 4 Global Tab The options in this dialog control aspects of compilation that are applicable throughout code gener ation and link steps See Figure 2 6 in conjunction with the following command line option equiva lents 1 Memory model Not applicable 2 Double float This selector allows the size of double float objects to be selected See 2 6 26 3 Printf Not applicable 4 Use strict calls Not applicable 5 RAM ranges This field allows the default RAM data space memory used to be adjusted See 2 6 48 6 Code pointer size Not applicable 7 External memory This selector allows the type of external memory access to be specified See 8 Instruction set Not applicable 9 ROM ranges This field allows the default ROM program space memory used to be adjusted See 2 6 49 71 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC Command line Driver 72 Chapter 3 C Language Features HI TECH C PRO for the PI
52. 0x160 Volatile objects may be accessed using different generated code to non volatile objects 3 3 10 Special Type Qualifiers HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Familysupports the special type qualifiers to allow the user to control placement of st atic and extern class variables into particular address spaces 3 3 10 1 Persistent Type Qualifier By default any C variables that are not explicitly initialised are cleared to zero on startup This is consistent with the definition of the C language However there are occasions where it is desired for some data to be preserved across resets or even power cycles on off on The persistent type qualifier is used to qualify variables that should not be cleared on startup In addition any persistent variables will be stored in a different area of memory to other variables persistent objects are placed within the psect nvram This type qualifier may not be used on variables of class auto if used on variables local to a function they must be combined with the st at ic keyword For example you may not write void test void persistent int intvar WRONG x other code because intvar is of class auto To declare intvar asa persistent variable local to func tion test write static persistent int intvar 88 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables If the PICC option STRICT is used this type qualifier is changed to__ persistent There are some libra
53. 1 Long Command Lines The PICC driver is capable of processing command lines exceeding any operating system limitation To do this the driver may be passed options via a command file The command file is read by using the symbol which should be immediately followed i e no intermediate space character by the name of the file containing the command line arguments The file may contain blank lines which are simply skipped by the driver The command line arguments may be placed over several lines by using a space and backslash character for all non blank lines except for the last line The use of a command file means that compiler options and project filenames can be stored along with the project making them more easily accessible and permanently recorded for future use TUT RIAL USING COMMAND FILES A command file xyz cmd is constructed with your favorite text editor and contains both the options and file names that are required to compile your project as follows chip 16F877A m opt all g main c isr c After it is saved the compiler may be invoked with the command PICC xyz cmd 23 The Compilation Sequence PICC Command line Driver Figure 2 1 Flow diagram of the initial compilation sequence e e Le 5 CPP Wide pre Loscdoosocesosonlooosess d O EO P1 PASSI pi cco IO Das generator y a Ist A ASMLI ST ee
54. 16CE623 PIC14 200 20 7F 16CE624 PIC14 400 20 7F 16CE625 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16F610 PIC14 400 40 7F 16HV610 PIC14 400 40 7F 16F616 PIC14 800 A0 BF 16HV616 PIC14 800 AO BF 16F630 PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 16F631 PIC14 400 40 7F 80 continued 487 Chip Information 488 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 16F636 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16F639 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16C641 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C642 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 16C661 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C662 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 16F676 PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 16F677 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16F684 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16F685 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F687 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16F688 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F689 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F690 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16C710 PIC14 200 0C 2F 16C71 PIC14 400 0C 2F 16C711 PIC14 400 0C 4F 16C712 PIC14 400 20 7F A0 BF 16C715 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C716 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C717 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C72 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C72A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16CR72 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16F72 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C73 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16F73 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16F722 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16LF722 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16F723 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 12F 16LF723 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 12F 16F724 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 12F 1
55. 3 4 J3 3 6 3 7 39 3 10 3 11 aA PICC input hile types gn GA baa eR ha a eA a ee 22 PUPPOrelANOUBHES 2 2 frau amp pee A Ge SG eae o de Ai 38 Messaging environment variables o 39 Messaging placeholders s saccra see pee AA A RE 40 Compiler responses to bank qualifiers o a 50 Default values for filling unprogrammed code Space o ooo 51 Selectable deDUcpersS coca AAA a Be EOR 53 Floating pomt selections 66 cee E EA 54 Supported IDES o c ecer wb ORG ira A ee bee 55 SUPPCMedNANGUAGER 0 es wee cee 4 as BL Pte a R Lee eS GBS 55 Optimization Options gt so s oce aoi RR Sk ee 57 Output hile formate e e eae ke nke ee e See A 57 Runtime environment suboptions 0002 ee 61 Memory Summary Suboptions 6 54 sss o eses sr dd 63 Basie datatypes ce coor eee ew a A EO ee EBA ae eS 80 RA ORNS yr AS BH aw Ee dd St Shed oe amp EMS 81 Floating point formats s s sa be rs 85 Floating point format example IEEE 734 o ooo o 85 Integral division o o cce e e raru ee a al E a 102 Preprocessor directives o s so yot gaii ech rd ee iy dsd roda 116 Predefined iMacros oc a E aap ERS RA A a 117 Pragma directives eek a a A e de BS 118 Valid Register Names ea a RA aaa a ee 120 SWICILTNDES oo aio SAS De A a Boe BS ea ee eG 121 Supported standard VO TURCOS lt es e es epp ee ee ee oe y G 126 LIST OF TABLES LIST OF TABLES 18 4 1 4 2 4 3 44 4
56. 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 Sl Sl 32 E 5 4 39 5 6 dl 5 8 5 9 5 10 Sul C 1 CA Cl Cl C 1 C 1 ASPIC command line options o ee ee 128 ASPICstatement formats ici a BS a A ee i 131 ASPIC numbers and bases 2 ee eR ee ee ee 132 ASPIC Operators sg oe sapai mois Be Sg ee BS es a ws Ee 136 ASPIC assembler Girectives o eso he pen ee RRO ee ee S 138 POMC TI chia ee a Ebi ee PESO E IAEA ES 139 ASPIC assemblercontols 2 45406 aah eee Sabet be bee ae ews 150 LLST control options lt r ic 4 be ea be ORES YA eA Ssh 151 Linker command line options 2 2 2 2 2 2 220 000 2 0000 155 Linker command line options lt s s erore oo reses 156 Librarian command line options 000220000 180 Librarian key lettercommands 2 2 0002000005 180 OBJTOHEX command line OPpliONS lt gt lt lt lt lt 2 RE OE A 183 CREF command line options e soso rta e BA RESO 185 CROWWELDIGEMACINDES escu SAR hee ERS AR RE eS 187 CROMWELL command line options oe 187 P option architecture arguments for COFF file output 188 Hexmate command line options ss ccsa ee ee ee ee ee 191 Hexmate Checksum Algorithm Selection o o 194 INHX types used in FORMAT option o o 197 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 485 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for th
57. 9 The higher the number the more important the warning Warning messages can be disabled by adjusting the warning level threshold using the WARN driver option see Section 2 6 58 Any warnings whose level is below that of the current threshold are not displayed The default threshold is 0 which implies that only warnings with a warning level of 0 41 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver or higher will be displayed by default The information in this option is propagated to all compiler applications so its effect will be observed during all stages of the compilation process Warnings may also be disabled by using the MSGDISABLE option see Section 2 6 37 This option takes a comma separated list of message numbers Any warnings which are listed are disabled and will never be issued regardless of any warning level threshold in place This option cannot be used to disable error messages Some warning messages can also be disabled by using the warning disable pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by either parser or the code generator 1 e errors directly associated with C code See Section 3 11 3 8 for more information on this pragma Error messages can also be disabled however a slight more verbose form of the command is re quired to confirm the action required To specify an error message number in the MSGDISABLE command the number must be followed by off to ensure that it is disabled Fo
58. APB placed at the same offset in the auto parameter psect Of these functions srv also may call convert The call to crv from byt econv indicates that other functions might be called to obtain crv s parameter values Those other functions are listed in a flattened call list below the ARG function line which shows every possible function that might be called regardless of call depth The functions which might be called are 1div convert and srv The function srv which also calls convert still indicates this fact by also listing convert below and indented in the more conventional call graph format The two lines of C code that produced this outcome were f crv my_long 10 5 if crv srv 8 6 where crv accepts one char parameter and returns a char The call to srv is obvi ous the other call come from the modulus operator calling 1div The other call tree rooted at int level 1 relates to the interrupt function intlevell is not a real function but is used to represent the interrupt level associated with the interrupt function There is no call from intleve11 to the function isr and no stack usage Note that an additional level of call depth is indicated for interrupt func tions This is used to mark the place of the return address of the stack The selected device may use a differing number of stack locations when interrupts occur and this needs to be factored into any stack calculations Notice that the interrupt f
59. C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 483 symbol can t be global Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 484 psect can t be in classes and Linker A psect cannot be in more than one class This is either due to assembler modules with conflicting class options to the PSECT directive or use of the C option to the linker e g psect final class CODE finish elsewhere x psect final class ENTRY 485 unknown with psect referenced by psect Linker The specified psect has been placed with a psect using the psect with flag The psect it has been placed with does not exist e g psect starttext class CODE with rext was that meant to be with text 486 psect selector value redefined Linker The selector value for this psect has been defined more than once 487 psect type redefined Linker This psect has had its type defined differently by different modules This probably means you are trying to link incompatible object modules e g linking 386 flat model code with 8086 real mode code 488 psect memory space redefined Linker A global psect has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one
60. Conformance The STRICT option is used to enable strict ANSI conformance of all special keywords HI TECH C supports various special keywords for example the persistent type qualifier If the STRICT option is used these keywords are changed to include two underscore characters at the beginning of the keyword e g __persistent so as to strictly conform to the ANSI stan dard Be warned that use of this option may cause problems with some standard header files e g lt intrpt h gt 2 6 55 SUMMARY type Select Memory Summary Output Type Use this option to select the type of memory summary that is displayed after compilation By default or if the mem suboption is selected a memory summary is shown This shows the total memory usage for all memory spaces A psect summary may be shown by enabling the psect suboption This shows individual psects after they have been grouped by the linker and the memory ranges they cover Table 2 14 shows what summary types are available 2 6 56 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process Adding TIME when building generate a summary which shows how much time each stage of the build process took to complete 63 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC Command line Driver 2 6 57 VER Display The Compiler s Version Information The VER option will display what version of the compiler is running 2 6 58 WARN lZevel Set Warning Level
61. DELETING DEFAULT LINKER OPTIONS The default linker options for for a project links several psects in the following fashion pone 600h two three which links one at 600h then follows this with two then three It has been decided that the psects should be linked so that one follows two which follows three and that the highest address of one should be located at 5FFh This new arragement can be specified issuing the following driver option L pthree 600h two one which creates passes the required linker options to the linker The existing default option 1s still present so this must be removed by use the driver option L pone which will remove the existing option The default option that you are deleting or replacing must contain an equal character 2 6 8 Mfile Generate Map File The M option is used to request the generation of a map file The map is generated by the linker an includes detailed information about where objects are located in memory see Section 5 10 for information regarding the content of map files 47 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver If no filename is specified with the option then the name of the map file will have the project name with the extension map 2 6 9 Nsize Identifier Length This option allows the C identifier length to be increased from the default value of 31 Valid sizes for this option are from 32 to 255 The option has no effect for all other values
62. FORMAT Hexmate An unknown or unsupported INHX format has been requested Refer to documentation for supported INHX formats 1203 unpaired nibble in value will be truncated Hexmate Data to this option was not entered as whole bytes Perhaps the data was incomplete or a leading zero was omitted For example the value Fh contains only four bits of significant data and is not a whole byte The value OFh contains eight bits of significant data and is a whole byte 1204 value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate An illegal length of data was given to this option The value provided to this option exceeds the maximum or minimum bounds required by this option 1205 using the configuration file you may override this with the environment variable HTC_XML Driver This is the compiler configuration file selected during compiler setup This can be changed via the HTC_XML environment variable This file is used to determine where the compiler has been installed 1207 some of the command line options you are using are now obsolete Driver Some of the command line options passed to the driver have now been discontinued in this version of the compiler however during a grace period these old options will still be processed by the driver 1208 use help option or refer to the user manual for option details Driver An obsolete option was detected Use help or refer to the manual to find a replacement option that
63. For example if the option L FO0O is specified the F OO option will be passed on to the linker The linker will then process this option when and if it is invoked and perform the appropriate function or issue an error if the option is invalid Take care with command line options The linker cannot interpret driver options sim ilarly the command line driver cannot interpret linker options In most situations it is always the command line driver PICC that is being executed If you need to add alter nate settings in the linker tab in an MPLAB Build options dialogue these are the driver options not linker options but which are used by the driver to generate the appropriate linker options during the linking process The L option is especially useful when linking code which contains non standard program sections or psects as may be the case if the program contains assembly code which contains user defined psects Without this L option it would be necessary to invoke the linker manually to allow the linker options to be adjusted One commonly used linker option is N which sorts the symbol table in the map file by address rather than by name This would be passed to PICC as the option L N This option can also be used to replace default linker options If the string starting from the first character after the L up to the first character matches first part of a default linker option then that default linker option is repl
64. Link Load Length Selector Space Scale ext obj text 3A 3A 22 30 0 bss 4B 4B 10 4B T rbit 50 A 2 0 dl 8 Map Files Linker and Utilities This indicates that one of the files that the linker processed was called ext obj This may have been derived from ext c or ext as This object file contained a text psect as well as psects called bss and rbit The psect text was linked at address 3A and bss at address 4B At first glance this seems to be a problem given that text 1s 22 words long however note that they are in different memory areas as indicated by the Space flag 0 for text and 1 for bss and so do not occupy the same memory The psect rbit contains bit objects as indicated by its Scale value its name is a bit of a giveaway too Again at first glance there seems there could be an issue with rbit linked over the top of bss Their Space flags are the same but since rbit contains bit objects all the addresses shown are bit addresses as indicated by the Scale value of 8 Note that the Load address field of rbit psect displays the Link address converted to byte units i e 50h 8 gt Ah The list of files that make up the program indicated in this section of the map file will typically consist of one or more object files derived from input source code The map file produced by PRO compilers will show one object file derived from all C source modules however Standard version compilers will show one object file per C source mod
65. Operators Another problem that frequently occurs is with the bitwise compliment operator This operator toggles each bit within a value Consider the following code unsigned char count c c 0x55 if c OxAA count If c contains the value 55h it often assumed that c will produce AAh however the result is FFAAh and so the comparison in the above example would fail The compiler may be able to issue a mismatched comparison error to this effect in some circumstances Again a cast could be used to change this behaviour The consequence of integral promotion as illustrated above is that operations are not performed with char type operands but with int type operands However there are circumstances when the result of an operation is identical regardless of whether the operands are of type char or int In these cases HI TECH C will not perform the integral promotion so as to increase the code efficiency Consider the following example unsigned char a b c a b c Strictly speaking this statement requires that the values of b and c should be promoted to unsigned int the addition performed the result of the addition cast to the type of a and then the assignment can take place Even if the result of the unsigned int addition of the promoted values of b and c was different to the result of the unsigned char addition of these values with out promotion after the unsigned int result was converted back to unsigned char the
66. SECT assembler directive is different from a previous P SECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM size 400 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM size 500 866 argument to reloc psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s re loc option must be a positive constant num ber e g psect test class CODE reloc 4 the reloc must be positive 867 psect flag reloc redefined Assembler The reloc flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM reloc 4 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM reloc 8 868 argument to delta psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s DELTA option must be a positive constant num ber e g PSECT text class CODE delta 2 negative delta value doesn t make sense 454 Error and Warning Messages 869 psect flag delta redefined Assembler The DELTA option of a psect has been redefined more than once in the same module 870 argument to pad psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s PAD option must be a non zero positive integer 871 argument to space psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s space option must be a
67. See Also strchr strlen strempQ strcpyQ streat Return Value A pointer to the character or NULL if none is found 322 Library Functions STRRCHR STRRICHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x const char x strrchr char x s int c const char x strrichr char x s int c For high end processors char x strrchr char x s int c char strrichr char s int c Description The strrehr function is similar to the strchr function but searches from the end of the string rather than the beginning i e it locates the last occurrence of the character c in the null terminated string s If successful it returns a pointer to that occurrence otherwise it returns NULL The strrichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strrchr strt l s 323 Library Functions See Also strchr strlen strempQ strepyO strcat Return Value A pointer to the character or NULL if none is found 324 Library Functions STRSPN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strspn const char x sl const char x s2 Description The strspn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirel
68. Table 2 11 lists the available optimization types The optimizations that are controlled through specifying a level 1 through 9 affect optimization during the code generation stage The level selected is commonly referred to as the global optimization level 2 6 43 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for PICCto locate its output files If this option is omitted output files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of intermediate files instead use OBJDIR See 2 6 41 and 2 6 10 for more information 56 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 11 Optimization Options Option name Funcion Tag Select global optimization level 1 through 9 asm Select optimizations of assembly derived from C source asmfile Select optimizations of assembly source files debug Favor accurate debugging over optimization all Enable all compiler optimizations none Do not use any compiler optimziations Table 2 12 Output file formats Type tag File format lib Library File lpp P code library intel Intel HEX tek Tektronic aahex American Automation symbolic HEX file mot Motorola S19 HEX file ubrof UBROF format bin Binary file mcof Microchip PIC COFF cof Common Object File Format cod Bytecraft COD file format elf ELF DWARF file fo
69. The psects in which bit objects are allocated storage are declared using the bit PSECT directive flag Eight bit objects will take up one byte of storage space which is indicated by the psect s scale value of 8 in the map file The length given in the map file for bit psects is in units of bits not bytes All addresses specified for bit objects are also bit addresses The bit psects are cleared on startup but are not initialised To create a bit object which has a non zero initial value explicitly initialise it at the beginning of your code If the PICC flag STRICT is used the bit keyword becomes unavailable 3 3 3 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family supports both signed char and unsigned char 8 bit integral types If the signed or unsigned keyword is absent from the variable s def inition the default type is unsigned char The signed char type is an 8 bit two s comple ment signed integer type representing integral values from 128 to 127 inclusive The unsigned char is an 8 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 255 inclusive It is a common misconception that the C char types are intended purely for ASCII character ma nipulation This is not true indeed the C language makes no guarantee that the default character representation is even ASCII The char types are simply the smallest of up to four possible integer sizes and behave in all respects like integers
70. The reason for the name char is historical and does not mean that char can only be used to represent characters It is possible to freely mix char values with short int and long values in C expressions With HI TECH C the char types will commonly be used for a number of purposes as 8 bit integers as storage for ASCII characters and for access to I O locations 3 3 4 16 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family supports four 16 bit integer types short and int are 16 bit two s complement signed integer types representing integral values from 32 768 to 32 767 inclusive Unsigned short andunsigned int are 16 bit unsigned integer types representing integral values from 0 to 65 535 inclusive All 16 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short int and unsigned short int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short will contain a signed 83 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features short int and a variable declared as unsigned short will contain an unsigned short int 3 3 5 24 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family supports four 24 bit integer types short long are 24 bit two s complement signed integer types representing integr
71. Use the SIGNAT directive if you want to write assembly language routines which are called from C For example SIGNAT _fred 8192 will associate the signature value 8192 with the symbol _ fred If a different signature value for _fred is present in any object file the linker will report an error 4 3 9 Assembler Controls Assembler controls may be included in the assembler source to control assembler operation such as listing format These keywords have no significance anywhere else in the program The control is invoked by the directive OPT followed by the control name Some keywords are followed by one or more parameters For example OPT EXPAND A list of keywords is given in Table 4 7 and each is described further below 4 3 9 1 COND Any conditional code will be included in the listing output See also the NOCOND control in Section 4 3 9 5 150 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 8 LIST control options List Option Default Description c nnn 80 Set the page i e column width n nnn 59 Set the page length t ON OFF OFF Truncate listing output lines The default wraps lines p lt processor gt n a Set the processor type r lt radix gt hex Set the default radix to hex dec or oct x ON OFF OFF Turn macro expansion on or off 4 3 9 2 EXPAND When EXPAND is in effect the code generated by macro expansions will appear in the listing output See also the NOEXPAND co
72. a b b 0 318 string expected Parser The operand to an asm statement must be a string enclosed in parentheses e g asm nop that should be asm nop 319 while expected Parser The keyword while is expected at the end of a do statement e g do func itt x do the block while what condition is true x if i gt 5 x error flagged here x end 388 Error and Warning Messages 320 expected Parser A colon is missing after a case label or after the keyword default This often occurs when a semicolon is accidentally typed instead of a colon e g switch input case 0 x oops that should have been case 0 x state NEW 321 label identifier expected Parser An identifier denoting a label must appear after goto e g if a goto 20 x this is not BASIC a valid C label must follow a goto 322 enum tag or expected Parser After the keyword enum must come either an identifier that is or will be defined as an enum tag or an opening brace e g enum 1 2 x should be e g enum one 1 two 323 struct union tag or expected Parser An identifier denoting a structure or union or an opening brace must follow a struct or union keyword e g struct int a x this is not how you define a structure You might mean something like struct int a my_struct 389 Error and Warning Messages 324 too many arguments fo
73. a pointer Static variables are not subject to any architectural limitations on the PIC Static variables which are initialised are only done so once during the programs execution Thus they may be preferable over initialised auto objects which are assigned a value every time the block in which the definition is placed is executed 3 4 2 Absolute Variables A global or static variable can be located at an absolute address by following its declaration with the construct address for example volatile unsigned char Portvar 0x06 will declare a variable called Port var located at 06h The compiler will reserve storage for this object via the assembler DABS directive and will equate the variable to that address The compiler generated assembler will include a line of the form _Portvar EQU 06h This construct is primarily intended for equating the address of a C identifier with a microprocessor special function register but can be used to place user defined variables at an absolute address The compiler and linker do not make any checks for overlap of absolute variables with other absolute variables Defining absolute objects can fragment memory and may make it impossible for the linker to position other objects Avoid absolute objects if at all possible If absolute object s must be defined try to place them at one end of a memory bank 3 4 3 Objects in Program Space Const objects are usually placed in program space On most PIC
74. a warning is produced Why Because 240 and 137 and both signed int values Therefore the result of the multiplication must also be a signed int value but a signed int cannot hold the value 32880 Both operands are constant values so the code generator can evaluate this expression at compile time but it must do so following all the ANSI rules The following code forces the multiplication to be performed with an unsigned result i 240u 137 force at least one operand to be unsigned 752 conversion to shorter data type Code Generator Truncation may occur in this expression as the lvalue is of shorter type than the rvalue e g char a int by E a b c x int to char conversion may result in truncation x 439 Error and Warning Messages 753 undefined shift bits Code Generator An attempt has been made to shift a value by a number of bits equal to or greater than the number of bits in the data type This will produce an undefined result on many processors This is non portable code and is flagged as having undefined results by the C Standard e g int input input lt lt 33 x oops that shifts th ntire value out x 754 bitfield comparison out of range Code Generator This is the result of comparing a bitfield with a value when the value is out of range of the bitfield For example comparing a 2 bit bitfield to the value 5 will never be true as a 2 bit bitfield has a range from 0 to 3 e g
75. allowed by the preprocessor x if MESSAGE gt hello define DEBUG endif 127 bad syntax for defined in el if Preprocessor The defined pseudo function in a preprocessor expression requires its argument to be a single name The name must start with a letter and should be enclosed in parentheses e g oops defined expects a name not an expression x if defined agb input read endif 128 illegal operator in if Preprocessor A if expression has an illegal operator Check for correct syntax e g if FOO 6 x oops should that be if FOO 5 x 129 unexpected in if Preprocessor The backslash is incorrect in the if statement e g if FOO 34 define BIG endif 355 Error and Warning Messages 130 unknown type in el if sizeof Preprocessor An unknown type was used in a preprocessor sizeof The preprocessor can only evaluate sizeof with basic types or pointers to basic types e g if sizeof unt 2 should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF fendif 131 illegal type combination in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found an illegal type combination in the argument to sizeof ina 1 f expres sion e g x To sign or not to sign that is the error x if sizeof signed unsigned int 2 i OxFFFF endif 132 no type specified in el if sizeof Preprocessor Sizeo
76. alterna tives See Section 3 12 1 The C standard libraries and libraries of implicitly called assembly routines can be omitted from the project by disabling the clib suboption of RUNTIME 2 6 50 For example RUNTIME default clib If these libraries are excluded from the project then calls to any routine or access of any variable that is defined in the omitted library files will result in an error from the linker The user must provide alternative libraries or source files containing definitions for any routine or symbol accessed by the project Do not confuse the actual library 1ib files and the header h files Both are covered by a library package but the library files contain precompiled code typically functions and variable definitions the header files provide declarations as opposed to definitions for functions variables and types in the library files as well as other preprocessor macros PICC will always link in all the library files associated with the C standard library unless you have used an option to prevent this however with user defined library packages the inclusion of a header does not imply that the corresponding library file s will be searched 29 Runtime Files PICC Command line Driver 2 3 1 1 Standard Libraries The C standard libraries contain a standardised collection of functions such as string math and input output routines The range of these functions are described in Appendix
77. an explicit dimension in the extern declaration 354 possible pointer truncation Parser A pointer qualified far has been assigned to a default pointer or a pointer qualified near or a default pointer has been assigned to a pointer qualified near This may result in truncation of the pointer and loss of information depending on the memory model in use 355 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser A signed number is being assigned or otherwise converted to a larger unsigned type Under the ANSI value preserving rules this will result in the signed value being first sign extended to a signed number the size of the target type then converted to unsigned which involves no change in bit pattern Thus an unexpected sign extension can occur To ensure this does not happen first convert the signed value to an unsigned equivalent e g 395 Error and Warning Messages signed char sc unsigned int ui ui sc if sc contains Oxff ui will contain Oxffff for example x will perform a sign extension of the char variable to the longer type If you do not want this to take place use a cast e g ui unsigned char sc 356 implicit conversion of float to integer Parser A floating point value has been assigned or otherwise converted to an integral type This could result in truncation of the floating point value A typecast will make this warning go away double dd int i i dd x is this really what you
78. an array of objects of unknown length you only need a pointer to a single object that can then be indexed or incremented 442 Error and Warning Messages 762 constant truncated when assigned to bitfield Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member to which it is being assigned e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x12 12h cannot fit into a 3 bit wide object 763 constant left operand to operator Code Generator The left operand to a conditional operator is constant thus the result of the tertiary operator will always be the same e g a 8 b Gc x this is the same as saying a b x 764 mismatched comparison Code Generator A comparison is being made between a variable or expression and a constant value which is not in the range of possible values for that expression e g unsigned char c if c gt 300 x oops how can this be true close 765 degenerate unsigned comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of an unsigned value with zero which will always be true or false e g unsigned char c if c gt 0 will always be true because an unsigned value can never be less than zero 766 degenerate signed comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of a signed value with the most negative value possible for this type such that the comparison will always be true or false e g
79. and Utilities be stored temporarily in the functions scratch area Variables which are passed via a register may need to be saved into the function s temporary variable if that register is required for code generation purposes in which case they do not contribute to the function s parameter size but increase the size of the auto area The total parameter and auto area for each function is grouped to form an APB This is then allocated an address within the program s auto parameter psect The offset value indicates the offset within the psect for that block Thus two APBs with the same offset are mapped over one another If a star x appears on the very left line of a call tree this implies that the memory consumed by the function represented by that line does not fully overlap with that of other functions and thus this functions APB directly influences the size of the auto parameter psect and hence the total RAM usage of the program Such functions are said to be on the critical path If the RAM usage of a program needs to be reduced and the number or size of the parameters or auto variables defined by the starred functions can be reduced the program s RAM usage will also be reduced Reducing the number or size of the parameters or auto variables defined by the functions that are not starred will have no effect on the program s total RAM usage PRO compilers track the values assigned to function pointers and maintains a list of all f
80. anybody maintaining the code 287 arrays of bits or pointers to bit are illegal Parser It is not legal to have an array of bits or a pointer to bit variable e g bit barray 10 wrong no bit arrays bit bp wrong no pointers to bit variables 288 only functions may be void Parser A variable may not be void Only a function can be void e g int a void b x this makes no sense x 289 only functions may be qualified interrupt Parser The qualifier interrupt may not be applied to anything except a function e g x variables cannot be qualified interrupt interrupt int input 290 illegal function qualifier s Parser A qualifier has been applied to a function which makes no sense in this context Some qualifier only make sense when used with an lvalue e g const or volatile This may indicate that you have forgotten out a star indicating that the function should return a pointer to a qualified object e g const char ccrv void const char ccrv void perhaps x error flagged here x return ccip 384 Error and Warning Messages 291 K amp R identifier not an argument Parser This identifier that has appeared in a K amp R style argument declarator is not listed inside the paren theses after the function name e g int process input int unput x oops that should be int input 292 function parameter may not be a function Parser A func
81. are the implement hyperbolic equivalents of the trigonometric functions cos sinQ and tan Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf sf n cosh 1 5 printf sf n sinh 1 5 printf sf n tanh 1 5 Return Value The function cosh returns the hyperbolic cosine value The function sinh returns the hyperbolic sine value The function tanh returns the hyperbolic tangent value 225 Library Functions CPUTS Synopsis include lt conio h gt void cputs const char x s Description The cputs function writes its argument string to the console outputting carriage returns before each newline in the string It calls putch repeatedly On a hosted system cputs differs from puts in that it writes to the console directly rather than using file I O In an embedded system cputs and puts are equivalent Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also cputs puts puteh 226 Library Functions CTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt char x ctime time _t x t Description The ctime function converts the time in seconds pointed to by its argument to a string of the same form as described for asctime Thus the example program prints the curr
82. assembler listing 50 Avocet symbol 163 command 181 creating with cromwell 186 cross reference 129 184 cross reference listings 52 dependency 62 DOS executable 160 enhanced symbol 159 library 179 181 link 164 object 43 160 181 preprocessor 58 prototype 58 specifying 57 symbol 159 symbol files 36 TOS executable 160 files intermediate 56 58 output 56 temporary 56 fill memory 190 filling unused memory 51 54 194 flash memory erasing 78 reading 77 78 writing 77 78 flash_copy 78 flash_copy function 234 flash_erase 78 flash_erase function 236 FLASH_READ 77 flash_read 78 flash_read function 236 FLASH_WRITE 77 float type 54 498 float_text psect 103 floating point data types 84 biased exponent 85 exponent 85 format 84 mantissa 85 floating suffix 81 floor function 239 fmod function 238 frexp function 240 fsr 120 ftoa function 241 function disabling duplication 107 function prototypes 124 150 function return values 98 function signatures 149 functions argument passing 97 bank selection on return 100 calling convention 99 fastcall 99 getch 126 interrupt 104 interrupt qualifier 104 kbhit 126 putch 126 return values 98 signatures 124 stack usage 99 structure return values 98 written in assembler 108 get_cal_data 79 get_cal_data function 245 getch function 126 242 getchar function 243 getche function 242 gets function 244 INDEX
83. assembly 132 checksum endianism 51 193 checksum psect 102 checksum specifications 184 checksums 51 190 193 algorithms 51 193 endianism 51 193 chipinfo files 129 class PSECT flag 139 classes 158 address ranges 157 boundary argument 162 upper address limit 162 clearing of variables 32 clib suboption 29 CLRWDT macro 223 COD file 57 command files 23 command line driver 21 command lines HLINK long command lines 164 long 23 181 verbose option 49 compiled stack 169 compiler errors format 39 compiler generated psects 102 compiler generate input files 28 compiling to assembly file 49 to object file 43 COND assembler control 150 conditional assembly 145 config psect 102 Configuration Bits 74 Configuration Fuses 74 Configuration Word 74 console I O functions 126 const qualifier 87 constants assembly 132 C specifiers 81 character 81 string see string literals context retrieval 106 context saving 105 in line assembly 120 midrange processors 105 copyright notice 48 cos function 224 cosh function 225 cputs function 226 creating libraries 180 creating new 102 CREF 129 CREF application 184 CREF option Fprefix 185 Hheading 185 Llen 185 Ooutfile 185 Pwidth 186 Sstoplist 186 Xprefix 186 CREF options 184 critical path 172 cromwell application 186 cromwell option B 189 C 188 D 188 E 189 F 188 Ikey 189 L 189 M 189 495 INDEX
84. call 126 the Assembly associated with the duplicate function will contain the label 11126 An auto variable defined in input would be referred to by the symbol _input in the assembly code generated in the duplicate this would become 11_ input The assembly code for both functions will appear in the assembly list file and all symbols associated with these functions will ap pear in the map file in the usual way The call graph in the map file will show the calls made to both of these functions as 1f they were independently written This feature allows the programmer to write code which is independent of whether the target device allows re entrant functions PRO compilers will have as many duplicates of these routines precom piled in the object code libraries as there are interrupt levels It does not handle cases where functions are called recursively 3 9 3 1 Disabling Duplication The automatic duplication of function may be inhibited by the use of a special pragma This should only be done if the source code guarantees that an interrupt cannot occur while the function is being called from any main line code Typically this would be achieved by disabling interrupts before calling the function It is not sufficient to disable the interrupts inside the function after it has been called If an interrupt can occur when executing the function the code may fail See 3 9 2 for more information on how interrupts may be disabled The pragma has the
85. code is ensure that any initialized variables contain their initial value before the program begins execution Initialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are assigned an initial value in their definition for example input in the following example int input 88 void main void Such initialized objects have two components their initial value stored in a psect destined for non volatile memory i e placed in the HEX file and space for the variable in RAM psect where the variable will reside and be accessed during program execution The actual initial values are placed in a psect called idata Space is reserved for the runtime location of initialized variables in a psect called rdata This psect does not contribute to the output file and constitutes a reservation of space in the RAM once the program is running The runtime startup code performs a block copy of the values from the idata to the rdata psect so that the RAM variables will contain their initial values before main is executed Each location in the idata psect is copied to the corresponding place in the rdata psect The block copy of the data psects may be omitted by disabling the init suboption of RUNT IMI For example RUNT IMI Gl default init With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of initialized variables will be unpre dictable when the program begins execution Code relying on variables containing t
86. compiler to conform to the requirements of the ICD2 reserving memory addresses etc For example PICC CHIP 16F877A DEBUGGER icd2 main c The possible selections for this option are defined in Table 2 7 52 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 7 Selectable debuggers Suboption Debugger selected none No debugger icdoricdl1 MPLAB ICD icd2 MPLAB ICD2 pickit2 MPLAB PICKit2 2 6 26 DOUBLE t ype Select kind of Double Types This option allows the kind of double types to be selected By default the compiler will choose the truncated IEEE754 24 bit implementation for double types With this option this can be changed to 32 bits A fast implementation at the cost of code size is also available 2 6 27 ECHO Echo command line before processing Use of this option will result in the command line being echoed to the stderr stream before compilation is commenced Each token of the command line will be printed on a separate line and will appear in the order in which they are placed on the command line 2 6 28 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages If the ERRFORMAT option is not used the default behaviour of the compiler is to display any errors in a human readable format line This standard format is perfectly acceptable to a person reading the error output but is not generally usable with environments which support com
87. conjunction with REPLACE or DELETE as described below 5 15 1 8 FIND DELETE If DELETE is used in conjunction with a FIND option and a sequence is found that matches the FIND criteria it will be removed This function should be used with extreme caution and is not recommended for removal of executable code 5 15 1 9 FIND REPLACE REPLACE Can only be used in conjunction with a FIND option Code sequences that matched the FIND criteria can be replaced or partially replaced with new codes The usage for this sub option is FIND REPLACE Code mMask where e Code is a little endian hexadecimal code to replace the sequences that match the FIND crite ria e Mask is an optional bit mask to specify which bits within Code will replace the code sequence that has been matched This may be useful if for example it is only necessary to modify 4 bits within a 16 bit instruction The remaining 12 bits can masked and be left unchanged 5 15 1 10 FORMAT The FORMAT option can be used to specify a particular variant of INHX format or adjust maximum record length The usage of this option is FORMAT Typel Length where e Type specifies a particular INHX format to generate 196 Linker and Utilities Hexmate Table 5 11 INHX types used in FORMAT option Type Description INHX8M Cannot program addresses beyond 64K INHX32 Can program addresses beyond 64K with extended linear address reco
88. containing invalid data 259 Library Functions LTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char x ltoa char buf long val int base Description The function itoa converts the contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficent space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 utoi buf 12345678L 16 printf The buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa utoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 260 Library Functions MEMCHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x const void memchr const void block int val size_t length For high end processors void memchr const void block int val size_t length Description The memchr function is similar to strchr except that instead of searching null terminated strings 1t searches a block of memory specified by length for a particular byte Its arguments are a pointer to the memory to be searched the value of the byte to be searched for and the length of the block A pointer to the first occurrence of that byte in the block is returned Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt
89. eG SE Eb 131 43 2 2 Special Characters o o v css eseeto e e sr ee 131 AJS Comments s porse ba ey Paes ee a ob aR EE oe Pa a iri 131 4 3 3 1 Special Comment Strings 131 454 COMMAS ocios a A A a e wo 132 4 34 1 Numeric Constants escore smi sis eR 132 4 3 4 2 Character Constants and Strings 132 35 A de eee 8 A Oe Ya SEA ee es 132 4 3 5 1 Significance of Identifiers es soc regan ee aarne 133 4 3 5 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers 133 1353 Location Counter gt eec oore 64 RRA 133 CONTENTS CONTENTS 435 4 Register Symbols esr 0528 test ceea ee 134 435 0 Symbole Labels cs eee ka RS Ra eS 134 ASO IXPUESIOAS 4 424 540 04 54 2550 Sets Bi bee 6 BS 135 43 7 Program SECOS seese 464 6 eee GOo AA oe aS 135 430 Assembler Directives 2 si pawe eh ee See ea o GEES 137 438 1 GLOBAL caco cesen red kirE ogee 137 43 8 2 END isso a SS He eS OE a da 137 43 80 PSEC noe e Oe oe a ee eS 139 ASG ORG ke eka ee AE MARSA ARS Baa Re ES 141 Homo TOW Lae ae bake ee eed Balt obs e 2S 141 LIGO BET cia hs cae 4 ERE OEMS ERA eee ae ee 141 Aesth Ae bw whe Gh BA ee Bae ha ehh a Be Boe amp his 142 438 DW des ote eee bees ae be eee be eS oS A 142 43589 DS poi bebe bea eye ae wpe o e bad amp ws 142 438 10 DABS cocos esa 0 oe 4 OR eee Ee a ee aS 142 438 11 PNADDRK oe 228 45 6 624 Dae Saw ARS Raa Re ES 143 AS Old FNARG 0 00 oc hae ee di Baie y de eA 143 43813 ENBREARK
90. error will occur 889 this compiler has expired Driver The demo period for this compiler has concluded 890 contact HI TECH Software to purchase and re activate this compiler Driver The evaluation period of this demo installation of the compiler has expired You will need to pur chase the compiler to re activate it If however you sincerely believe the evaluation period has ended prematurely please contact HI TECH technical support 891 can t open psect usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The psect usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 892 can t open memory usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The memory usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 893 can t open HEX usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The HEX usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 894 unknown source file type Driver The extension of the indicated input file could not be determined Only files with the extensions as c obj usb p1 lib or hex are identified by the driver 457 Err
91. errors other than warnings The default number is 10 but the J option allows this to be altered 159 Operation Linker and Utilities 5 7 13 K For compilers that use a compiled stack the linker will try and overlay function auto and parameter areas in an attempt to reduce the total amount of RAM required For debugging purposes this feature can be disabled with this option 5 7 14 I Usually failure to resolve a reference to an undefined symbol is a fatal error Use of this option will cause undefined symbols to be treated as warnings instead 5 7 15 L When the linker produces an output file it does not usually preserve any relocation information since the file is now absolute In some circumstances a further relocation of the program will be done at load time e g when running a exe file under DOS or a prg file under TOS This requires that some information about what addresses require relocation is preserved in the object and subsequently the executable file The L option will generate in the output file one null relocation record for each relocation record in the input 5 7 16 LM Similar to the above option this preserves relocation records in the output file but only segment relocations This is used particularly for generating exe files to run under DOS 5 7 17 Mmapfile This option causes the linker to generate a link map in the named file or on the standard output if the file name is omitted The
92. find space byte for variable Code Generator The code generator could not find space in the banked RAM for the variable specified 1253 could not find space byte for auto param block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the psect that holds auto and parameter variables 1254 could not find space byte for data block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the data psect that holds initialised variables 479 Error and Warning Messages 1255 conflicting paths for output directory Driver The compiler has been given contradictory paths for the output directory via any of the O or OUTDIR options e g outdir o main hex 1256 undefined symbol treated as hex constant Assembler A token which could either be interpreted as a symbol or a hexadecimal value does not match any previously defined symbol and so will be interpreted as the latter Use a leading zero to avoid the ambiguity or use an alternate radix sepcifier such as 0x For example mov a F7h is this the symbol F7h or the hex number OxF7 1257 local variable is used but never given a value Code Generator An auto variable has been defined and used in an expression but it has not been assigned a value in the C code before its first use Auto variables are not cleared on startup and their initial value is undefined For example void main void dou
93. followed by two columns in which the symbols are alphabetically listed As always with the linker any C derived symbol is shown with its assembler equivalent symbol name The symbols listed in this table are e Global assembly labels e Global EQU SET assembler directive labels and e Linker defined symbols Assembly symbols are made global via the GLOBAL assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 1 for more information linker defined symbols act like EQU directives however they are defined by the linker during the link process and no definition for them will appear in any source or intermediate file Non stat ic C functions and non auto and non stat ic C variables directly map to assem bly labels The name of the label will be the C identifier with a leading underscore character The linker defined symbols include symbols used to mark the bounds of psects See Section 3 12 3 The symbols used to mark the base address of each functions auto and parameter block are also shown 178 Linker and Utilities Librarian Although these symbols are used to represent the local autos and parameters of a function they themselves must be globally accessible to allow each calling function to load their contents The C auto and parameter variable identifiers are local symbols that only have scope in the function in which they are defined Each symbol is shown with the psect in which they are placed and the address which the symbol
94. form pragma interrupt_level level where level is the level number of the interrupt For PICmicro devices there is only one interrupt and hence only one number that being 1 The pragma should be placed before the definition of the function that is not to be duplicated The pragma will only affect the first function whose definition follows 107 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Features For example if the function read is only ever called from main line code when the interrupts are disabled then duplication of the function can be prevented if it is also called from an interrupt function as follows pragma interrupt_level 1 int read char device in main line code this function would typically be called as follows di turn off interrupts read IN_CH1 ei Y nable interrupts 3 9 3 2 Implicit Calls to Library Routines Evaluation of certain C operators will require the use of C functions that are precompiled into the p code library files The code generator will call these routines as required These routines are subject to the same duplication as user defined routines described above For example if a compiler uses a routine to perform word multiplication and this is called wmul then an expression in main line code involving such a multiplication will call wmul the same code used in an interrupt function of level 1 will result in a call to the routine i1wmu1 in an interrupt function of l
95. from the output file leaving only the symbol records This option can be used when producing more than one hex file for situations where the program 1s contained in different memory devices located at different addresses The files for one device are compiled using this linker option to produce a symbol only object file this is then linked with the files for the other device The process can then be repeated for the other files and device 5 7 9 Gspec When linking programs using segmented or bank switched psects there are two ways the linker can assign segment addresses or selectors to each segment A segment is defined as a contiguous group of psects where each psect in sequence has both its link and load address concatenated with 158 Linker and Utilities Operation the previous psect in the group The segment address or selector for the segment is the value derived when a segment type relocation is processed by the linker By default the segment selector will be generated by dividing the base load address of the seg ment by the relocation quantum of the segment which is based on the reloc flag value given to psects at the assembler level This is appropriate for 8086 real mode code but not for protected mode or some bank switched arrangements In this instance the G option is used to specify a method for calculating the segment selector The argument to G is a string similar to A 10h 4h where A represents the load addres
96. function e g void interrupt my_isr void scan 6 x scan is called from an interrupt function x 413 Error and Warning Messages void process int a scan a scan is also called from main line code 473 function is not called from specified interrupt_level Linker The indicated function is never called from an interrupt function of the same interrupt level e g pragma interrupt_level 1 void foo void pragma interrupt_level 1 void interrupt bar void this function never calls foo 474 no psect specified for function variable argument allocation Linker The FNCONF assembler directive which specifies to the linker information regarding the auto parameter block was never seen This is supplied in the standard runtime files if necessary This error may im ply that the correct run time startup module was not linked Ensure you have used the FNCONF directive if the runtime startup module is hand written 475 conflicting FNCONF records Linker The linker has seen two conflicting FNCONF directives This directive should only be specified once and is included in the standard runtime startup code which is normally linked into every program 476 fixup overflow referencing location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker The linker was asked to relocate fixup an item that would not fit back into the space after relocation See the following error message 477 fo
97. function can t return a value Parser A void function cannot return a value Any return statement should not be followed by an expres sion e g void run void step return 1 x either run should not be void or remove the 1 205 integral type required Parser This operator requires operands that are of integral type only 206 illegal use of void expression Parser A void expression has no value and therefore you can t use it anywhere an expression with a value is required e g as an operand to an arithmetic operator 207 simple type required for Parser A simple type i e not an array or structure is required as an operand to this operator 208 operands of not same type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer e g int ip char x cp cp2 cp flag ip cp2 result of will be int or char x Maybe you meant something like cp flag char ip cp2 209 type conflict Parser The operands of this operator are of incompatible types 368 Error and Warning Messages 210 bad size list Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 211 taking sizeof bit is illegal Parser It is illegal to use the sizeof operator with the HI TECH C bit type When used against a type the sizeof operator gives the number of bytes required to store an object that type Therefore its usage
98. generated code It tells the linker that function fun1 calls function fun2 This information is used by the linker when performing call graph analysis If you write assembler code which calls a C function use the FNCALL directive to ensure that your assembler function is taken into account For example if you have an assembler routine called _fred which calls a C routine called foo in your assembler code you should write FNCALL _fred _foo 4 3 8 15 FNCONF The FNCONF directive is used to supply the linker with configuration information for a call graph FNCONF is written as follows FNCONF psect auto args where psect is the psect containing the call graph auto is the prefix on all auto variable symbol names and args is the prefix on all function argument symbol names This directive normally appears in only one place the runtime startup code used by C compiler generated code For the HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family the startup routine will include the directive FNCONF rbss telling the linker that the call graph is in the rbss psect auto variable blocks start with and function argument blocks start with 4 3 8 16 FNINDIR This directive tells the linker that a function performs an indirect call to another function with a particular signature see the SIGNAT directive The linker must assume worst case that the function could call any other function which has the same signature and has had its address taken
99. greater than specified 522 library is badly ordered Linker This library is badly ordered It will still link correctly but it will link faster if better ordered 523 argument to W option illegal and ignored Linker The argument to the linker option w is out of range This option controls two features For warning levels the range is 9 to 9 For the map file width the range is greater than or equal to 10 524 unable to open list file Linker The named list file could not be opened The linker would be trying to fixup the list file so that it will contain absolute addresses Ensure that an assembler list file was generated during the compilation stage Alternatively remove the assembler list file generation option from the link step 525 too many address memory spaces space ignored Linker The limit to the number of address spaces specified with the PSECT assembler directive is currently 16 526 psect not specified in P option first appears in Linker This psect was not specified in a P or A option to the linker It has been linked at the end of the program which is probably not where you wanted it 528 no start record entry point defaults to zero Linker None of the object files passed to the linker contained a start record The start address of the program has been set to zero This may be harmless but it is recommended that you define a start address in your st
100. header file lt stdio h gt includes the directive pragma printf_check printf const to enable this checking for printf You may also use this for any user defined function that accepts print f style format 119 Preprocessing C Language Features Table 3 10 Valid Register Names Register Name Description fsr indirect data pointer wreg the working register status the status register strings The qualifier following the function name is to allow automatic conversion of pointers in variable argument lists The above example would cast any pointers to strings in RAM to be pointers of the type const char Note that the warning level must be set to 1 or below for this option to have any visible effect See Section 2 6 58 3 11 3 6 The pragma regsused Directive HI TECH C will automatically save context when an interrupt occurs The compiler will determine only those registers and objects which need to be saved for the particular interrupt function defined The pragma regsused directive allows the programmer to indicate register usage for functions that will not be seen by the code generator for example if they were written in assembly code This cannot be used for specifying the used registers for C functions The general form of the pragma is pragma regsused routine_name register _list where routine_name is the assembly name of the function or routine whose register usage is bei
101. here x void main void run no endif was found in this module 101 may not follow else Preprocessor A else or elif has been used in the same conditional block as a telse These can only follow a if e g ifdef FOO result foo else result bar elif defined NEXT x the else above terminated th if x result next 0 tendif 102 must be in an if Preprocessor The elif else or endif directive must be preceded by a matching if line If there is an apparently corresponding i f line check for things like extra endi s or improperly terminated comments e g ifdef FOO result foo endif result bar elif defined NEXT x the endif above terminated th if result next 0 endif 350 Error and Warning Messages 103 error Preprocessor This is a programmer generated error there is a directive causing a deliberate error This is normally used to check compile time defines etc Remove the directive to remove the error but first check as to why the directive is there 104 preprocessor assert failure Preprocessor The argument to a preprocessor assert directive has evaluated to zero This is a programmer induced error tassert SIZE 4 x size should never be 4 x 105 no asm before endasm Preprocessor A endasm operator has been encounte
102. hexadecimal value to store and is entered in little endian byte order e Increment is optional and allows the value of Code to change by this value with each repetition if requested e Address is the location to store this code or the first repetition thereof 198 Linker and Utilities Hexmate e Interval is optional and specifies the address shift per repetition of this code e Repetitions is optional and specifies the number of times to repeat this code For example SERIAL 000001 EFFE will store hex code 00001h to address EFFEh Another example SERIAL 0000 2 1000 10r5 will store 5 codes beginning with value 0000 at address 1000h Subsequent codes will appear at address intervals of 10h and the code value will change in increments of 2h 5 15 1 16 SIZE Using the SIZE option will report the number of bytes of data within the resultant hex image to standard output The size will also be recorded in the log file if one has been requested 5 15 1 17 STRING The STRING option will embed an ASCII string at a fixed address The usage of this option is STRING Address tCode Text where e Address is the location to store this string e Code is optional and allows a byte sequence to trail each byte in the string This can allow the bytes of the string to be encoded within an instruction e Text is the string to convert to ASCII and embed For example STRING 1000 My favour
103. ic variables in RAM bank 1 RAM bank2 and RAM bank 3 respectively Note that there is no bankO qualifier The following example of bank qualifier usage places an unsigned char in bank3 static bank3 unsigned char fred 3 3 11 Eeprom Type Qualifier The eeprom qualifier is used to to place static variables into EEPROM Since accessing EEPROM memory is a lot less efficient than accessing RAM only very basic C expressions are supported This qualifier is provided as a convenient way to store and access the EEPROM available on some processors Examples of use An int stored in eeprom eeprom int number 0x1234 89 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features A double in eeprom eeprom double pi 3 14 A RAM pointer to an eeprom int eeprom int nptr EEPROM access is described in further detail in section 3 2 5 1 3 3 12 Pointer Types There are two basic pointer types supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family data pointers and function pointers Data pointers hold the address of variables which can be read and possible written indirectly by the program Function pointers hold the address of an executable routine which can be called indirectly via the pointer Typically qualifiers are used with pointer definitions to customise the scope of the pointer al lowing the code generator to set an appropriate size and format for the addresses the pointer will hold Pro version compilers use sophisti
104. lexical order Note that most type qualifiers cannot be used with auto variables since there is no control over the storage location The exceptions are const and volatile All auto variables are allocated memory wholly within one bank The bank qualifiers cannot be used with objects of type auto The auto variable blocks for a number of functions are overlapped by the linker if those functions are never called at the same time Auto objects are referenced with a symbol that consists of a question mark concatenated with a_function plus some offset where function is the name of the function in which the object is defined For example if the int object test is the first object placed in main s auto variable block it will be accessed using the addresses _main and _main 1 since an int is two bytes long Note that standard version compilers use the prefix a instead of However the allocation and access of auto variables is otherwise the same 95 Storage Class and Object Placement C Language Features 3 4 1 2 Static Variables Uninitialized static variables are allocated a fixed memory location which will not be overlapped by storage for other functions Static variables are local in scope to the function in which they are declared but may be accessed by other functions via pointers since they have permanent duration Static variables are guaranteed to retain their value between calls to a function unless explicitly modified via
105. module 22 modules in library 179 list format 182 order in library 182 used in executable 160 moving code 52 MPLAB 54 build options 46 64 debugging information 36 plugin 64 multi character constants assembly 132 multiple hex files 158 near keyword 89 NOCOND assembler control 151 NOEXPAND assembler control 152 nojis pragma directive 119 NOLIST assembler control 152 non volatile RAM 88 NOXREF assembler control 152 504 numbers C source 81 in linker options 156 nvbit_n psect 104 nvram psect 88 nvram_n psect 104 object code version number 160 object files 43 absolute 160 relocatable 153 specifying name of 130 suppressing local symbols 130 symbol only 158 OBJTOHEX 182 command line arguments 182 objtohex application 25 offsetting code 52 Optimizations assembler 56 code generator 56 debugging 56 global 56 optimizations assembler see assembler optimizer option instruction 78 options ASPIC see ASPIC options ORG directive 141 oscillator calibration constants 79 output specifying name of 48 output directory 56 output file 48 output file formats 160 American Automation HEX 57 Binary 57 Bytecraft COD 57 COFF 57 INDEX INDEX ELE 57 Intel HEX 57 library 57 Microchip COFF 57 Motorola S19 HEX 57 specifying 57 182 Tektronic 57 UBROF 57 output files 56 L obj 25 names of 23 overlaid memory areas 160 overlaid psects 140 ovrld PSECT
106. num den See Also IdivO udiv divO Return Value Returns the the quotient and remainder as a uldiv_t structure 342 Library Functions UNGETCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void ungetch char c Description The ungetch function will push back the character e onto the console stream such that a subse quent getch operation will return the character At most one level of push back will be allowed See Also getch getche 343 Library Functions UTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char x utoa char buf unsigned val int base Description The function itoa converts the unsigned contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficent space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 utoi buf 1234 16 printf The buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa Itoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 344 Library Functions VA_START VA_ARG VA_END Synopsis include lt stdarg h gt void va_start va_list ap parmN type va_arg ap type void va_end va_list ap Description These macros are provided to give access in a portable way to parameters to a function represented i
107. of the psects or if they are the same psect place them in the same memory space using the space psect flag e g 417 Error and Warning Messages psect spdata class RAM space 0 ds 6 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 489 psect memory delta redefined Linker A global psect has been defined with two different delta values e g psect final class CODE delta 2 finish elsewhere psect final class CODE delta 1 490 class memory space redefined Linker A class has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the classes or if they are the same class place them in the same memory space 491 can t find 0x words for psect in segment Linker One of the main tasks the linker performs is positioning the blocks or psects of code and data that is generated from the program into the memory available for the target device This error indicates that the linker was unable to find an area of free memory large enough to accommodate one of the psects The error message indicates the name of the psect that the linker was attempting to position and the segment name which is typically the name of a class which is defined with a linker A option Section 3 8 1 lists each compiler generated psect and what it contains Typically psect names which are or include text relate to program code Names such as bss or data refer to variable blo
108. offset 47 obtain parameters for _one 172 Linker and Utilities Map Files _get size 0 0 offset 47 _prep2 may call by _get After each tree in call tree there is an indication of the maximum call depth that might be realised by that tree This may be used as a guide to the stack usage of the program No definitive value can be given for the program s total stack usage for several reasons e Certain parts of the call tree may never be reached reducing that tree s stack usage e The contribution of interrupt or other trees to the tree associated with the main function cannot be determined as the point in main s call tree at which the interrupt or other function invocation will occur cannot be known e Any additional stack usage by functions particularly interrupt functions cannot be known and e The assembler optimizer may have replaced function calls with jumps to functions reducing that tree s stack usage The code generator also produces a warning if the maximum stack depth appears to have been exceeded For the above reasons this warning too is intended to be a guide to potential stack problems The above call graph example is analysed in the following tutorial TUT RIAL INTERPRETING A PRO COMPILER CALL GRAPH The graph graph shown above indicates that the program compiled consists of two call trees rooted at the functions main which can have up 3 levels of stack used and int level1 which can u
109. option The compiler will display the command lines used to invoke each of the compiler applications or compiler passes Displayed will be the name of the compiler application being executed plus all the command line arguments to this application This option may be useful for determining the exact linker options if you need to directly invoke the HLINK command If this option is used twice it will display the full path to each compiler application as well as the full command line arguments This would be useful to ensure that the correct compiler installation is being executed if there is more than one installed 2 6 16 X Strip Local Symbols The option X strips local symbols from any files compiled assembled or linked Only global symbols will remain in any object files or symbol files produced 49 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver Table 2 5 Compiler responses to bank qualifiers Selection Response ignore bank qualifiers are ignored request attempt to locate variable according to bank qualifier if bank unavailable try elsewhere require attempt to locate variable according to bank qualifier if bank unavailable produce an error reject bank qualifiers are not allowed and will result in an error if seen 2 6 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files The ASMLIST option tells PICC to generate one or more assembler listing file for each C and assembly source module
110. positive constant num ber e g PSECT text class CODE space 1 space values start at zero 872 psect flag space redefined Assembler The space flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM space 0 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 873 a psect may only be in one class Assembler You cannot assign a psect to more than one class The psect was defined differently at this point than when it was defined elsewhere A psect s class is specified via a flag as in the following psect text class CODE Look for other psect definitions that specify a different class name 874 a psect may only have one with option Assembler A psect can only be placed with one other psect A psect s with option is specified via a flag as in the following psect bss with data Look for other psect definitions that specify a different with psect name 455 Error and Warning Messages 875 bad character constant in expression Assembler Optimizer The character constant was expected to consist of only one character but was found to be greater than one character or none at all An assembler specific example mov r0 12 12 specifies two characters 876 syntax error Assembler Optimiser A syntax error has been detected This could be caused a number of things 877 yace stack overflow Assembler This is
111. preliminary scans of the source code There is no mechanism by which the programmer can specify the style of pointer required other than by the address assignments to the pointer 92 TUTORIAL DYNAMIC POINTER SIZES A program in the early stages of development contains the following code void main void int i 1p ip amp i The code generator allocates the variable i to bank 0 The code generator notes that the pointer ip only points to an object in one memory bank so this pointer is made an 8 bit wide data pointer As the program is developed other variables are defined and allocated space in the other memory banks The pointer ip is also assigned the address of another object that has been placed in bank 2 When the program is next compiled the pointer ip will automatically become a 16 bit pointer to all of the data space and the code used to C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables initialize and dereference the pointer will change accordingly This takes place without any modification to the source code One positive aspect of tracking pointer targets is less of a dependence on pointer qualifiers The standard qualifiers const and volatile must still be used in pointer definitions to indicate a read only or externally modifiable target object respectively However this is in strict accordance with the ANSI standard HI TECH specific qualifiers like near and far do not need to be used to ind
112. program execution if a bad cell is detected however the user is free to enhance this functionality if required See Also _ ram cell test Note This routine is intended to be replaced by an equivalent routine to suit the user s implementation Possible enhancements include logging the location of the dead cell and continuing to test if there are any more more dead cells or alerting the outside world that the device has a memory problem 284 Library Functions RAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int rand void Description The rand function is a pseudo random number generator It returns an integer in the range 0 to 32767 which changes in a pseudo random fashion on each call The algorithm will produce a deterministic sequence if started from the same point The starting point is set using the srand call The example shows use of the time function to generate a different starting point for the sequence each time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 printf Sd t putchar An See Also srand 285 Library Functions Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 286 Library Functions ROUND Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt
113. ranges specified by this option are typically variables that a program defines Some chips have an area of RAM that can be remapped in terms of its location in the memory space This along with any fixed RAM memory defined in the chipinfo file are grouped an made available for RAM based objects For example to specify an additional range of memory to that present on chip use RAM default 100 1ff for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use 59 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver RAM 0 ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chipinfo file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example RAM default 100 103 will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 103h for allocation of RAM objects 2 6 49 ROM l0 hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any ROM specified in the chip configuration file which should be treated as available ROM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of memory that may be used by read only ROM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical ROM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically executable code and any data variables that are qualified as
114. same name as a macro This is not allowed For example getval MACRO mov r0 rl ENDM getval EQU 55h oops choose a different name to the macro 844 lexical error Assembler Optimiser An unrecognized character or token has been seen in the input 845 symbol defined more than once Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next move r0 55 move rl ro _next oops choose a different name The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 451 Error and Warning Messages 846 relocation error Assembler Optimiser It is not possible to add together two relocatable quantities A constant may be added to a relocatable value and two relocatable addresses in the same psect may be subtracted An absolute value must be used in various places where the assembler must know a value at assembly time 847 operand error Assembler Optimiser The operand to this opcode is invalid Check your assembler reference manual for the proper form of operands for this instruction 848 symbol has been declared EXTERN Assembler An assembly label uses the same n
115. same scope It cannot be defined again e g int a x a filescope variable called a x int a x attempting to define another of the same name x Note that variables with the same name but defined with different scopes are legal but not recom mended 240 too many initializers Parser There are too many initializers for this object Check the number of initializers against the object definition array or structure e g x three elements but four initializers x int ivals 3 2 4 6 8 373 Error and Warning Messages 241 initialization syntax Parser The initialisation of this object is syntactically incorrect Check for the correct placement and num ber of braces and commas e g int iarray 10 a b c oops one two many s x 242 illegal type for switch expression Parser A switch operation must have an expression that is either an integral type or an enumerated value e g double d switch d oops this must be integral x Case 1 0 d 0 243 inappropriate break continue Parser A break or continue statement has been found that is not enclosed in an appropriate control structure A continue can only be used inside a while for or do while loop while break can only be used inside those loops or a switch statement e g switch input case 0 if output 0 input Oxff oops this shouldn t be here and closed the switch x break
116. second half of a two byte character The no jis directive disables this special handling JIS character handling is disabled by default 3 11 3 4 The pragma pack Directive Some MCUs requires word accesses to be aligned on word boundaries Consequently the compiler will align all word or larger quantities onto a word boundary including structure members This can lead to holes in structures where a member has been aligned onto the next word boundary This behaviour can be altered with this directive Use of the directive pragma pack 1 will prevent any padding or alignment within structures Use this directive with caution in general if you must access data that is not aligned on a word boundary you should do so by extracting individual bytes and re assembling the data This will result in portable code Note that this directive must not appear before any system header file as these must be consistent with the libraries supplied PICs can only perform byte accesses to memory and so do not require any alignment of memory objects This pragma will have no effect when used 3 11 3 5 The pragma printf_check Directive Certain library functions accept a format string followed by a variable number of arguments in the manner of printf Although the format string is interpreted at runtime it can be compile time checked for consistency with the remaining arguments This directive enables this checking for the named function e g the system
117. see the FNADDR directive For example if a function called fred performs an indirect call to a function with signature 8249 the compiler will produce the directive FNINDIR _fred 8249 144 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 8 17 FNSIZE The FNSIZE directive informs the linker of the size of the local variable and argument area associ ated with a function These values are used by the linker when building the call graph and assigning addresses to the variable and argument areas This directive takes the form FNSIZE func local args The named function has a local variable area and argument area as specified for example FNSIZE _fred 10 5 means the function fred has 10 bytes of local variables and 5 bytes of arguments The function name arguments to any of the call graph associated directives may be local or global Local functions are of course defined in the current module but most be used in the call graph construction in the same manner as global names 4 3 8 18 FNROOT This directive tells the assembler that a function is a root function and thus forms the root of a call graph It could either be the C main function or an interrupt function For example the C main module produce the directive FNROOT _main 4 3 8 19 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF These directives implement conditional assembly The argument to IF and ELSIF should be an absolute expression If it is non zero then the code follow
118. should be include lt stdio h gt x 110 too many file arguments usage cpp input output Preprocessor CPP should be invoked with at most two file arguments Contact HI TECH Support if the prepro cessor is being executed by a compiler driver 111 redefining preprocessor macro Preprocessor The macro specified is being redefined to something different to the original definition If you want to deliberately redefine a macro use undef first to remove the original definition e g define ONE 1 x elsewhere x Is this correct It will overwrite the first definition define ONE one 112 define syntax error Preprocessor A macro definition has a syntax error This could be due to a macro or formal parameter name that does not start with a letter or a missing closing parenthesis e g define FOO a 2b bar a 2b x 2b is not to be x 352 Error and Warning Messages 113 unterminated string in preprocessor macro body Preprocessor Assembler A macro definition contains a string that lacks a closing quote 114 illegal undef argument Preprocessor The argument to undef must be a valid name It must start with a letter e g undef 6YYY x this isn t a valid symbol name x 115 recursive preprocessor macro definition of defined by Preprocessor The named macro has been defined in such a manner that expanding it causes a recursive expansion of itsel
119. since the 1970 Epoch or 1 if this time cannot be represented 270 Library Functions MODF Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double modf double value double x iptr Description The modf function splits the argument value into integral and fractional parts each having the same sign as part 0 17 value For example 3 17 would be split into the integral part 3 and the fractional The integral part is stored as a double in the object pointed to by iptr Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i_val f_val f val modf 3 17 amp i_val Return Valu e The signed fractional part of value 271 Library Functions PERSIST_CHECK PERSIST_ VALIDATE Synopsis include lt sys h gt int persist_check int flag void persist_validate void Description The persist_check function is used with non volatile RAM variables declared with the persistent qualifier It tests the nvram area using a magic number stored in a hidden variable by a previous call to persist_validate and a checksum also calculated by persist_validate If the magic number and checksum are correct it returns true non zero If either are incorrect it returns zero In this case it will optionally zero out and re validate the non volatile RAM area by calling persist_validate This is done if the flag argument is true The persist_validate routine
120. some represent a harmless occurrence which will nonetheless be reported unless the W option was used In this case all warning messages will be suppressed 5 12 Objtohex The HI TECH linker is capable of producing simple binary files or object files as output Any other format required must be produced by running the utility program OBJTOHEX This allows conversion of object files as produced by the linker into a variety of different formats including various hex formats The program is invoked thus OBJTOHEX options inputfile outputfile All of the arguments are optional If outputfile is omitted it defaults to 1 hex or 1 bin depending on whether the b option is used The input file defaults to 1 obj The options for OBJTOHEX are listed in Table 5 4 Where an address is required the format is the same as for HLINK 182 Linker and Utilities Objtohex Table 5 4 OBJTOHEX command line options Option Meaning 8 Produce a CP M 86 output file A Produce an ATDOS atx output file Bbase Produce a binary file with offset of base Default file name is l obj Cckfile Read a list of checksum specifications from ck ile or standard input D Produce a COD file E Produce an MS DOS exe file F fill Fill unused memory with words of value fi11 default value is OFFh I Produce an Intel HEX file with linear addressed extended records
121. stack with a size of 128 It is possible for very complex expressions to overflow this Simplify the expression 122 unbalanced parenthesis at operator Preprocessor The evaluation of a if expression found mismatched parentheses Check the expression for correct parenthesisation e g if A B x oops a missing I think x define ADDED endif 123 misplaced or previous operator is Preprocessor A colon operator has been encountered in a if expression that does not match up with a corre sponding operator e g if XXX YYY did you mean if COND XXX YYY x 124 illegal character in if Preprocessor There is a character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if YYY x what are these characters doing here x int m endif 354 Error and Warning Messages 125 illegal character decimal in if Preprocessor There is a non printable character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if SYYY x what is this control characters doing here x int m endif 126 strings can t be used in if Preprocessor The preprocessor does not allow the use of strings in if expressions e g no string operations
122. support with details 1081 static initialization of persistent variable Parser Code Generator A persistent variable has been assigned an initial value This is somewhat contradictory as the initial value will be assigned to the variable during execution of the compiler s startup code however the persistent qualifier requests that this variable shall be unchanged by the compiler s startup code 1082 size of initialized array element is zero Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 471 Error and Warning Messages 1088 function pointer is used but never assigned a value Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the pointer was never assigned a target address e g void fp int fp 23 x oops what function does fp point to 1089 recursive function call to Code Generator A recursive call to the specified function has been found The call may be direct or indirect using function pointers and may be either a function calling itself or calling another function whose call graph includes the function under consideration 1090 variable is not used Code Generator This variable is declared but has not been used by the program Consider removing it from the program 1091 main function not defined Code Generator The main function has not been defined Every C progra
123. support with details 302 can t reopen Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 303 can t allocate bytes of memory line Parser The parser was unable to allocate memory for the longest string encountered as it attempts to sort and merge strings Try reducing the number or length of strings in this module 306 can t allocate bytes of memory for Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 307 too many qualifier names Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 308 too many case labels in switch Code Generator There are too many case labels in this switch statement The maximum allowable number of case labels in any one switch statement is 511 386 Error and Warning Messages 309 too many symbols Assembler There are too many symbols for the assembler s symbol table Reduce the number of symbols in your program 310 expected Parser A closing square bracket was expected in an array declaration or an expression using an array index e g process carray idx oops should be process carray idx 311 closing quote expected Parser A closing quote was expected for the indicated string 312 expected Parser The indicated token was expected by the parser 313 funct
124. symbol in undef was never defined Preprocessor The symbol supplied as argument to tundef was not already defined This warning may be disabled with some compilers This warning can be avoided with code like ifdef SYM undef SYM x only undefine if defined x endif 171 wrong number of preprocessor macro arguments for instead of Preprocessor A macro has been invoked with the wrong number of arguments e g define ADD a b a b ADD 1 2 3 oops only two arguments required 172 formal parameter expected after Preprocessor The stringization operator not to be confused with the leading used for preprocessor control lines must be followed by a formal macro parameter e g define str x ty x oops did you mean x instead of y x If you need to stringize a token you will need to define a special macro to do it e g define __mkstr__ x x thenuse__mkstr__ token wherever you need to convert a token into a string 361 Error and Warning Messages 173 undefined symbol in if 0 used Preprocessor A symbol on a if expression was not a defined preprocessor macro For the purposes of this expression its value has been taken as zero This warning may be disabled with some compilers Example if FOO BAR e g FOO was never defined define GOOD endif 174 multi byte constant isn t portable Preprocessor Multi byte constant
125. symbol called bananas Mis typed assembler instructions can sometimes be treated as labels without an error message being issued Labels may be used and are preferred in assembly code rather than using an absolute address Thus they can be used as the target location for jump type instructions or to load an address into a register Like variables labels have scope By default they may be used anywhere in the module in which they are defined They may be used by code above their definition To make a label accessible in other modules use the GLOBAL directive See Section 4 3 8 1 for more information 134 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 6 Expressions The operands to instructions and directives are comprised of expressions Expressions can be made up of numbers identifiers strings and operators Operators can be unary one operand e g not or binary two operands e g The operators allowable in expressions are listed in Table 4 4 The usual rules governing the syntax of expressions apply The operators listed may all be freely combined in both constant and relocatable expressions The HI TECH linker permits relocation of complex expressions so the results of expressions involving relocatable identifiers may not be resolved until link time 4 3 7 Program Sections Program sections or psects are simply a section of code or data They are a way of grouping together parts of a program via the psect s name eve
126. the parameter did not conform to this syntax 930 bad option specification Driver The parameters to this option were not specified correctly Run the driver with HELP or refer to the driver s chapter in this manual to verify the correct usage of this option 931 command file not specified Driver Command file to this application expected to be found after or lt on the command line was not found 939 no file arguments Driver The driver has been invoked with no input files listed on its command line If you are getting this message while building through a third party IDE perhaps the IDE could not verify the source files to compile or object files to link and withheld them from the command line 460 Error and Warning Messages 940 bit checksum placed at Objtohex Presenting the result of the requested checksum calculation 941 bad assignment USAGE Hexmate An option to Hexmate was incorrectly used or incomplete Follow the usage supplied by the message and ensure that that the option has been formed correctly and completely 942 unexpected character on line of file Hexmate File contains a character that was not valid for this type of file the file may be corrupt For example an Intel hex file is expected to contain only ASCII representations of hexadecimal digits colons and line formatting The presence of any other characters will result in this error 944
127. the code in this routine is contained in a psect called powerup For correct operation when using the default compiler generated runtime startup code the code must contain at its end a GOTO instruction to the label called start As with all user defined as sembly code it must take into consideration program memory paging and or data memory banking as well as any applicable errata issues for the device you are using The program s entry point is already defined by the runtime startup code so this should not be specified in the powerup routine at the END directive 1f used See Section 4 3 8 2 for more information on this assembler directive 2 34 Theprintf Routine The code associated with the printf function is not found in the library files The printf function is generated from a special C source file that is customized after analysis of the user s C code See page 275 for more information on the print f library function 33 Runtime Files PICC Command line Driver This template file is found in the LIB directory of the compiler distribution and is called doprnt It contains a minimal implementation of the printf function but with the more advanced features included as conditional code which can be utilized via preprocessor macros that are defined when it 1s compiled The parser and code generator analyze the C source code searching for calls to the printf function For all calls the placeholders that were specified in the prin
128. the compiler as it hides the complexity of all the internal applications used in the compilation process and provides a consistent interface for all compilation steps This chapter describes the steps the driver takes during compilation files that the driver can accept and produce as well as the command line options that control the compiler s operation WHAT IS THE COMPILER Throughout this manual the term the compiler is used to refer to either all or some subset of the collection of applications that form the HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family package Often it is not important to know for example whether an action is performed by the parser or code generator application and it is sufficient to say it was performed by the compiler It is also reasonable for the compiler to refer to the command line driver or just driver PICC as this is the application executed to invoke the compilation process Following this view compiler options should be considered command line driver op tions unless otherwise specified in this manual Similarly compilation refers to all or some part of the steps involved in generating source code into an executable binary image 21 Invoking the Compiler PICC Command line Driver Table 2 1 PICC input file types File Type Meaning 6 C source file pl p code file lpp p code library file as Assembler source f
129. the program image to an alter native address This option is used to specify a base address for the program code image With this option all code psects including interrupt vectors and constant data that the linker would ordinarily control the location of will be adjusted 2 6 24 CR file Generate Cross Reference Listing The CR option will produce a cross reference listing If the file argument is omitted the raw cross reference information will be left in a temporary file leaving the user to run the CREF utility If a filename is supplied for example CR test crf PICC will invoke CREF to process the cross reference information into the listing file in this case test crf If multiple source files are to be included in the cross reference listing all must be compiled and linked with the one PICC command For example to generate a cross reference listing which includes the source modules main c modulel c and nvram c compile and link using the command PICC CHIP 16F877A CR main crf main c modulel c nvram c Thus this option can not be used when using any compilation process that compiles each source file separately using the C or PASS1 options Such is the case for most IDEs including HI TIDE and makefiles 2 6 25 DEBUGGER type Select Debugger Type This option is intended for use for compatibility with debuggers PICCsupports the Microchip ICD2 debugger and using this option will configure the
130. the source file is dependant Dependencies result when one file is included into another 2 6 52 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Mem ory Address This option allows a hexadecimal code to be stored at a particular address in program memory A typical application for this option might be to position a serial number in program memory The byte width of data to store is determined by the byte width of the hexcode parameter in the option For example to store a one byte value zero at program memory address 1000h use SERIAL 00 1000 To store the same value as a four byte quantity use SERIAL 00000000 1000 This option is functionally identical to the corresponding hexmate option For more detailed infor mation and advanced controls that can be used with this option refer to Section 5 15 1 15 of this manual The driver will also define a label at this location which can be referenced from the C context as ___serial0 For code to access this symbol remember to declare it specifying what data type to use For example extern const int serial0 2 6 53 SETOPTION app file Set The Command line Options for Ap plication This option is used to supply alternative command line options for the named application when com piling The app component specifies the application that will recieve the new options The file component specifies the name of the file that contains the additional options that will be
131. there are here void add int a int b add 5 7 input x call has too many arguments x 187 too few function arguments Parser This function requires more arguments than are provided in this call e g void add int a int b add 5 x this call needs more arguments x 188 constant expression required Parser In this context an expression is required that can be evaluated to a constant at compile time e g int a switch input case a x oops can t use variable as part of a Case label x input 364 Error and Warning Messages 189 illegal type for array dimension Parser An array dimension must be either an integral type or an enumerated value int array 12 5 oops twelve and a half elements eh x 190 illegal type for index expression Parser An index expression must be either integral or an enumerated value e g int i array 10 i array 3 5 oops exactly which element do you mean x 191 cast type must be scalar or void Parser A typecast an abstract type declarator enclosed in parentheses must denote a type which is either scalar i e not an array or a structure or the type void e g lip long input oops maybe lip long input 192 undefined identifier Parser This symbol has been used in the program but has not been defined or declared Check for spelling errors if you think it has been defined 193 nota variable identifier
132. they have the same type The conversion is to a larger type so there is no loss of information Even if the operands have the same type in some situations they are converted to a different type before the operation This conversion is called integral promotion HI TECH C performs these integral promotions where required If you are not aware that these changes of type have taken place the results of some expressions are not what would normally be expected Integral promotion is the implicit conversion of enumerated types signed or unsigned va rieties of char short int or bit field types to either signed int orunsigned int Ifthe result of the conversion can be represented by an signed int then that is the destination type otherwise the conversion is to unsigned int Consider the following example unsigned char count a 0 b 50 if a b lt 10 count The unsigned char result of a b is 206 which is not less than 10 but both a and b are converted to signed int via integral promotion before the subtraction takes place The result of the subtraction with these data types is 50 which is less than 10 and hence the body of the if statement is executed If the result of the subtraction is to be an unsigned quantity then apply a cast For example if unsigned int a b lt 10 count The comparison is then done using unsigned int in this case and the body of the if would not be executed 100 C Language Features
133. they may call other functions itself 3 9 1 1 Midrange Interrupt Functions An example of an interrupt function for a midrange PIC processor is shown here int tick_count void interrupt tc_int void if TOIE amp amp TOIF TOIF 0 tick_count As there is a maximum of one interrupt vector in the midrange PIC series only one interrupt function may be defined The interrupt vector will automatically be set to point to this function 3 9 1 2 Context Saving on Interrupts The PIC processor only saves the PC on its stack whenever an interrupt occurs Other registers and objects must be saved in software The HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family compiler determines which registers and objects are used by an interrupt function and saves these appropriately If the interrupt routine calls other functions and these functions are defined before the interrupt code in the same module then any registers used by these functions will be saved as well HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family does not scan assembly code which is placed in line within the interrupt function for register usage Thus if you include in line assembly code into an interrupt function you may have to add extra assembly code to save and restore any registers or locations used The same is true for any assembly routines called by the interrupt code 3 9 1 3 Midrange Context Saving The code associated with interrupt functions that do not r
134. to cromwell must specify a processor name 610 missing psect classes after N Cromwell Cromwell requires that the N option be given a list of the names of psect classes 425 Error and Warning Messages 611 too many input files Cromwell To many input files have been specified to be converted by CROMWELL 612 too many output files Cromwell To many output file formats have been specified to CROMWELL 613 no output file format specified Cromwell The output format must be specified to CROMWELL 614 no input files specified Cromwell CROMWELL must have an input file to convert 616 option Cbaseaddr is illegal with options R or L Linker The linker option Cbaseaddr cannot be used in conjunction with either the R or L linker options 618 error reading COD file data Cromwell An error occurred reading the input COD file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 619 T O error reading symbol table Cromwell The COD file has an invalid format in the specified record 620 filename index out of range in line number record Cromwell The COD file has an invalid value in the specified record 621 error writing ELF DWARF section on Cromwell An error occurred writing the indicated section to the given file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 622 too many type entries Cromwell This is an inter
135. to examine the C code for possible errors incorrectly qualified pointers are an common trigger 478 range check failed location 0x 0x value 0x gt limit 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 479 circular indirect definition of symbol Linker The specified symbol has been equated to an external symbol which in turn has been equated to the first symbol 480 function signatures do not match 0x 0x Linker The specified function has different signatures in different modules This means it has been declared differently e g it may have been prototyped in one module and not another Check what declarations for the function are visible in the two modules specified and make sure they are compatible e g extern int get_value int in and in another module x x this is different to the declaration x int get_value int in char type 481 common symbol psect conflict Linker A common symbol has been defined to be in more than one psect 482 symbol is defined more than once in Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next move r0 55 move rl ro _next oops choose a different name 416 Error and Warning Messages The linker will issue this warning if the symbol
136. used to determine the requirements of the program From this information PICC then writes the assembler code which will perform the startup sequence This code is stored into a file which is then assembled and linked into the remainder of the program automatically The runtime startup code is generated automatically on every compilation If required the as sembler file which contains the runtime startup code can be deleted after compilation by using the driver option 30 PICC Command line Driver Runtime Files RUNTIME default keep If the startup module is kept it will be called startup as and will be located in the current working directory If you are using an IDE to perform the compilation the destination directory is dictated by the IDE itself however you may use the OUTDIR option to specify an explicit output directory to the compiler This is an automatic process which does not require any user interaction however some aspects of the runtime code can be controlled if required using the RUNTIME option Section 2 6 50 describes the use of this option and the following sections describes the functional aspects of the code contained in this module and its effect on program operation If you require any special initialization to be performed immediately after reset you should use the powerup routine feature described later in Section 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 Initialization of Data psects One job of the runtime startup
137. value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 406 bad argument to A Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 407 bad argument to U Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 404 Error and Warning Messages 408 bad argument to B Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly then see Section 5 12 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 409 bad argument to P Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly then see Section 5 12 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 410 bad combination of options Objtohex The combination of options supplied to OBJTOHEX is invalid 412 text does not start at 0 Objtohex Code in some things must start at zero Here it doesn t 413 write error on Assembler Linker Cromwell A write error occurred on the named file This probably means you have run out of disk space 414 read error on Linker The linker encountered an error trying to read this file 415 text offset t
138. will be 2 bytes wide and stored in little endian byte order Code is a hexadecimal code that will trail each byte in the checksum result This can allow each byte of the checksum result to be embedded within an instruction Algorithm is an integer to select which hexmate algorithm to use to calculate the checksum result A list of selectable algorithms are given in Table 5 10 If unspecified the default checksum algorithm used is 8 bit addition 193 Hexmate Linker and Utilities Table 5 10 Hexmate Checksum Algorithm Selection Selector Algorithm description 4 Subtraction of 32 bit values from initial value 3 Subtraction of 24 bit values from initial value 2 Subtraction of 16 bit values from initial value t Subtraction of 8 bit values from initial value 1 Addition of 8 bit values from initial value 2 Addition of 16 bit values from initial value 3 Addition of 24 bit values from initial value 4 Addition of 32 bit values from initial value 7 Fletcher s checksum 8 bit 8 Fletcher s checksum 16 bit A typical example of the use of the checksum option is This 2F FI CK 0 1FFF 2FFE 2100w2 will calculate a checksum over the range 0 1FFFh and program the checksum result at address 5 15 Eh checksum value will apply an initial offset of 2100h The result will be two bytes wide 1 6 FILL The FILL option is used for filling unused memory locations with a
139. will not be cleared at startup by default The block clear of all the bss psects including the memory allocated by the code generator can be omitted by disabling the clear suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIMI GI default clear With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of uninitialized variables will be unpredictable when the program begins execution Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with persistent See Section 3 3 10 1 for more information Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in anyway 2 3 3 The Powerup Routine Some hardware configurations require special initialization often within the first few instruction cycles after reset To achieve this there is a hook to the reset vector provided via the powerup routine This routine can be supplied in a user defined assembler module that will be executed immedi ately after reset An empty powerup routine is provided in the file powerup as which is located in the SOURCES directory of your compiler distribution Refer to comments in this file for more details The file should be copied to your working directory modified and included into your project as a source file No special linker options or other code is required the compiler will detect if you have defined a powerup routine and will automatically use it provided
140. you can identify the record however you do not normally need to do this The location 10c of the instruction 0x1FD the size in bytes of the field in the instruction for the value 1 and the value which is the actual value the symbol represents is typically the only information needed to track down the cause of this error Note that a size which is not a multiple of 8 bits will be rounded up to the nearest byte size i e a 7 bit space in an instruction will be shown as 1 byte Generate an assembler list file for the appropriate module Look for the address specified in the error message 7 07FC 0E21 movlw 33 8 07FD 6FFC movwf _foo 9 O7FE 0012 return and to confirm look for the symbol referenced in the assembler instruction at this address in the symbol table at the bottom of the same file Symbol Table Fri Aug 12 13 17 37 2004 _foo O1FC _main O7FF In this example the instruction causing the problem takes an 8 bit offset into a bank of memory but clearly the address 0x 1FC exceeds this size Maybe the instruction should have been written as movwf _foo amp 0ffh 415 Error and Warning Messages which masks out the top bits of the address containing the bank information If the assembler instruction that caused this error was generated by the compiler in the assem bler list file look back up the file from the instruction at fault to determine which C statement has generated this instruction You will then need
141. 02 _ DATE _ 117 __EEPROM_DATA 75 __EEPROM_DATA macro 203 __FILE_ 117 __Hxxxx type symbols 32 125 491 INDEX INDEX _ IDLOC 74 _ IDLOC macro 204 _ IDLOC7 74 _ IDLOC7 macro 205 _LINE_ 117 __ Exxx type symbols 32 __Lxxxx type symbols 125 __MPLAB_ICD_ 117 _ PICC_ 117 __ TIME _ 117 __delay_ms 206 __delay_us 206 _delay 206 ASPIC expressions 135 special characters 131 ASPIC controls 150 COND 150 EXPAND 151 INCLUDE 151 LIST 151 NOCOND 151 NOEXPAND 152 NOLIST 152 NOXREF 152 PAGE 152 SPACE 152 SUBTITLE 152 TITLE 152 XREF 152 ASPIC directives ALIGN 148 DB 142 DS 142 DW 142 ELSE 145 ELSIF 145 END 137 ENDIF 145 492 ENDM 146 EQU 141 GLOBAL 134 137 IF 145 IRP 148 IRPC 148 LOCAL 133 147 MACRO 146 PROCESSOR 149 PSECT 135 139 REPT 148 SET 141 SIGNAT 149 SIGNAT directive 124 ASPIC operators 135 24 bit doubles 53 24 bit float 54 32 bit doubles 53 32 bit float 54 abs function 207 abs PSECT flag 139 absolute object files 160 absolute psects 139 140 absolute variables 96 access bank 89 accessing SFRs 112 acos function 208 additional memory ranges 59 60 addresses byte 192 link 155 161 load 155 161 word 193 addressing unit 139 ALIGN directive 148 alignment within psects 148 ANSI standard INDEX INDEX conformance 63 implementation defined behaviour 73 argument passing 97 ASCII characters
142. 102 RAM 00300014 00301FFB In the CODE segment there is Ox1c 0x25f 0x244 1 bytes of space available in one block and 0x30 available in another block Neither of these are large enough to accommodate the psect text which 1s 0x34 bytes long Notice however that the total amount of memory available is larger than 0x34 bytes 492 attempt to position absolute psect is illegal Linker This psect is absolute and should not have an address specified in a P option Either remove the abs psect flag or remove the P linker option 419 Error and Warning Messages 493 origin of psect is defined more than once Linker The origin of this psect is defined more than once There is most likely more than one p linker option specifying this psect 494 bad P format Linker The P option given to the linker is malformed This option specifies placement of a psect e g Ptext 10g0h Maybe you meant Ptext 10f0h 495 use of both with and INCLASS INCLASS allocation is illegal Linker It is not legal to specify both the link and location of a psect as within a class when that psect was also defined using a with psect flag 497 psect exceeds max size h gt h Linker The psect has more bytes in it than the maximum allowed as specified using the size psect flag 498 psect exceeds address limit h gt h Linker The maximum address of the psect exceeds the limit placed on i
143. 160 symbols assembler generated 133 global 154 181 linker defined 125 MPLAB specific 36 undefined 163 tan function 336 tanh function 225 temporary files 56 text psect 104 textn psect 104 time function 337 TITLE assembler control 152 toascii function 339 tolower function 339 toupper function 339 translation unit 23 tris instruction 79 trunc function 340 type modifiers combining with pointers 90 type qualifiers 87 typographic conventions 19 unamed structure members 86 ungetc function 341 342 ungetch function 343 universal toolsuite 64 unnamed psect 137 unsigned integer suffix 81 unused memory filling 51 190 utilities 153 utoa function 344 va_arg function 345 va_end function 345 va_start function 345 variable initialization 31 variables absolute 96 accessing from assembler 111 auto 95 char types 83 floating point types 84 int types 83 local 95 short long types 84 static 96 unique length of 48 verbose 49 version number 64 volatile qualifier 88 131 vscanf function 288 W register 120 warning level 64 setting 163 warning message format 64 warnings level displayed 64 suppressing 121 163 with PSECT flag 140 word addresses 193 word boundaries 140 XREF assembler control 152 xtoi function 347 509 INDEX INDEX 510 PICC Command line Options Option Meaning Co
144. 190 1EF 100 16F917 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 190 1EF 100 16C923 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 16C924 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 16C925 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 16C926 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 1A0 1EF 16F946 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 1A0 1EF 100 Index macro quote character 146 command file character 23 psect address symbol 161 as files 24 cmd files 181 crf files 52 129 hex files 25 lib files 179 181 Ink files 164 st files 50 obj files 160 181 opt files 129 p1 files 24 pro files 58 sdb files 36 sym files 36 159 162 psect address symbol 161 comment suppression characters 146 lt gt macro quote characters 146 character in assembler labels 132 _xxxx type symbols 165 nnnn type symbols 133 147 9_xxxx type symbols 165 a_xxxx type symbols 165 command file specifier 23 asm directive 110 define 43 endasm directive 110 include directive 22 pragma directives 115 undef 49 character in assembler labels 132 location counter symbol 133 macro argument prefix 147 amp assembly macro concatenation character 146 _ character in assembler labels 132 _BANKBITS_ 117 _COMMON_ 117 _EEPROMSIZE 76 117 _GPRBITS_ 117 _HTC_EDITION_ 117 HTC_VER_MAJOR_ 117 HTC_VER_MINOR_ 117 HTC_VER_PATCH_ 117 _MPC_ 117 _PIC12 117 _PIC14 117 _READ_OSCCAL_DATA 79 _ROMSIZE 117 __Bxxxx type symbols 125 __ CONFIG 74 __ CONFIG macro 2
145. 2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer S S S S See Also strncpy strlen strcat strlen 306 Library Functions Return Value The destination buffer pointer sl is returned 307 Library Functions STRCSPN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strcspn const char sl const char x s2 Description The strespn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists of characters NOT from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void static char set xyz printf sd n strcspn abcdevwxyz set printf sd n strcspn xxxbcadefs set printf sd n strcspn 1234567890 set See Also strspn Return Value Returns the length of the segment 308 Library Functions STRLEN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strlen const char x s Description The strlen tor Example tinc tinc void main function returns the number of characters in the string s not including the null termina lude lt string h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buffer 256 char x sl x s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer
146. 3 reset_wrap 103 strings 103 stringtable 103 text 104 textn 104 PSECT directive 135 139 PSECT directive flag limit 163 PSECT flags abs 139 bit 139 class 139 delta 139 global 139 limit 140 local 140 ovrid 140 pure 140 reloc 140 size 140 space 140 with 140 absolute 139 140 aligning within 148 alignment of 140 basic kinds 154 class 157 158 162 compiler generated 102 default 137 delta value of 158 differentiating ROM and RAM 140 linking 153 listing 63 local 154 maximum size of 140 page boundaries and 140 specifying address ranges 162 specifying addresses 157 161 pseudo ops assembler 137 pstrings psect 103 pure PSECT flag 140 putch function 126 278 putchar function 279 puts function 281 qsort function 282 qualifier bank1 89 bank2 89 bank3 89 interrupt 104 persistent 33 88 volatile 131 qualifiers 87 and auto variables 95 auto 95 const 87 pointer 90 psect flags 139 psects 102 135 154 506 special 88 volatile 88 INDEX INDEX quiet mode 48 radix specifiers assembly 132 binary 81 C source 81 decimal 81 hexadecimal 81 octal 81 RAM integrity test 284 ram_test_failed function 284 rand function 285 rbit_n psect 104 rbss psect 61 rbss_n psect 104 rdata psect 31 rdata_n psect 104 read only variables 87 redirecting errors 44 reentrancy issues 107 reference 156 167 registers special funct
147. 3F 16C505 PIC12 400 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16F505 PIC12 400 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F continued 485 Chip Information 486 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 16F506 PIC12 400 0D 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16F526 PIC12 400 0D 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16C52 PIC12 180 07 1F 16C54 PIC12 200 07 1F 16CR54A PIC12 200 07 1F 16CR54B PIC12 200 07 1F 16CR54C PIC12 200 07 1F 16HV540 PIC12 200 08 1F 16C54A PIC12 200 07 1F 16C54B PIC12 200 07 1F 16C54C PIC12 200 07 1F 16F54 PIC12 200 07 1F 16C55 PIC12 200 08 1F 16C55A PIC12 200 08 1F 16C56 PIC12 400 07 1F 16C56A PIC12 400 07 1F 16CR56A PIC12 400 07 1F 16C57 PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16C57C PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16CR57B PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16CR57C PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16F57 PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16C58 PIC12 800 07 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16C58A PIC12 800 07 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16C58B PIC12 800 07 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16CRS58A PIC12 800 07 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16CR58B PIC12 800 07 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 16F59 PIC12 800 90 9F B0 BF DO DF E0 EF MCVOB8A PIC12 400 0A 1F 30 3F MCV14A PIC12 400 0D 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F MCVI18A PIC12 200 07 1F MCV28A PIC12 800 08 1F 30 3F 50 5F 70 7F 12F609 PIC14 400 40 7F 12HV609 PIC14 400 40 7F 12F615 PIC14 400 40 7F 12HV615 PIC14 400 40 7F 12F629 PIC14 3FF 20
148. 4 Preprocess assembly This checkbox controls whether assembly source files are scanned by the preprocessor See 26 17 Optimization settings These controls are used to adjust the different optimizations the compiler employs See 2 6 42 Identifier length This selector controls the maximum identifier length in C source See 2 6 9 Verbose This checkbox controls whether the full command lines for the compiler applications are dis played when building See 2 6 15 Warning level This selector allows the warning level print threshold to be set See 2 6 58 PICC Command line Driver MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Build Options For Project astest mcp Figure 2 4 The Compiler dialog 67 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC Command line Driver 2 7 3 Linker Tab The options in this dialog control the link step of compilation See Figure 2 5 in conjunction with aia Options rorproject astestmey 2x Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global M Runtime options E Linker options W Clear bss Fill FF Initialize stack Fri eap Codeoffset Initialize data TT Keep generated startup as Checksum oy Eak Errata sis FF Backup reset condition flags J Format hex file for download Vectors hom z F Test A FF Program the Y Link in C Library I Link in Peripheral Library 7 Optimal performance Callgraph Short form hl
149. 4 3 8 11 FNADDR This directive tells the linker that a function has its address taken and thus could be called indirectly through a function pointer For example FNADDR _funcl tells the linker that func1 has its address taken 4 3 8 12 FNARG The directive FNARG funl fun2 tells the linker that evaluation of the arguments to function fun1 involves a call to fun2 thus the memory argument memory allocated for the two functions should not overlap For example the C function call fred S arle DIEL 20 will generate the assembler directive FNARG _fred _bill thereby telling the linker that bill is called while evaluating the arguments for a call to fred 4 3 8 13 FNBREAK This directive is used to break links in the call graph information The form of this directive is as follows FNBRI EAK funl fun2 and is automatically generated when the interrupt_level pragma is used It states that any calls to funl in trees that appear 1 other than the one rooted at fun2 should not be considered when checking for functions n multiple call graphs Fun2 is typically intlevel0 or intlevell in compiler generated code when the interrupt_level pragma is used Memory for the auto parameter area for a fun will only be assigned in the tree rooted at fun2 143 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 8 14 FNCALL This directive takes the form FNCALL funl fun2 FNCALL is usually used in compiler
150. 5 OUTPUT type 57 PASS1 24 26 27 PRE 27 RUNTIME 29 RUNTIME type 30 31 33 60 SUMMARY type 123 WARN level 64 WARNFORMAT format 53 C 26 43 123 Efile 44 G 36 44 I 45 L 45 46 M 47 0 35 S 49 123 driver options WARNFORMAT format 64 driver output formats American Automation Hex 35 Binary 35 Bytecraft 35 Intel Hex 35 Motorola Hex 35 Tektronix Hex 35 UBROE 35 DS directive 142 DW directive 142 EEPROM Data 75 eeprom memory initializing 75 reading 76 writing 76 eeprom qualifier 89 eeprom_data psect 75 103 EEPROM_READ 77 eeprom_read 76 eeprom_read function 230 EEPROM_WRITE 76 eeprom_write 76 eeprom_write function 230 EI macro 228 ELSE directive 145 ELSIF directive 145 embedding serial numbers 198 enabling interrupts 106 END directive 33 137 end_init psect 103 ENDIF directive 145 ENDM directive 146 enhanced symbol files 159 environment variable HTC_ERR_FORMAT 39 HTC_MSG_FORMAT 39 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 39 EQU directive 134 141 equ directive 130 equating assembly symbols 141 error files creating 158 error messages 44 formatting 39 LIBR 182 eval_poly function 231 exceptions 104 exp function 232 EXPAND assembler control 151 exponent 85 expressions assembly 135 relocatable 135 extern keyword 108 fabs function 233 fast doubles 53 fast float 54 497 INDEX INDEX file extensions 22 file formats
151. 5 2 Division movlw 100 4 0r eq Equality IF inp eq 66 gt orgt Signed greater than IF inp gt 40 gt or ge Signed greater than orequalto IF inp ge 66 lt orlt Signed less than IF inp lt 40 lt or le Signed less than or equal to IF inp le 66 lt gt or ne Signed not equal to IF inp lt gt 40 low Low byte of operand movlw low inp high High byte of operand movlw high 1008h highword High 16 bits of operand DW highword inp mod Modulus movlw 77mod4 amp Bitwise AND clrf inp amp 0ffh A Bitwise XOR exclusive or movf inp 80 W Bitwise OR movf inp 1 W not Bitwise complement movlw not 055h W lt lt orshl Shift left DB inp gt gt 8 gt gt orshr Shift right movlw inp shr 2 W rol Rotate left DB inp rol 1 ror Rotate right DB inp ror 1 float24 24 bit version of real operand DW float24 3 3 nul Tests if macro argument is null 136 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language DS 2 PSECT text0 class CODE delta 2 clear_fred clrf _fred return Note that even though the two blocks of code in the text psect are separated by a block in the rbss psect the two text psect blocks will be contiguous when loaded by the linker In other words the incf _fred instruction will be followed by the clrf instruction in the final output The actual location in memory of the text and rbss psects will be determined by the linker Code or data that is not explicitly placed into a psect will become part of the default un
152. 5F 80 12F635 PIC14 400 40 7F 80 12C671 PIC14 3FF 20 7F A0 BF 12C672 PIC14 TFF 20 7F A0 BF 12CE673 PIC14 3FF 20 7F A0 BF 12CE674 PIC14 7FF 20 7F A0 BF 12F675 PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 12F675F PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 12F675H PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 12F675K PIC14 3FF 20 5F 80 12F683 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 14000 PIC14 FCO 20 7F A0 FF 16C432 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C433 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C554 PIC14 200 20 6F 16C554A PIC14 200 20 6F 16C556 PIC14 400 20 6F 16C556A PIC14 400 20 6F 16C557 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C558 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C558A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C61 PIC14 400 0C 2F 16C62 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C62A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C62B PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16CR62 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C63 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C63A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16CR63 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C64 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C64A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16CR64 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C65 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16CR65 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C65A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C65B PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C66 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16C67 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 16C620 PIC14 200 20 6F 16C620A PIC14 200 20 7F 16CR620A PIC14 200 20 7F 16C621 PIC14 400 20 6F 16C621A PIC14 400 20 7F 16C622 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16C622A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF
153. 67 Library Functions MEMSET Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x void memset void x s int c size_t n For high end processors x far void memset far void s int c size_t n Description The memset function fills n bytes of memory starting at the location pointed to by s with the byte c Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char abuf 20 strcpy labuf This is a string memset abuf x 5 printf buf s n abuf See Also strncpy stracmp strchr memcpy memchr 268 Library Functions MKTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t mktime struct tm tmptr Description The mktime function converts the local calendar time referenced by the tm structure pointer tmptr into a time being the number of seconds passed since Jan 1 1970 or 1 if the time cannot be represented Example include lt time h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void struct tm birthday birthday tm_year 1955 birthday tm_mon 2 birthday tm_mday 24 birthday tm_hour birthday tm_min birthday tm_sec 0 printf you have been alive approximately ld seconds n mktime amp birthday See Also ctime asctime 269 Library Functions Return Value The time contained in the tm structure represented as the number of seconds
154. 6LF724 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 12F 16F726 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 110 16F 190 1EF 16LF726 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16F727 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16LF727 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16F737 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16C73A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C73B PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C74 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16F74 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16F747 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16C74A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C74B PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 16LC74B PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 16C76 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16F76 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 16F767 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 16C77 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 16F77 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16F777 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 16C770 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C771 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C773 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C774 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C745 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C765 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 16C781 PIC14 400 20 7F A0 BF 16C782 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16F785 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16HV785 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 100 16F818 PIC14 400 20 7F A0 BF 80 16F819 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F83
155. 83 asctime function 209 asin function 211 asm C directive 110 ASPIC directives 137 ASPIC directives org 141 ASPIC options 128 A 129 C 129 Cchipinfo 129 E 129 Flength 129 H 129 I 129 Llistfile 129 O 129 Ooutfile 130 Twidth 130 V 130 X 130 processor 130 assembler 127 accessing C objects 111 comments 130 controls 150 directives 137 label field 130 line numbers 130 mixing with C 108 pseudo ops 137 assembler code called by C 108 assembler directive DABS 142 END 33 assembler files preprocessing 58 assembler listings 50 expanding macros 129 generating 129 hexadecimal constants 129 page length 129 page width 130 assembler optimizer enabling 129 assembler options see ASPIC options assembler generated symbols 133 assembly 127 character constants 132 character set 131 conditional 145 constants 132 default radix 132 delimiters 131 expressions 135 generating from C 49 identifiers 132 data typing 133 include files 151 initializing bytes 142 words 142 location counter 133 multi character constants 132 radix specifiers 132 relative jumps 133 relocatable expression 135 repeating macros 148 reserving locations 142 reserving memory 142 special characters 131 special comment strings 131 493 INDEX INDEX strings 132 volatile locations 132 assembly labels 134 scope 134 137 assembly listings bl
156. 99 35 13 117 STRING y oi ee EA 199 213 1 18 SURPACK o opia a aa Bea eR ee 200 A Library Functions 201 CONFIG 22054 25 a a A A A Ad 202 IBEPROM DATA o 000 oa Oe id a e 203 A SA O hoe BOR Ree 204 IDEDET lt A RAS LA A AA AR 205 DELAY o E e E A E AR 206 ABS ciao Se Ghee ada Bete Bus BE Ac BI ae la RG Sache dome Buh Bika ae eA Beha dks 207 ACOS si be bee Meee eee hbo he ee eee ba ee be ee wad 208 ASCTIME oak ee ae ERR A SOR EO Re ee oe ee 209 12 CONTENTS CONTENTS ASIN AR 211 ASSERT oia A RA a td R e G 212 ATAN A A 213 ALAN cga CR EE A ER a O 214 AROR ois ss ass oi gk As ee AA amp Bag 215 ATOL origami a bbe eae PL e ERASE G4 E 216 ATOL coria e sd Ge GS OS e e a AO e Olas 217 BSEARCH 00000 daw Ree a ee ES bale a Ga ae Ow a ee ee 218 Gel aa a A A A A AA a ct a a 220 CORTS 2 402500 A e td e ON de bas 221 CERWIDE s ea sos a e AE E E A e a ee 223 Se e A ss e ts ett toes dos BA 224 COSE oak eh ek dk ba a baw dor A ee es 225 CPUTS 00042 od be bebe be a Bese ee ee ee 226 CIME a ee ee ae EE he te Ga ae Ga alk E E 227 Bla A Uk A Be RS Be ae oe A By BB dl Te Ge ae ee 228 DIV i ke a Ue Gh Boies At ot pee a Sa ee oh 229 BEPROM READ 6 524 34 345 Ae be ae A ERS SOO SE ER we a es 230 ENO rg he EBs ae acs Give As WS ae dita A toe BA 231 BAP cgi e we mek gan bE doe bee ee Pe bs baw eb ee Ga ee oe o 232 FABS cog alba E amp BPS il a eS Ee eb Seo a eee 233 FLASH COPY nn ge ber ae ea EE ERR ee eee eae A 234 PLASH ERASB usada
157. A These libraries also contain C routines that are implicitly called by the output code of the code generator These are routines that perform tasks such as floating point operations and that do not directly correspond to a C function call in the source code The general form of the standard library names is htpic dc ext The meaning of each field 1s described by e Processor Type is always pic e The double type d is for 24 bit doubles and d for 32 bit doubles e Library Type is always c e The extension is lpp for p code libraries or 1 ib for relocatable object libraries Typically there will only be an 1pp version of each library however there may also be a 1ib version in some cases 2 3 2 Runtime Startup Module A C program requires certain objects to be initialised and the processor to be in a particular state before it can begin execution of its function main Itis the job of the runtime startup code to perform these tasks specifically e Initialisation of global variables assigned a value when defined e Clearing of non initialised global variables e General setup of registers or processor state Rather than the traditional method of linking in a generic precompiled routine HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family uses a more efficient method which actually determines what runtime startup code is required from the user s program It does this by performing an additional link step the output of which is
158. BRK Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x const char strpbrk const char sl const char s2 For high end processors char strpbrk const char sl const char s2 Description The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string s1 of any character from string s2 or a null pointer if no character from s2 exists in s1 Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strpbrk strt l aeiou Return Value Pointer to the first matching character or NULL if no character found 321 Library Functions STRRCHR STRRICHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char gt strrchr char s int c char strrichr char s int c Description The strrehr function is similar to the strchr function but searches from the end of the string rather than the beginning i e it locates the last occurrence of the character c in the null terminated string s If successful it returns a pointer to that occurrence otherwise it returns NULL The strrichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf ss n str str strrchr str l s
159. C10 12 16 MCU Family supports a number of special features and exten sions to the C language which are designed to ease the task of producing ROM based applications This chapter documents the compiler options and special language features which are specific to these devices 3 1 ANSI Standard Issues 3 1 1 Implementation defined behaviour Certain sections of the ANSI standard have implementation defined behaviour This means that the exact behaviour of some C code can vary from compiler to compiler Throughout this manual are sections describing how the HI TECH C compiler behaves in such situations 3 2 Processor related Features HI TECH C has several features which relate directly to the PIC architecture and instruction set These detailed in the following sections 3 2 1 Stack The stack on PIC processors is limited in depth and cannot be manipulated directly It is left up to the programmer to ensure that the maximum stack dept is not exceeded A call graph is provided by the linker when generating a MAP file This will indicate the stack levels at each function call 73 Processor related Features C Language Features 3 2 2 Configuration Fuses The PIC processor s configuration fuses or configuration bits may be set using the __ CONFIG macro as follows _ CONFIG X Note there are two leading underscore characters and x is the value that is to be in the configuration word The macro is defined in lt htc h gt so be su
160. CH Software technical support with details 983 storage class redeclared Parser A variable previously declared as being static has now be redeclared as extern 984 type redeclared Parser The type of this function or object has been redeclared This can occur because of two incompatible declarations or because an implicit declaration is followed by an incompatible declaration e g int a char a x x oops what is the correct type 985 qualifiers redeclared Parser This function or variable has different qualifiers in different declarations 986 enum member redeclared Parser A member of an enumeration is defined twice or more with differing values Does the member appear twice in the same list or does the name of the member appear in more than one enum list 987 arguments redeclared Parser The data types of the parameters passed to this function do not match its prototype 988 number of arguments redeclared Parser The number of arguments in this function declaration does not agree with a previous declaration of the same function 989 module has code below file base of h Linker This module has code below the address given but the C option has been used to specify that a binary output file is to be created that is mapped to this address This would mean code from this module would have to be placed before the beginning of the file Check for missing psect directives in assembler files 465
161. Debugger None Trace type Stack size Specific size Heap size Frequency Extend address 0 in HEX file Interrupt options F None Number of vectors ie Vector table location Ys Type of vector y m Summary options I Display psect usage IT Display class usage I Display overall memory usage Tl Display HEX usage map Cancel Apply Help Figure 2 5 The Linker dialog the following command line option equivalents 1 Runtime options These checkboxes control the many runtime features the compiler can employ See 2 6 50 2 Fill This field allows a fill value to be specified for unused memory locations See 2 6 30 68 PICC Command line Driver MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 10 11 12 13 14 15 Codeoffset This field allows an offset for the program to be specified See 2 6 23 Checksum This field allows the checksum specification to be specified See 2 6 20 Errata This field allows the errata workarounds employed by the compiler to be controlled See Vectors Not applicable Callgraph This selector allows the type of call graph printed in the map file to be chosen See 5 10 2 2 Debugger This selector allows the type of hardware debugger to be chosen See 2 6 25 Trace type Not yet implemented Stack size Not applicable Heap size Not applicable Frequency Not applicable Extend address
162. F73 ol obj Mconv map ver PICC std V9 60 ACODE 00h O7FFhx2 ACONST 00h OFFhx16 ASTRING 00h OFFhx16 ABANK0 020h 07Fh ABANK1 0A0h 0FFh preset_vec 00h intentry intcode pintsave_0 07Fh ppowerup CODE prbit_0 BANKO rbss_0 BANKO rdata_0 BANKO idata_0 COD C DOCUME 1 user LOCALS 1 Temp cgta5eHNF obj conv obj C Program HI TECH Software pic std 9 60 lib pic412 c lib C Program HI TECH Software pic std 9 60 lib pic20 u lib Object code version is 3 9 Machine type is 16F73 E The Linker command line shown is the entire list of options and files that were passed to the linker for the build recorded by this map file Remember these are linker options and not command line driver options Typically the first options relate to general execution of the linker path and file names for various input and output support files and the chip type etc These are followed by the memory allocation options e g A and p Last are the input object and library files that will be linked to form the output The linker command line should be used to confirm that driver options that control the link step have been specified correctly and at the correct time It is particularly useful when using the driver L option see Section 2 6 7 TUTORIAL CONFIRMING LINKER OPERATION A project requires that a number of memory lo cations be reserved For the compiler and target device used by the pr
163. FLOOR Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double floor double f Description This routine returns the largest whole number not greater than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf sfi n floer 1 5 3 printr sfin floor 1 5 239 Library Functions FREXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double frexp double f int x p Description The frexp function breaks a floating point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2 The integer is stored into the int object pointed to by p Its return value x is in the interval 0 5 1 0 or zero and f equals x times 2 raised to the power stored in p If f is zero both parts of the result are zero Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f int 15 f frexp 23456 34 amp i printf 23456 34 f x 2 d n f i See Also IdexpQ 240 Library Functions FTOA Synopsis tinc char Description lude lt stdlib h gt x ftoa float f int x status The function ftoa converts the contents of f into a string which is stored into a buffer which is then return Example tinc tinc void main See Also lude lt stdlib h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf float input int status buf ftoa input amp status printf The buffer holds s n 12 34 strto
164. Generator Too many pragma psect directives have been used 735 bad string in pragma stack_size Code Generator The argument to the stack_size pragma is malformed This pragma must be followed by a number representing the maximum allowed stack size 737 unknown argument to pragma switch Code Generator The pragma switch directive has been used with an invalid switch code generation method Possible arguments are auto simple and direct 739 error closing output file Code Generator Optimiser The compiler detected an error when closing a file Contact HI TECH Support with details 740 zero dimension array is illegal Code Generator The code generator has been passed a declaration that results in an array having a zero dimension 436 Error and Warning Messages 741 bitfield too large bits Code Generator The maximum number of bits in a bit field is the same as the number of bits in an int e g assuming an int is 16 bits wide struct unsigned flag 1 unsigned value 12 unsigned cont 6 x oops that s a total of 19 bits x object 742 function argument evaluation overlapped Linker A function call involves arguments which overlap between two functions This could occur with a call like void fnl void l fn3 7 n2 3 n2 9 x Offending call x ae fn2 char fred return fred n3 5 1 0 ae fn3 char one char two char three return onettwo
165. I TECH Software technical support with details 432 Error and Warning Messages 702 regused bad arg to G Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 703 bad GN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details See Section 5 7 2 for more information 704 bad RET_MASK Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 705 bad which after I Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 706 bad which in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 707 bad SX Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 708 bad mod for how Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 709 metaregister can t be used directly Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 710 bad U usage Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 711 bad how in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI
166. ILES A C source file is a file on disk that contains all or part of a program C source files are initially passed to the preprocessor by the driver A module is the output of the preprocessor for a given source file after inclusion of any header files or other source files which are specified by tinclude preprocessor 22 PICC Command line Driver Invoking the Compiler directives These modules are then passed to the remainder of the compiler applications Thus a module may consist of several source and header files A module is also often referred to as a translation unit These terms can also be applied to assembly files as they too can include other header and source files Some of the compiler s output files contain project wide information and are not directly associated with any one particular input file e g the map file If the names of these project wide files are not specified on the command line the basename of these files is derived from the first C source file listed on the command line If there are no files of this type being compiled the name is based on the first input file regardless of type on the command line Throughout this manual the basename of this file will be called the project name Most IDEs use project files whose names are user specified Typically the names of project wide files such as map files are named after the project however check the manual for the IDE you are using for more details 2 1
167. Jey tl EA W Felalers H TECH C Tools for the oce PIC10 12 16 MCU Family HI TECH C Tools for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family HI TECH Software Copyright C 2009 HI TECH Software All Rights Reserved Printed in Australia Produced on January 14 2009 HI TECH Software Pty Ltd ACN 002 724 549 45 Colebard Street West Acacia Ridge QLD 4110 Australia email hitech htsoft com web http microchip htsoft com ftp ftp www htsoft com Contents Table of Contents List of Tables 1 Introduction 1 1 Typographic conventions cos a 2 PICC Command line Driver 2 1 Invoking the Compiler 2 24 5 06644 66444 8H a ee Bea ee be 211 Long Command Lines 62 542 h0 6 eed ewan deeb et ees 22 Vhescomprlation Sequence 10 ca he eG RS OEE A RE e OR 22d Smele step Compilaton lt 2 22 4 642 eS heeds AS amp eed 222 Generating Intermediate Files gt c spoeg series Ls Special Processiig esoo te kone ERE E i EE o Beh Peal PRECEDE aeee RO AR E E G 2 2 3 2 Assembly Code Requirements Dod WIE FeS ce ke a A RA ES eR Eo eiat 23 4 Library Pues e coccia eret eph ke A hoe 23 41 Standard Libraries o lt ceas meok m e ea e a 2 3 2 Runtime Startup Module 2 3 2 1 Initialization ol Data ps ctS sismos we 232 2 Cleating the Bss Psects o 0 0 2445 ones rs Zoe The Powerp Routine cetreria 62554844444 25 Doe The printi RoUe campera ae ee eee ee we ROS 24 Debusemea In
168. L Pass relocation information into the output file used with exe files M Produce a Motorola HEX file S19 S28 or S37 format N Produce an output file for Minix Pstk Produce an output file for an Atari ST with optional stack size R Include relocation information in the output file Sfile Write a symbol file into file T Produce a Tektronix HEX file TE Produce an extended TekHEX file U Produce a COFF output file UB Produce a UBROF format file V Reverse the order of words and long words in the output file n m Format either Motorola or Intel HEX file where n is the maxi mum number of bytes per record and m specifies the record size rounding Non rounded records are zero padded to a multiple of m m itself must be a multiple of 2 183 Cref Linker and Utilities 5 12 1 Checksum Specifications If you are generating a HEX file output please refer to the hexmate section 5 15 for calculating checksums For OBJTOHEX the checksum specification allows automated checksum calculation and takes the form of several lines each line describing one checksum The syntax of a checksum line is addrl addr2 wherel where2 offset All of addr1 addr2 wherel where2 and offset are hex numbers without the usual H suffix Such a specification says that the bytes at addr1 through to addr2 inclusive should be summed and the sum placed in the locations where1 through where2 inclusive For an 8 bit checksum these tw
169. LL command is CROMWELL options input_files okey output_file where options can be any of the options shown in Table 5 7 Output_file optional is the name of the output file The input_files are typically the HEX and SYM file CROMWELL automatically searches for the SDB files and reads those if they are found The options are further described in the following paragraphs 5 14 1 Pnamel architecture The P options takes a string which is the name of the processor used CROMWELL may use this in the generation of the output format selected Note that to produce output in COFF format an 186 Linker and Utilities Cromwell Table 5 6 CROMWELL format types Key Format cod Bytecraft COD file coff COFF file format elf ELF DWARF file eomf51 Extended OMF 51 format hitech HI TECH Software format icoff ICOFF file format ihex Intel HEX file format mcoff Microchip COFF file format omf51 OME 51 file format pe P amp E file format s19 Motorola HEX file format Table 5 7 CROMWELL command line options Option Description Pname architecture Processor name and architecture Identify code classes Dump input file Identify input files only Fake local symbols as global Set the output format Set the input format List the available formats Strip file extensions Specify big endian byte ordering Strip
170. ORIAL PARAMETERS IMPLEMENTED AS FUNCTION CALLS Consider the following code int B int x int y return x y int A int a int b return a B 9 b void main void B 5 A 6 7 consider this statement For the highlighted statement the compiler might evaluate and load the first parameter to the function B which is the literal 5 To do this the value of 5 is loaded to the locations _B and _B 1 Now to evaluate the second parameter value to the function B the compiler must first call the function A So A s parameters are loaded and the call to function A is made Code inside the function A calls the function B This involves loading the parameters to B the contents of the variable b are loaded to _B 2 and _B 3 and the value 9 is loaded to _B and _B 1 which corrupts the contents of these locations which were loaded earlier for the still pending call to function B Func tion A eventually returns normally and the the return value is the loaded to the second parameter locations for the still pending call to function B back at the highlighted line of source However the value of 5 previously loaded as the first parameter to B has been lost When the call to function B is now made the parameters will not be correct Note that the function B is not actively executing code in more than one instance of the function at the same time however the code that loads the parameters to function B is The linker indicat
171. PIC14 200 0C 2F 40 16CR83 PIC14 200 0C 2F 40 16C84 PIC14 400 0C 2F 40 16F84 PIC14 400 0C 4F 40 16F84A PIC14 400 0C 4F 40 16CR84 PIC14 400 0C 4F 40 16F627 PIC14 400 20 7F A0 EF 120 14F 80 16F627A PIC14 400 20 7F A0 EF 120 14F 80 16F628 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 EF 120 14F 80 16F628A PIC14 800 20 7F A0 EF 120 14F 80 16F648A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F716 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 16F87 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 110 16F 190 1EF 100 16F870 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 40 16F871 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 40 16F872 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 40 16F873 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 80 16F873A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 80 16F874 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 80 16F874A PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 FF 80 16F876 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F876A PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F877 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F877A PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F88 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F882 PIC14 800 20 7F A0 BF 80 continued 489 Chip Information 490 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 16F883 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F884 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F886 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F887 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 1 10 16F 190 1EF 100 16F913 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F914 PIC14 1000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F 100 16F916 PIC14 2000 20 7F A0 EF 120 16F
172. S et Rete EAS Gog Mie See E at Bas 8s 290 SIN ops bode go ee eb em be Eee ba sole be dn tek bee Gees 292 SPRINT ei 045 ee ptE Se ee EEEAG Ge eS be PS oi 293 SORT oboe ES ea Bee ae al Oe ee Se ee eae 294 SRAND sii oe RAR RA RS Ble Se Ba pe ee a ee ds 295 BIRO AM occu bia eee Bee Bas eae REM SR eee 296 STRCAD csc ee rs Ae eee A EAS See ee Oe ee Ee Ae ee He 297 SIRCHR 5 lt 5 Averages A e ae A Ave Sie ace as Seas 2 299 SIRCHR i cere oap ea ah ee da Gee dan be bee e 6 301 SERCMP e ees ee e ESE ERAG Ge eS be ES dhe 303 STREPY 2 06545 644 4 ote a Sew ae Ge ag ee eee Ge ee eas 305 SIRCPY apa aod soit A a BS Ba ee eS Ee A 306 STRCSPN ca eee a ee ERE EEA Ed ee eh ee 308 STRLEN ocurra eS EA ee E E Be Oe ee Yee eo 309 ING lsc A tee Rie gee O E as en Se 310 SURNCAD gyn 4sbe eb bas bb epee beers Gee da be bee E A 312 SIERNCMP 2 0 cp 44 045 584 p42 a Ge eG be we ES Doia 314 SERNOPY 3 6545 644 4 eee a Saw ae al eR Se wa GO ee eae A 316 SIRNCPY ca mgd eh ES a a ARG Bk Se Be A GS TE 318 SIRPBRE jb oe a ee A wae ee Phebe ee Re ed ee Bh wae 320 STRPBRE sae 4 o ee eG he A ee EE Me eh ee A RA 321 CONTENTS CONTENTS STRRCHR STRRCHR STRSPN STRTOD STRTOL STRTOK STRTOK UME as as Sig hep ead e i Ata amp BA TRUNC UTOA 3 6 6 ne ER ee ee Se ee eS KTOL 2th eb be oe eS CONTENTS CONTENTS C Chip Information Index 16 List of Tables 248 22 23 2 4 23 2 6 21 28 2 9 2 10 2d 2 12 2 13 2 14 gl a2 23
173. Software technical support with details 682 this architecture is not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A target device other than baseline midrange or highend was specified This compiler only supports devices from these architecture families 429 Error and Warning Messages 683 bank 1 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 1 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in this bank 684 bank 2 and 3 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 2 or 3 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in these banks 685 bad putwsize Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 686 bad switch size Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 687 bad pushreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details See Section 5 7 2 for more information 688 bad popreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 689 unknown predicate Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software techni
174. TA macro can be used to place the initial EEPROM data values into the HEX file ready for programming The macro is used as follows include lt htc h gt EEPROM _DATA O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The macro accepts eight parameters being eight data values Each value should be a byte in size Unused values should be specified as a parameter of zero The macro may be called multiple times to define the required amount of EEPROM data It is recommended that the macro be placed outside any function definitions The macro defines and places the data within a psect called eeprom_data This psect is posi tioned by a linker option in the usual way This macro is not used to write to EEPROM locations during run time it is to be used for pre loading EEPROM contents at program time only 75 Processor related Features C Language Features 3 2 5 2 EEPROM Access Functions The library functions eeprom_read and eeprom_write can be called to read from and write to the EEPROM during program execution For example to write a byte size value to an address in EEPROM and retrieve it using these functions would be include lt htc h gt void eetest void unsigned char value 1 unsigned char address 0 write value to EEPROM address eeprom_write address value read from EE at address value eeprom_read address These functions test and wait for any concurrent writes to EEPROM to conclu
175. TECH Software technical support with details 231 unknown qualifier given to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 232 missing argument to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 233 bad Q option Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 234 close error Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 236 simple integer expression required Parser A simple integral expression is required after the operator used to associate an absolute address with a variable e g int address char LOCK address 372 Error and Warning Messages 237 function redefined Parser More than one definition for a function has been encountered in this module Function overloading 1s illegal e g int twice int a return ax2 only one prototype amp definition of rv can exist x long twice long a return ax2 238 illegal initialisation Parser You can t initialise a typedef declaration because it does not reserve any storage that can be initialised e g oops uint is a type not a variable x typedef unsigned int uint 99 239 identifier redefined from line Parser This identifier has already been defined in the
176. TECH Software technical support with details 433 Error and Warning Messages 712 can t generate code for this expression Code Generator This error indicates that a C expression is too difficult for the code generator to actually compile For successful code generation the code generator must know how to compile an expression and there must be enough resources e g registers or temporary memory locations available Simplifying the expression e g using a temporary variable to hold an intermediate result may get around this message Contact HI TECH Support with details of this message This error may also be issued if the code being compiled is in some way unusual For example code which writes to a const qualified object is illegal and will result in warning messages but the code generator may unsuccessfully try to produce code to perform the write 713 bad initialization list Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 714 bad intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 715 bad pragma Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma directive that it does not understand This implies that the pragma you have used is a HI TECH specific pragma but the specific compiler you are using has not implemented this pragma 716 bad argument to M option C
177. Value amp start Now the pointer ip is assigned addresses of both data and const objects After the next compilation the size and encoding of ip will change as will the code that assigns the addresses to ip The generated code that dereferences ip in getValue will check the address to determine the memory space of the target address 0x10 94 C Language Features Storage Class and Object Placement 3 4 Storage Class and Object Placement Objects are positioned in different memory areas dependant on their storage class and declaration This is discussed in the following sections 3 4 1 Local Variables A local variable is one which only has scope within the block in which it was defined That is it may only be referenced within that block C supports two classes of local variables in functions auto variables which are normally allocated in the function s stack frame and static variables which are always given a fixed memory location and have permanent duration 3 4 1 1 Auto Variables Auto short for automatic variables are the default type of local variable Unless explicitly declared to be static a local variable will be made auto however the auto keyword may be used if desired Auto variables are allocated in the auto variable block and referenced by indexing off the symbol that represents that block The variables will not necessarily be allocated in the order declared in contrast to parameters which are always in
178. a project that fails to work as expected If a multi step compilation is required the recommended compile sequence is as follows e Compile all modified C source files to p code files using the PASS1 driver option 26 PICC Command line Driver The Compilation Sequence e Compile all modified assembler source files to relocatable object files using the C driver option e Compile all p code and relocatable object files into a single output object file The final step not only involves the link stage but also code generation of all the p code files In effect the HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family version code generator performs some of the tasks normally performed by the linker Any user specified non standard libraries also need to be passed to the compiler during the final step This is the incremental build sequence used by HLTIDE TUTORIAL MULTI STEP COMPILATION The files in the previous example are to be compiled using a multi step compilation The following could be used PICC chip 16F877A passl main c PICC chip 16F877A passl io c PICC chip 16F877A c mdef as PICC chip 16F877A main pl io pl mdef obj sprt obj c_sb lpp a_sb lib If using a make system with incremental builds only those source files that have changed since the last build need the first compilation step performed again so not all of the first three steps need be executed If is important to note that the code generator need
179. aced by the option specified by the L TUTORIAL REPLACING DEFAULT LINKER OPTIONS In a particular project the psect ent ry is used but the programmer needs to ensure that this psect is positioned above the address 800h This can be achieved by adjusting the default linker option that positions this psect First a map file is generated to determine how this psect is normally allocated memory The Linker command line in the map file indicates that this psect is 46 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions normally linked using the linker option pentry CODE Which places ent ry anywhere in the memory defined by the CODE class The pro grammer then re links the project but now using the driver option L pent ry CODE 800h to ensure that the psect is placed above 800h Another map file is generated and the Linker command line section is checked to ensure that the option was recieved and executed by the linker Next the address of the psect ent ry is noted in the psect lists that appear later in the map file See Section 5 10 for more information on the contents of the map file If there are no characters following the first character in the L option then any matching default linker option will be deleted For example L pfirst will remove any default linker option that begins with the string pfirst No warming is generated if such a default linker option cannot be found TUTORIAL ADDING AND
180. ageable size for ease of editing and compilation then each source file may be compiled separately and finally all the object files linked together into a single executable program This chapter describes the theory behind and the usage of the linker Note however that in most instances it will not be necessary to use the linker directly as the compiler driver will automatically invoke the linker with all necessary arguments Using the linker directly is not simple and should be attempted only by those with a sound knowledge of the compiler and linking in general If it is absolutely necessary to use the linker directly the best way to start is to copy the linker arguments constructed by the compiler driver and modify them as appropriate This will ensure that the necessary startup module and arguments are present Note also that the linker supplied with HI TECH C is generic to a wide variety of compilers for several different processors Not all features described in this chapter are applicable to all compilers 5 2 Relocation and Psects The fundamental task of the linker is to combine several relocatable object files into one The object files are said to be relocatable since the files have sufficient information in them so that any references to program or data addresses e g the address of a function within the file may be adjusted according to where the file is ultimately located in memory after the linkage process Thus the file is said to b
181. al values from 8 388 608 to 8 388 607 inclusive Unsigned short and unsigned int are 16 bit unsigned integer types representing integral values from 0 to 16 777 215 inclusive All 24 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short long int and unsigned short long int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short long int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short long will containa signed short long int anda variable declared as unsigned short long will contain an unsigned short long int 3 3 6 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Familysupports two 32 bit integer types Long is a 32 bit two s complement signed integer type representing integral values from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 inclusive Unsigned longis a 32 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 4 294 967 295 inclusive All 32 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant word and least significant byte at the lowest address Long and unsigned long occupy 32 bits as this is the smallest long integer size allowed by the ANSI standard for C Variables may be declared using the signed long int and unsigned long int key word sequences respectively to hold values of these types Where only long in
182. alid void main void x at this point the compiler assumes set is extern set 10L 6 x now it finds out otherwise x static void set long a int b PORTA a b 368 array dimension on ignored Preprocessor An array dimension on a function parameter has been ignored because the argument is actually converted to a pointer when passed Thus arrays of any size may be passed Either remove the dimension from the parameter or define the parameter using pointer syntax e g x param should be int array or int x x int get_first int array 10 warning flagged here x return array 0 369 signed bitfields not supported Parser Only unsigned bitfields are supported If a bitfield is declared to be type int the compiler still treats it as unsigned e g struct Signed int sign 1 x this must be unsigned signed int value 15 y 370 illegal basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type couldn t not be recognised and the basic type was assumed to be int e g 400 Error and Warning Messages here ling is assumed to be int x unsigned char bar unsigned ling a 371 missing basic type int assumed Parser This declaration does not include a basic type so int has been assumed This declaration is not illegal but it is preferable to include a basic type to make it clear what is intended e g
183. alled e write the routine ensuring arguments are read from the correct location the return value is loaded to the correct storage location before returning ensure any local variables required by the routine have space reserved by the appropriate directive A mapping is performed on the names of all C functions and non st atic global variables See Section 3 10 3 1 for a complete description of mappings between C and assembly identifiers An assembly routine is required which can add two 16 bit values together The routine must be callable from C code Both the values are passed in as arguments when the routine is called from the C code The assembly routine should return the result of the addition as a 16 bit quantity Most compiler generated executable code is placed in a psect called text n see Section 3 8 1 As we do not need to have this assembly routine linked at any particular location we can use this psect so the code is bundled with other executable code and stored somewhere in the program space This way we do not need to use any additional linker options So we use an ordinary looking psect that you would see in assembly code produced by the compiler The psect s name is text0 will be linked in the CODE class which will reside in a memory space that has 2 bytes per addressable location PSECT text0 local class CODE delta 2 Now we would like to call this routine add However in assembly we must choose the name _add as this then
184. ame as a symbol that has already been declared as EXTERN 849 illegal instruction for this processor Assembler The instruction is not supported by this processor 850 PAGESEL not usable with this processor Assembler The PAGESEL pseudo instruction is not usable with the device selected 851 ilegal destination Assembler The destination either or w is not correct for this instruction 852 radix must be from 2 16 Assembler The radix specified using the RADIX assembler directive must be in the range from 2 binary to 16 hexadecimal 853 invalid size for FNSIZE directive Assembler The assembler FNSIZE assembler directive arguments must be positive constants 855 ORG argument must be a positive constant Assembler An argument to the ORG assembler directive must be a positive constant or a symbol which has been equated to a positive constant e g 452 Error and Warning Messages ORG 10 x this must a positive offset to the current psect 856 ALIGN argument must be a positive constant Assembler The align assembler directive requires a non zero positive integer argument 857 psect may not be local and global Linker A local psect may not have the same name as a global psect e g psect text class CODE text is implicitly global move r0 rl elsewhere psect text local class COD move r2 r4 E The global flag is the default for a psect if 1ts sc
185. ameters to hexmate are now discussed in greater detail Note that any integral values supplied to the hexmate options should be entered as hexadecimal values without leading 0x or trailing h characters Note also that any address fields specified in these options are to be entered as byte addresses unless specified otherwise in the ADDRESSING option 191 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 15 1 1 specifications filename hex Intel hex files that can be processed by hexmate should be in either INHX32 or INHX8M format Additional specifications can be applied to each hex file to put restrictions or conditions on how this file should be processed If any specifications are used they must precede the filename The list of specifications will then be separated from the filename by a comma A range restriction can be applied with the specification rStart End A range restriction will cause only the address data falling within this range to be used For example r100 1FF myfile hex will use myfile hex as input but only process data which is addressed within the range 00h 1FFh inclusive to be read from myfile hex An address shift can be applied with the specification sOffset If an address shift is used data read from this hex file will be shifted by the Offset to a new address when generating the output The offset can be either positive or negative For example r100 1FFs2000 myfile hex will shift the block of data from 100h 1FFh
186. an existing file by specifying an addition char acter at the start of the error filename for example PICC CHIP 16F877A E x err y c If you wish to compile several files and combine all of the errors generated into a single text file use the E option to create the file then use E when compiling all the other source files For example to compile a number of files with all errors combined into a file called project err you could use the E option as follows PICC CHIP 16F877A Eproject err 0O PASS1 main c PICC CHIP 16F877A E tproject err 0O PASS1 partl c PICC CHIP 16F877A E project err C asmcode as Section 2 5 has more information regarding this option as well as an overview of the messaging system and other related driver options 2 6 4 Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File The G option generates a source level symbol file i e a file which allows tools to determine which line of source code is associated with machine code instructions and determine which source level variable names correspond with areas of memory etc for use with supported debuggers and sim ulators such as HI TIDE and MPLAB If no filename is given the symbol file will have the same base name as the project name see Section 2 1 and an extension of sym For example the option Gtest sym generates a symbol file called test sym Symbol files generated using the G option include source level i
187. an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 878 S option used ignored Driver The indicated assembly file has been supplied to the driver in conjunction with the S option The driver really has nothing to do since the file is already an assembly file 880 invalid number of parameters Use HELP for help Driver Improper command line usage of the of the compiler s driver 881 setup succeeded Driver The compiler has been successfully setup using the set up driver option 883 setup failed Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the set up driver option Ensure that the directory argument to this option is spelt correctly is syntactically correct for your host operating system and it exists 884 please ensure you have write permissions to the configuration file Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option because the driver was unable to access the XML configuration file Ensure that you have write permission to this file The driver will search the following configuration files in order e the file specified by the environment variable HTC_XML 456 Error and Warning Messages e thefile etc htsoft xml if the directory etc is writable and there is no htsoft xml file in your home directory e the file htsoft xml file in your home directory If none of the files can be located then the above
188. andard I O functions Function name Purpose printf const char Ss Formatted printing to stdout sprintf char buf const char s Writes formatted text to buf 3 13 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O A number of the standard I O functions are provided specifically those functions intended to read and write formatted text on standard output and input A list of the available functions is in Table 3 12 More details of these functions can be found in Appendix A Before any characters can be written or read using these functions the put ch and get ch functions must be written Other routines which may be required include getche and kbhit 126 Chapter 4 Macro Assembler The Macro Assembler included with HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family assembles source files for PIC MCUs This chapter describes the usage of the assembler and the directives assembler pseudo ops and controls accepted by the assembler in the source files The HI TECH C Macro Assembler package includes a linker librarian cross reference generator and an object code converter Athough the term assembler is almost universally used to decribe the tool which con verts human readable mnemonics into machine code both assembler and assembly are used to describe the source code which such a tool reads The latter is more com mon and is used in this manual to describe the language Thus you will see
189. ank lines 152 disabling macro expansion 152 enabling 151 excluding conditional code 151 expanding macros 151 including conditional code 150 new page 152 subtitles 152 titles 152 assembly macros 146 character 146 character 147 amp symbol 146 concatenation of arguments 146 quoting characters 146 suppressing comments 146 assembly statements format of 130 assert function 212 atan function 213 atan2 function 214 atof function 215 atoi function 216 atol function 217 auto variables 95 Avocet symbol file 163 bank1 keyword 89 bank1 qualifier 89 bank2 keyword 89 bank2 qualifier 89 bank3 keyword 89 bank3 qualifier 89 banks 494 RAM banks 50 89 base specifier see radix specifier baseline PIC special instructions 78 bases C source 81 biased exponent 85 big endian format 193 binary constants assembly 132 C 81 bit PSECT flag 139 bit clear instruction 75 Bit instructions 75 bit manipulation macros 75 bit set instruction 75 bit types in assembly 139 bit fields 86 initializing 86 unamed 86 bitwise complement operator 101 blocks see psects bootloader 60 190 197 bootloaders 61 195 bsearch function 218 bss psect 32 154 clearing 154 byte addresses 192 C standard libraries 29 30 calibration data PIC 14000 79 call graph 169 callgraph critical path 172 ceil function 220 cgets function 221 char types 83 INDEX INDEX character constants 81
190. aph consists of one or more call trees which are defined by the program Each tree has a root function which is typically not called by the program but which is executed via other means The function main is an example of a root function Interrupt functions are another The term main line code means any code that is executed or may be executed by a function that appears under the main root in the call graph See Section 5 10 2 2 for detailed information on the call graph which is displayed in the map file Each function in the call graph is allocated an auto parameter block APB for its parameter auto and temporary variables Temporary variables act just like auto variables Local variables which are qualified static are not part of this block For situations where a compiled stack is 164 Linker and Utilities Compiled Stack Operation used the linker performs additional operations to minimise the memory consumed by the program by overlaying each function s APB where possible In assembly code variables within a function s APB are referenced via special symbols which marks the start of the auto or parameter area in the block and an offset The symbol used to represent the base address of the parameter area within the function s APB is the concatenation of and the assembler name of the function The symbol used to represent the base address of the auto area within the function s APB is the concatenation of a in the case of Standa
191. ar _ IDLOC macro is not suitable For this situation the __IDLOC7 a b c d macro is available The parameters a to d are a comma separated list of values The values can be entered as either decimal or hexadecimal format such as _ IDLOC7 0x7f 1 70 0x5a It is not appropriate to use the _ IDLOC7 macro on a device that does not permit seven bit programming of ID locations 74 C Language Features Processor related Features 3 2 4 Bit Instructions Wherever possible HI TECH C will attempt to use the PIC bit instructions For example when using a bitwise operator and a mask to alter a bit within an integral type the compiler will check the mask value to determine if a bit instruction can achieve the same functionality unsigned int foo foo l 0x40 will produce the instruction bsf _foo 6 To set or clear individual bits within integral type the following macros could be used define bitset var bitno var l IUL lt lt bitno define bitclr var bitno var amp 1UL lt lt bitno To perform the same operation as above the bitset macro could be employed as follows bitset foo 6 3 2 5 EEPROM Access For most devices that come with on chip EEPROM the compiler offers several methods of accessing this memory The EEPROM access methods are described in the following sections 3 2 5 1 The_ EEPROM_DATA macro For those PIC devices that support external programming of their EEPROM data area the __EEP ROM_DA
192. arameter is register e g void process static int input 258 duplicate qualifier Parser There are two occurrences of the same qualifier in this type specification This can occur either directly or through the use of a typedef Remove the redundant qualifier For example typedef volatile int vint oops this results in two volatile qualifiers volatile vint very_vol 259 can t be qualifed both far and near Parser It is illegal to qualify a type as both far and near e g far near int spooky oops choose far or near not both 260 undefined enum tag Parser This enum tag has not been defined e g enum WHAT what x a definition for WHAT was never seen x 261 struct union member redefined Parser This name of this member of the struct or union has already been used in this st ruct or union e g struct int a int b int a oops a different name is required here x input 378 Error and Warning Messages 262 struct union redefined Parser A structure or union has been defined more than once e g struct int a ms struct int a ms was this meant to be the same name as above x 263 members can t be functions Parser A member of a structure or a union may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function e g struct int a int get int should be a pointer int x get int object 264 ba
193. arian As with the r and x key letters an empty list of modules means all the modules in the library The o key takes a list of module names and re orders the matching modules in the library file so they have the same order as that listed on the command line Modules which are not listed are left in their existing order and will appear after the re ordered modules 5 11 3 Examples Here are some examples of usage of the librarian The following lists the global symbols in the modules a obj b obj and c ob LIBR s file lib a obj b obj c obj This command deletes the object modules a obj b ob j and c obj from the library file lib LIBR d file lib a obj b obj c obj 5 11 4 Supplying Arguments Since it is often necessary to supply many object file arguments to LIBR and command lines are restricted to 127 characters by CP M and MS DOS LIBR will accept commands from standard input if no command line arguments are given If the standard input is attached to the console LIBR will prompt for input Multiple line input may be given by using a backslash as a continuation character on the end of a line If standard input is redirected from a file LIBR will take input from the file without prompting For example libr libr gt r file lib 1 obj 2 0bj 3 0bj libr gt 4 0bj 5 0bj 6 0b3 will perform much the same as if the object files had been typed on the command line The libr gt prompts were printed by LIBR itself the remainder of the t
194. arser A char array is being initialized with a string literal larger than the array Hence there is insufficient space in the array to safely append a null terminating character e g char foo 5 12345 x the string stored in foo won t have a null terminating 1 e foo Pa Par BE nar KS x 392 Error and Warning Messages 343 implicit return at end of non void function Parser A function which has been declared to return a value has an execution path that will allow it to reach the end of the function body thus returning without a value Either insert a return statement with a value or if the function is not to return a value declare it void e g int mydiv double a int b if b 0 return a b x what about when b is 0 x warning flagged here 344 non void function returns no value Parser A function that is declared as returning a value has a return statement that does not specify a return value e g int get_value void if flag return val return what is the return value in this instance x 345 unreachable code Parser This section of code will never be executed because there is no execution path by which it could be reached e g while 1 x how does this loop finish x process flag FINISHED x how do we get here x 346 declaration of hides outer declaration Parser An object has been declared that has the same name as an outer
195. artup module by using the END directive 423 Error and Warning Messages 529 usage objtohex Ssymfile object file hex file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool ob jt ohex If you are invoking ob jt ohex directly then please refer to Section 5 12 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 593 can t find 0x words 0x withtotal for psect in segment Linker See error 491 on Page 418 594 undefined symbol Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 595 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 596 segment overlaps segment Linker The named segments have overlapping code or data Check the addresses being assigned by the P linker option 599 No psect classes given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the program memory psect classes be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the N option as per Section 5 14 2 600 No chip arch given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the chip architecture be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 14 1 601 U
196. as placed at the end of a psect the psect would have a length that was always an even number of bytes long 4 3 8 23 REPT The REPT directive temporarily defines an unnamed macro then expands it a number of times as determined by its argument For example REPT 3 addwf fred w ENDM will expand to addwf fred w addwf fred w addwf fred w 4 3 8 24 IRP and IRPC The IRP and IRPC directives operate similarly to REPT however instead of repeating the block a fixed number of times it is repeated once for each member of an argument list In the case of IRP the list is a conventional macro argument list in the case or IRPC it is each character in one argument For each repetition the argument is substituted for one formal parameter For example PSECT idata_0 IRP number 4865h 6C6Ch 6F00h DW number E Z ENDM PSECT text0 148 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language would expand to PSECT idata_0 DW 4865h DW 6C6Ch DW 6F00h PSECT text0 Note that you can use local labels and angle brackets in the same manner as with conventional macros The IRPC directive is similar except it substitutes one character at a time from a string of non space characters For example PSECT romdata class CODE delta 2 IRPC char ABC DB char ENDM PSECT text will expand to PSECT romdata class CODE delta 2 DB A DB B DB PSECT text 4 3 8 25 PROCESSOR
197. at are qualified volatile The pointer itself the variable that holds the address is not volatile however the objects that are accessed when the pointer is dereferenced is volatile That is the target objects accessible via the pointer may be externally modified The second example is a pointer called ivp which also contains the address of int objects In this example the pointer itself is volatile that is the address the pointer contains may be externally modified however the objects that can be accessed when dereferencing the pointer are not volatile The last example is of a pointer called vivp which is itself qualified volatile and which also holds the address of a volatile object Bare in mind that one pointer can be assigned the address of many objects for example a pointer that is a parameter to a function is assigned a new object address every time the function is called The definition of the pointer must be valid for every target address assigned Care must be taken when describing pointers Is a const pointer a pointer that points to const objects or a pointer that is const itself You can talk about pointers to const and const pointers to help clarify the definition but such terms may not be universally understood 3 3 12 2 Data Pointers HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family monitors and records all assignments of ad dresses to each data pointer the program defines The size and format of t
198. at an assumption holds true For example the following statement asserts that the pointer tp is not equal to NULL assert tp If at run time the expression evaluates to false the program will abort with a message identifying the source file and line number of the assertion and the expression used as an argument to it A fuller discussion of the uses of assert is impossible in limited space but it is closely linked to methods of proving program correctness Example void ptrfunc struct xyz x tp assert tp 0 Note When required for ROM based systems the underlying routine _fassert will need to be imple mented by the user 212 Library Functions ATAN Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double atan double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of its argument i e it returns an angle e in the range 7 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf sf n atan 1 5 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan2 Return Value The arc tangent of its argument 213 Library Functions ATAN2 Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan2 double x double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of y x Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n atan2 10 0 10 0 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan
199. ation be performed prior to writing to flash this step will be performed internally by the compiler within the access routine and does not need to be implemented as a separate stage Data within the same flash erasure block that is unrelated to the write operation will be backed up before the block is erased and restored after the erasure 3 2 6 1 Flash Access Macros Similar to the EEPROM read write routines described above there are equivalent Flash memory routines For example to write a byte sized value to an address in flash memory 77 Processor related Features C Language Features FLASH_WRITE address value To read a byte of data from an address in flash memory and store it in a variable variable FLASH_READ address 3 2 6 2 Flash Access Functions The flash_read function provides the same functionality as the FLASH_READ macro but will potentially cost less in code space if multiple invocations are required The flash_copy function allows duplication of a block of memory at a location in flash memory The block of data being duplicated can be sourced from either RAM or program memory This routine is only available for those devices which support writing to flash memory in sizes greater than one word at a time For the small subset of devices which allow independent control over a flash block erasure pro cess the flash_erase function provides this service if required 3 2 7 Baseline PIC special inst
200. ation licence 1193 this licence will expire on Driver The compiler has been installed as a time limited trial This trial will end on the date specified 1195 invalid syntax for option Driver A command line option that accepts additional parameters was given inappropriate data or insuffi cient data For example an option may expect two parameters with both being integers Passing a string as one of these parameters or supplying only one parameter could result in this error 1198 too many specifications maximum Hexmate This option has been specified too many times If possible try performing these operations over several command lines 1199 compiler has not been activated Driver The trial period for this compiler has expired The compiler is now inoperable until activated with a valid serial number Contact HI TECH Software to purchase this software and obtain a serial number 1200 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 475 Error and Warning Messages 1201 all FIND REPLACE code specifications must be of equal width Hexmate All find replace and mask attributes in this option must be of the same byte width Check the parameters supplied to this option For example finding 1234h 2 bytes masked with FFh 1 byte will result in an error but masking with OOFFh 2 bytes will be Ok 1202 unknown format requested in
201. avmap 163 Wnum 163 X 163 Z 163 linker options 155 adjusting use driver 46 numbers in 156 linking programs 123 LIST assembler control 151 list files see assembler listings assembler 50 little endian format 83 84 193 load addresses 155 161 LOCAL directive 133 147 local PSECT flag 140 local psects 154 local symbols 49 suppressing 130 163 local variables 95 auto 95 static 96 localtime function 255 location counter 133 141 log function 257 LOG10 function 257 long data types 84 long integer suffix 81 longjmp function 258 ltoa function 260 MACRO directive 146 macro directive 130 macros disabling in listing 152 expanding in listings 129 151 nul operator 147 predefined 115 repeat with argument 148 undefining 49 unnamed 148 main function 27 30 maintext psect 103 mantissa 85 map files 160 call graph 169 generating 47 processor selection 162 segments 167 symbol tables in 160 width of 163 maximum number of errors 53 MDF 37 memchr function 261 memcmp function 263 memcpy function 265 memmove function 267 memory 503 INDEX INDEX reserving 59 60 specifying 59 60 specifying ranges 157 unused 54 160 memory pages 140 memory summary 63 memset function 268 merging hex files 192 message language 38 message description files 37 messages disabling 55 warning 55 Microchip COF file 57 mktime function 269 modf function 271
202. behaviour 3 11 3 8 The pragma warning Directive The warning disable pragma Some warning messages can be disabled by using the warning disable pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by either parser or the code generator i e errors directly associated with C code The position of the pragma is only significant for the parser i e a parser warning number may be disabled then re enabled around a section of the code to target specific instances of the warning Specific instances of a warning produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma will remain in force during compilation of the entire module The state of those warnings which have been disabled can preserved and recalled using the warning push and warning pop pragmas Pushes and pops can be nested to allow a large degree of control over the message behaviour TUTORIAL DISABLING A WARNING The following example shows the warning associated with qualifying an auto object being disabled number 348 void main void pragma warning disable 348 near int c pragma warning enable 348 x etc x 121 Preprocessing C Language Features int rv int a near int c x etc x which will issue only one warning associated with the second definition of the auto variable c Warning number 348 is disabled during parsing of the definition of the auto variable c inside the function main altst ucs 35 348 auto var
203. being compiled In the case of code being assembled that was originally C source the list file shows both the original C code and the corresponding assembly code generated by the code generator For both C and assembly source code a line number the binary op codes and addresses are shown If the assembler optimizer is enabled default operation the list file may differ from the original assem bly source code The assembler optimizer may also simpify some expression and remove some assembler directives from the listing file for clarity although they are processed in the usual way Provided the link stage has successfully concluded the listing file will be updated by the linker so that it contains absolute addresses and symbol values Thus you may use the assembler listing file to determine the position of and exact op codes corresponding to instructions 2 6 18 BANKQUAL selection Set Compiler Response to Bank Selec tion Qualifiers The BANKQUAL option selects the compiler s response to a bank qualifier in source and can be used to provide functional compatibility with PICC STD compiler or to request that a particualr variable be positioned in a specific RAM bank The selections are detailed in Table 2 5 By default the compiler will ignore all bank qualifiers 2 6 19 CALLGRAPH type Select call graph type This option allows control over the type of callgraph produced in the map file Allowable suboption include none to specif
204. ber Activation During activation no matching version number was found on the HI TECH activation server database for the serial number specified 1184 activation limit reached Activation The number of activations of the serial number specified has exceeded the maximum number allowed for the license 1185 invalid serial number Activation During activation no matching serial number was found on the HI TECH activation server database 1186 licence has expired Driver The time limited license for this compiler has expired 1187 invalid activation request Driver The compiler has not been correctly activated 1188 network error Activation The compiler activation software was unable to connect to the HI TECH activation server via the network 474 Error and Warning Messages 1190 FAE license only not for use in commercial applications Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an FAE licence This licence does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1191 licensed for educational use only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an education licence The educational licence is only available to educational facilities and does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1192 licensed for evaluation purposes only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an evalu
205. bers are accepted in the usual format and are interpreted as IEEE 32 bit format 4 3 4 2 Character Constants and Strings A character constant is a single character enclosed in single quotes Multi character constants or strings are a sequence of characters not including carriage return or newline characters enclosed within matching quotes Either single quotes or double quotes maybe used but the opening and closing quotes must be the same 4 3 5 Identifiers Assembly identifiers are user defined symbols representing memory locations or numbers A sym bol may contain any number of characters drawn from the alphabetics numerics and the special characters dollar question mark and underscore _ The first character of an identifier may not be numeric The case of alphabetics is significant e g Fred is not the same symbol as fred Some examples of identifiers are shown here 132 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language An identifier an_identifier an_identifierl 2 _12345 4 3 5 1 Significance of Identifiers Users of other assemblers that attempt to implement forms of data typing for identifiers should note that this assembler attaches no significance to any symbol and places no restrictions or expectations on the usage of a symbol The names of psects program sections and ordinary symbols occupy separate overlapping name spaces but other than this the assembler does not care whether a symbol is use
206. ble src out out sin src x oops what value was in src x 1258 possible stack overflow when calling function Code Generator The call tree analysis by the code generator indicates that the hardware stack may overflow This should be treated as a guide only Interrupts the assembler optimizer and the program structure may affect the stack usage The stack usuage is based on the C program and does not include any call tree derived from assembly code 1259 can t optimize for both speed and space Driver The driver has been given contradictory options of compile for speed and compile for space e g opt speed space 480 Error and Warning Messages 1260 macro redefined Assembler More than one definition for a macro with the same name has been encountered e g ACRO fin ret ENDM ACRO fin oops was this meant to be a different macro reti ENDM 1261 string constant required Assembler A string argument is required with the DS or DSU directive e g DS ONI El oops did you mean DS ONE 1264 unsafe pointer conversion Code Generator A pointer to one kind of structure has been converted to another kind of structure and the structures do not have a similar definition e g struct ONE unsigned a long b x x one struct TWO unsigned a unsigned b x 1 x two struct ONE x oneptr oneptr amp two oops was ONE meant t
207. bols are passed through the linker to the symbol file but are not otherwise processed by the linker 5 6 Link and load addresses The linker deals with two kinds of addresses link and load addresses Generally speaking the link address of a psect is the address by which it will be accessed at run time The load address which may or may not be the same as the link address is the address at which the psect will start within the output file HEX or binary file etc In the case of the 8086 processor the link address roughly cor responds to the offset within a segment while the load address corresponds to the physical address of a segment The segment address is the load address divided by 16 Other examples of link and load addresses being different are an initialised data psect that is copied from ROM to RAM at startup so that it may be modified at run time a banked text psect that 1s mapped from a physical load address to a virtual link address at run time The exact manner in which link and load addresses are used depends very much on the particular compiler and memory model being used 5 7 Operation A command to the linker takes the following form hlink options files Options is zero or more linker options each of which modifies the behaviour of the linker in some way Filesis one or more object files and zero or more library names The options recognised by the linker are listed in Table 5 1 and discussed in the followi
208. c Description The putchar function is a putc operation on stdout defined in stdio h Example include lt stdio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp cp x while xx putchar xx putchar n See Also putc getc freopen felose Return Value The character passed as argument or EOF if an error occurred 279 Library Functions Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 280 Library Functions PUTS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int puts const char x s Description The puts function writes the string s to the stdout stream appending a newline The null character terminating the string is not copied Example include lt stdio h gt void main void puts Hello world See Also fputs gets freopenQ fclose Return Value EOF is returned on error zero otherwise 281 Library Functions QSORT Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void qsort void base size_t nel size_t width int func const void x const void x Description The qsort function is an implementation of the quicksort algorithm It sorts an array of nel items each of length width bytes located contiguously in memory at base The argument func is a pointer to a function used by qsort to compare items It calls func with pointers to two items to be com pared If the first item is considered to be greate
209. c tolower arrayl il printf n islower isupper isascii et al 339 Library Functions TRUNC Synopsis include lt math h gt double trunc double x Description The trunc function rounds the argument to the nearest integer value in floating point format that is not larger in magniture than the argument Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded trunc input See Also round 340 Library Functions UDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int udiv unsigned num unsigned demon Description The udiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denom storing the results into a udiv_t structure which is returned Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void udiv_t result unsigned num 1234 den 7 result udiv num den See Also uldiv divO IdivO Return Value Returns the the quotient and remainder as a udiv_t structure 341 Library Functions ULDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int uldiv unsigned long num unsigned long demon Description The uldiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denon storing the results into a uldiv_t structure which is returned Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void uldiv_t result unsigned long num 1234 den 7 result uldiv
210. cal support with details 633 unknown symbol class Cromwell Cromwell has encountered a symbol class in the symbol table of a COFF Microchip COFF or ICOFF file which it can t identify 427 Error and Warning Messages 634 error dumping Cromwell Either the input file to CROMWELL is of an unsupported type or that file cannot be dumped to the screen 635 invalid HEX file on line Cromwell The specified HEX file contains an invalid line Contact HI TECH Support if the HEX file was generated by the compiler 636 checksum error in Intel HEX file on line Cromwell Hexmate A checksum error was found at the specified line in the specified Intel hex file The HEX file may be corrupt 637 unknown prefix in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler warning Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 638 version mismatch 0x expected Cromwell The input Microchip COFF file wasn t produced using Cromwell 639 zero bit width in Microchip optional header Cromwell The optional header in the input Microchip COFF file indicates that the program or data memory spaces are zero bits wide 668 prefix list did not match any SDB types Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 669 prefix list matched more than one SDB type Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH S
211. cal support with details 690 interrupt function requires address Code Generator The Highend PIC devices support multiple interrupts An address is required with the interrupt definition to indicate with which vector this routine is associated e g void interrupt isr void 0x10 isr code goes here x This construct is not required for midrange PIC devices 430 Error and Warning Messages 691 interrupt functions not implemented for 12 bit PIC Code Generator The 12 bit range of PIC processors do not support interrupts 692 interrupt function may only have one interrupt level Code Generator Only one interrupt level may be associated with an interrupt function Check to ensure that only one interrupt_level pragma has been used with the function specified This pragma may be used more than once on main line functions that are called from interrupt functions For example pragma interrupt_level 0 pragma interrupt_level 1 x which is it to be 0 or 1 x void interrupt isr void 693 interrupt level may only be 0 default or 1 Code Generator The only possible interrupt levels are 0 or 1 Check to ensure that all interrupt_level pragmas use these levels pragma interrupt_level 2 oops only 0 or 1 x void interrupt isr void isr code goes here x 694 no interrupt strategy available Code Generator The processor does not support saving and subsequent restori
212. cant bit of the result 3 7 3 Division and modulus with integral types The sign of the result of division with integers when either operand is negative is implementation specific Table 3 5 shows the expected sign of the result of the division of operand 1 with operand 2 when compiled with HI TECH C In the case where the second operand is zero division by zero the result will always be zero 3 8 Psects The compiler splits code and data objects into a number of standard program sections referred to as psects The HI TECH assembler allows an arbitrary number of named psects to be included in assembler code The linker will group all data for a particular psect into a single segment If you are using PICC to invoke the linker you don t need to worry about the information documented here except as background knowledge If you want to run the linker manually this is not recommended or write your own assembly language subroutines you should read this section carefully A psect can be created in assembler code by using the PSECT assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 3 3 8 1 Compiler generated Psects The code generator places code and data into psects with standard names which are subsequent positioned by the default linker options These psects are described below The compiler generated psects which are placed in the program space are checksum If a checksum has been requested the result will be stored in this psect confi
213. cated algorithms to track the assignment of addresses to data pointers and as a result many of these qualifiers no longer need to be used and the size of the pointer is optimal for the its intended usage It is helpful to first review the ANSI standard conventions for definitions of pointer types 3 3 12 1 Combining Type Qualifiers and Pointers Pointers can be qualified like any other C object but care must be taken when doing so as there are two quantities associated with pointers The first is the actual pointer itself which is treated like any ordinary C variable and has memory reserved for it The second is the target that the pointer references or to which the pointer points The general form of a pointer definition looks like the following target_type_ amp _qualifiers pointer s_ qualifiers pointer s_name Any qualifiers to the right of the i e next to the pointer s name relate to the pointer variable itself The type and any qualifiers to the left of the relate to the pointer s targets TUTORIAL EXAMPLE OF POINTER QUALIFIERS Here are three examples of pointer definitions using the volatile qualifier The fields in the definitions have been highlighted with spacing 90 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables volatile int x vip int x volatile ivp volatile int volatile vivp The first example is a pointer called vip It contains the address of an int objects th
214. cessed before they are assembled thus allowing the use of preprocessor directives such as include with assembler code By default assembler files are not preprocessed 2 6 12 Q Quiet Mode This option places the compiler in a quiet mode which suppresses the HI TECH Software copyright notice from being displayed 48 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions 2 6 13 S Compile to Assembler Code The S option stops compilation after generating an assembler source file An assembler file will be generated for each C source file passed on the command line The command PICC CHIP 16F877A S test c will produce an assembler file called test as which contains the code generated from test c This option is particularly useful for checking function calling conventions and signature values when attempting to write external assembly language routines The file produced by this option differs to that produced by the ASMLIST option in that it does not contain op codes or addresses and it may be used as a source file and subsequently passed to the assembler to be assembled 2 6 14 Umacro Undefine a Macro The U option the inverse of the D option is used to undefine predefined macros This option takes the form Umacro The option Udraft for example is equivalent to tundef draft placed at the top of each module compiled using this option 2 6 15 v Verbose Compile The V is the verbose
215. char E i x don t let the compiler make assumptions use int i x func ditto use extern int func int 372 expected Parser A comma was expected here This could mean you have left out the comma between two identifiers in a declaration list It may also mean that the immediately preceding type name is misspelled and has thus been interpreted as an identifier e g unsigned char a x thinks chat b are unsigned but where is the comma unsigned chat b 373 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser An unsigned type was expected where a signed type was given and was implicitly cast to unsigned e g unsigned int foo 1 the above initialization is implicitly treated as unsigned int foo unsigned 1 374 missing basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type was missing and assumed to be int e g int i signed 2 x signed assumed to be signed int x 375 unknown FNREC type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 401 Error and Warning Messages 376 bad non zero node in call graph Linker The linker has encountered a top level node in the call graph that is referenced from lower down in the call graph This probably means the program has indirect recursion which is not allowed when using a compiled stack 378 can t create file H
216. cify the processor type for cosmetic reasons only S Inhibit listing of symbols in symbol file Sclass limit bound Specify address limit and start boundary for a class of psects Usymbol Pre enter symbol in table as undefined Vavmap Use file avmap to generate an Avocet format symbol file Wwarnlev Set warning level 9 to 9 Wwidth Set map file width gt 10 X Remove any local symbols from the symbol file Z Remove trivial local symbols from the symbol file 5 7 1 Numbers in linker options Several linker options require memory addresses or sizes to be specified The syntax for all these is similar By default the number will be interpreted as a decimal value To force interpretation as a hex number a trailing H should be added e g 765FH will be treated as a hex number 156 Linker and Utilities Operation 5 7 2 Aclass low high Normally psects are linked according to the information given to a P option see below but some times it is desired to have a class of psects linked into more than one non contiguous address range This option allows a number of address ranges to be specified for a class For example ACODE 1020h 7FFEh 8000h BFFEh specifies that the class CODE is to be linked into the given address ranges Note that a contribution to a psect from one module cannot be split but the linker will attempt to pack each block from each module into the address ranges starting with t
217. cks This error can be due to two reasons First the size of the program or the program s data has exceeded the total amount of space on the selected device In other words some part of your device s memory has completely filled If this is the case then the size of the specified psect must be reduced The second cause of this message is when the total amount of memory needed by the psect being positioned is sufficient but that this memory is fragmented in such a way that the largest contiguous block is too small to accommodate the psect The linker is unable to split psects in this situation That is the linker cannot place part of a psect at one location and part somewhere else Thus the linker must be able to find a contiguous block of memory large enough for every psect If this is the cause of the error then the psect must be split into smaller psects if possible To find out what memory is still available generate and look in the map file see Section 2 6 8 for information on how to generate a map file Search for the string UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES 418 Error and Warning Messages Under this heading look for the name of the segment specified in the error message If the name is not present then all the memory available for this psect has been allocated If it is present there will be one address range specified under this segment for each free block of memory Determine the size of each block and compare this with the nu
218. const When producing code that may be downloaded into a system via a bootloader the destination memory may indeed be some sort of volatile RAM To only use on chip ROM memory this option 1s not required For example to specify an additional range of memory to that on chip use ROM default 100 2ff for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use ROM 100 2ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chip configuration file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example ROM default 100 1ff will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 1ffh for allocation of ROM objects 2 6 50 RUNTIME type Specify Runtime Environment The RUNTIME option is used to control what is included as part of the runtime environment The runtime environment encapsulates any code that is present at runtime which has not been defined by the user instead supplied by the compiler typically as library code All runtime features are enabled by default and this option is not required for normal compilation The usable suboptions include those shown in Table 2 13 60 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 13 Runtime environment suboptions Suboption Controls On implies init The code present in the startup module The ida
219. cope of labels is the entire function not just the block that encloses a label e g start if a gt 256 goto end start x error flagged here x if a 0 goto start which start label do I jump to x 313 Error and Warning Messages 248 inappropriate else Parser An else keyword has been encountered that cannot be associated with an if statement This may mean there is a missing brace or other syntactic error e g x here is a comment which I have forgotten to close if a gt b c 0 that will be closed here thus removing the if x else x my if has been lost x c Oxff 249 probable missing in previous block Parser The compiler has encountered what looks like a function or other declaration but the preceding function has not been ended with a closing brace This probably means that a closing brace has been omitted from somewhere in the previous function although it may well not be the last one e g void set char a PORTA a x the closing brace was left out here x void clear void x error flagged here x PORTA 0 251 array dimension redeclared Parser An array dimension has been declared as a different non zero value from its previous declaration It is acceptable to redeclare the size of an array that was previously declared with a zero dimension but not otherwise e g extern int array 5 int array 10 x oops has it 5 or 10
220. d Psects sepa oc ee Re eS 153 39 Program SENON rs e A hie AA Bee OSs EA 154 3A Local Psese o pp eat eka ee ee ee a AA 154 3 9 Global Symbols ie 5 2 ae pae p eak e a E a a R 154 5 6 Link amd load addresses sa cns A E a eo 155 a AIN 155 5 1 Numbers in linkeroptions 2 oso egea e 64845 55845 156 S2 Aglas LO WBRA E 157 Iha AE sr a a A A A Rea ele 157 Tike EOS BIECIOSE ss Pe A RES A eS 158 O o AAA 158 Se DYLE a A A OR Ae Bae S 158 Salish AN 158 Be A E RO Aa ae OM Bre See woes 158 SAF CEDE sc be ao es A DE Odie Ede PUES amp BR Sed y 158 S 7 10 Hsymflle oo ee ER Re ee eG 159 Dadi EEE sa et kok es lect bem eg Se eR wh me UR aa eg 159 De DECO cul gs ek a A BEN REE A SOE 159 O AIN 160 O AAA 160 JS A OS a WA Ga ae Oa a ale ee Bae a 160 O AA 160 TALA MMA 2 a ds de e ii 160 3 1418 N NSand NC ca eA ee ee ee Ee eA ee 160 D AS DOUE bn 5 ra Bag oe eA Re a Oe aes 160 Dh DEBIO oe hk Ee Reh eee ORS ES ORE HESS SS 161 BAL E ss ko ek Ree ERE A AR es 162 Debates GO rn E a Bok A GO A He BS Bago am ee eh a eke 162 Dela Slas limit bound lt lt oca eS Se SG 162 e A ok bocce ewe EER EE EERE Re OR SO OS 163 10 CONTENTS CONTENTS re 5 14 S12 SVOVMOD ss ri trd dte Bae AS SERRE Ee Pee ee eS 163 Det SWAT ok pk oh i Se BR hh By ER A ar gs Re pode ge ee ROS 163 Doe oe a dc be CM Rae eS 2 hb eS Bh a as 4 eS 163 Me Ae Sly ER A A be Ree E Re ee a a Sg 163 Myon Me Me LMR os crab eHow sd amp eis 164 Compiled Stack Opera
221. d bitfield type Parser A bitfield may only have a type of int signed or unsigned e g struct FREG char b0 1 x these must be part of an int not char x char 26 char bl freg 265 integer constant expected Parser A colon appearing after a member name in a structure declaration indicates that the member is a bitfield An integral constant must appear after the colon to define the number of bits in the bitfield e g struct unsigned first oops should be unsigned first x unsigned second my_struct If this was meant to be a structure with bitfields then the following illustrates an example 379 Error and Warning Messages struct unsigned first 4 4 bits wide x unsigned second 4 x another 4 bits x my_struct 266 storage class illegal Parser A structure or union member may not be given a storage class Its storage class is determined by the storage class of the structure e g struct x no additional qualifiers may be present with members x static int first y 267 bad storage class Code Generator The code generator has encountered a variable definition whose storage class is invalid e g auto int foo auto not permitted with global variables int power static int a parameters may not be static x return foo x a 268 inconsistent storage class Parser A declaration has conflicting storage classes Only one storage class s
222. d in WREG For example 98 C Language Features Function Calling Convention struct fred int ace 4 y struct fred return_struct void struct fred wow return wow will exit with the following code retlw _return_struct 0 3 6 Function Calling Convention The baseline PIC devices have a two level deep hardware stack which is used to store the return address of a subroutine call Typically call instructions are used to transfer control to a C function when it is called however where the depth of the stack will be exceeded HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family will automatically swap to using a method that involves the use of a lookup table When the lookup method is being employed a function is called by jumping directly to its address after storing the address of a jump table instruction which will be able to return control back to the calling function The address is stored as an object local to the function being called The lookup table is accessed after the function called has finished executing This method allows functions to be nested without overflowing the stack however it does come at the expense of memory and program speed By default the compiler will determine which functions are permitted to be called via a call assembly instruction and which will be called via the jump table however this authority can be taken away from the compiler by disabling the st ackcal1 suboption to the RUNTIME option
223. d to invoke the linker e The version number of the object code in the first file linked e The machine type e Optionally dependent on the processor and compiler options selected the call graph infor mation e A psect summary sorted by the psect s parent object file e A psect summary sorted by the psect s CLASS e A segment summary e Unused address ranges summary and e The symbol table Portions of an example map file along with explanatory text are shown in the following sections 167 Map Files Linker and Utilities 5 10 2 1 General Information At the top of the map file is general information relating to the execution of the linker When analysing a program always confirm the compiler version number shown in the map file if you have more than one compiler version installed to ensure the desired compiler is being executed The chip selected with the CHIP option should appear after the Machine type entry The Object code version relates to the file format used by relocatable object files produced by the assembler Unless either the assembler or linker have been updated independently this should not be of concern A typical map file may begin something like the following This example has been cut down for clarity and brevity and should not be used for reference HI TECH Software PICC Compiler std V9 60 Linker command line edf C Program HI TECH Software pic std 9 60 dat en_msgs txt A h conv sym z Q16
224. d to represent bytes words or sports cars No special syntax is needed or provided to define the addresses of bits or any other data type nor will the assembler issue any warnings if a symbol is used in more than one context The instruction and addressing mode syntax provide all the information necessary for the assembler to generate correct code 4 3 5 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers Where a LOCAL directive is used in a macro block the assembler will generate a unique symbol to replace each specified identifier in each expansion of that macro These unique symbols will have the form nnnn where nnnn is a 4 digit number The user should avoid defining symbols with the same form 4 3 5 3 Location Counter The current location within the active program section is accessible via the symbol This symbol expands to the address of the currently executing instruction Thus goto will represent code that will jump to itself and form an endless loop By using this symbol and an offset a relative jump destination to be specified The address represented by is a word address and thus any offset to this symbol represents a number of instructions For example goto 1 movlw 8 movwf _foo will skip one instruction 133 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 5 4 Register Symbols Code in assembly modules may gain access to the special function registers by including pre defined assembly header files The appropriate
225. de before performing their required operation The eeprom_write function will initiate the process of writing to EEP ROM and this process will not have completed by the time that eeprom_write returns The new data written to EEPROM will become valid approximately four milliseconds later In the above example the new value will not yet be ready at the time when eeprom_read is called however because this function waits for any concurrent writes to complete before initiating the read the correct value will be read T It may also be convenient to use the preprocessor symbol _EEPROMSIZE in conjunc tion with some of these access methods This symbol defines the number of EEPROM bytes available for the selected chip 3 2 5 3 EEPROM Access Macros Although these macros perform much the same service as their library function counterparts these should only be employed in specific circumstances It is appropriate to select EEPROM_READ or EEPROM_WRITE in favour of the library equivalents if any of the following conditions are true e You cannot afford the extra level of stack depth required to make a function call e You cannot afford the added code overhead to pass parameters and perform a call return 76 C Language Features Processor related Features e You cannot afford the added processor cycles to execute the function call overhead Be aware that if a program contains multiple instances of either macro any code space sa
226. declaration i e one outside and preceding the current function or block This is legal but can lead to accidental use of one variable when the outer one was intended e g 393 Error and Warning Messages int input input has filescope void process int a int input x local blockscope input a input x this will use the local variable Is this right x 347 external declaration inside function Parser A function contains an extern declaration This is legal but is invariably not desirable as it restricts the scope of the function declaration to the function body This means that if the compiler encounters another declaration use or definition of the extern object later in the same file it will no longer have the earlier declaration and thus will be unable to check that the declarations are consistent This can lead to strange behaviour of your program or signature errors at link time It will also hide any previous declarations of the same thing again subverting the compiler s type checking As a general tule always declare extern variables and functions outside any other functions For example int process int a x this would be better outside the function x extern int away return away a 348 auto variable should not be qualified Parser An auto variable should not have qualifiers such as near or far associated with it Its stor age class is implicitly defined by the stack organizatio
227. devices the program space is word addressable but not directly readable by the device the compiler stores one character per 96 C Language Features Functions location encapsulated in a RETLW instructions which can be called and which return with the value in WREG All const qualified data objects and string literals are placed in the strings psect See also Section 3 3 12 3 5 Functions 3 5 1 Function Argument Passing The method used to pass function arguments depends on the size of the argument or arguments If there is only one argument and it is one byte in size it is passed in the W register If there is only one argument and it is greater than one byte in size it is passed in the argument area of the called function If there are subsequent arguments these arguments are also passed in the argument area of the called function The argument area is referenced by an offset from the symbol function where function is the name of the function concerned If there is more than one argument and the first argument is one byte in size it is passed in the W register with subsequent arguments being passed in the argument area of the called function Take for example the following ANSI style function void test char a int b The function test will receive the parameter b in its function argument block and a in the W register A call test a 8 would generate code similar to movlw 08h movwf _test
228. directly then please refer to Section 5 12 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 434 too many symbols Linker There are too many symbols in the symbol table which has a limit of symbols Change some global symbols to local symbols to reduce the number of symbols 435 bad segment selector Linker The segment specification option G to the linker is invalid e g GA f0 10 Did you forget the radix GA f0h 10 436 psect re orged Linker This psect has had its start address specified more than once 407 Error and Warning Messages n_n 437 missing in class spec Linker A class spec needs an sign e g Ctext ROM See Section 5 7 9 for more information 438 bad size in S option Linker The address given in a S specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g SCODE f000 Did you forget the radix SCODE f000h 439 bad D spec Linker The format of a D specification giving a delta value to a class is invalid e g DCODE What is the delta value for this class Maybe you meant something like DCODE 2 440 bad d
229. e values i value itt qsort values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp vp bsearch fred values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp if vp printf Item fred was not found n else printf Item fred has value d n vp gt value See Also qsort Return Value A pointer to the matched array element if there is more than one matching element any of these may be returned If no match is found a null pointer is returned Note The comparison function must have the correct prototype 219 Library Functions CEIL Synopsis include lt math h gt double ceil double f Description This routine returns the smallest whole number not less than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double j scanf S1f printf The ceiling of 1f is 1f n j ceil j 220 Library Functions CGETS Synopsis include lt conio h gt char cgets char s Description The cgets function will read one line of input from the console into the buffer passed as an ar gument It does so by repeated calls to getche As characters are read they are buffered with backspace deleting the previously typed character and ctrl U deleting the entire line typed so far Other characters are placed in the buffer with a carriage return or line feed newline terminating the function The collected string is null terminated Example
230. e 4 to a then as the value of the assignment is always true the comparison can be omitted and the assignment to b always made Did you mean x this can never be false always perform the true statement x if a 4 b 6 which checks to see if a is equal to 4 759 expression generates no code Code Generator This expression generates no output code Check for things like leaving off the parentheses in a function call e g int fred fred x this is valid but has no effect at all Some devices require that special function register need to be read to clear hardware flags To accommodate this in some instances the code generator does produce code for a statement which only consists of a variable ID This may happen for variables which are qualified as volatile Typically the output code will read the variable but not do anything with the value read 760 portion of expression has no effect Code Generator Part of this expression has no side effects and no effect on the value of the expression e g int as by Ey a b c x b has no effect was that meant to be a comma x 761 sizeof yields 0 Code Generator The code generator has taken the size of an object and found it to be zero This almost certainly indicates an error in your declaration of a pointer e g you may have declared a pointer to a zero length array In general pointers to arrays are of little use If you require a pointer to
231. e Also exp Return Value Returns the value of the square root Note A domain error occurs if the argument is negative 294 Library Functions SRAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void srand unsigned int seed Description The srand function initializes the random number generator accessed by rand with the given seed This provides a mechanism for varying the starting point of the pseudo random sequence yielded by rand On the Z80 a good place to get a truly random seed is from the refresh register Otherwise timing a response from the console will do or just using the system time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int iy time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 itt printf Sd t rand putchar An See Also rand 295 Library Functions STRCAT Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char x strcat char sl const char x s2 Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 The result will be null termi nated The argument s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example void main void har buf Qa Qa S sil but s2 S nar SL trcat sl printf 1 include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt fer 256 y s2 trcpy buffer Start
232. e PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 486 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 487 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 488 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 489 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 490 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Typographic conventions Different fonts and styles are used throughout this manual to indicate special words or text Com puter prompts responses and filenames will be printed in constant spaced type When the filename is the name of a standard header file the name will be enclosed in angle brackets e g lt stdio h gt These header files can be found in the INCLUDE directory of your distribution Samples of code C keywords or types assembler instructions and labels will also be printed in a constant space type Assembler code is printed in a font similar to that used by C code Particularly useful points and new terms will be emphasized using italicized type When part of a term requires substitution that part should be printed in the appropriate font but in italics For example include lt filename h gt Typographic conventions Introduction 20 Chapter 2 PICC Command line Driver PICC is the driver invoked from the command line to perform all aspects of compilation including C code generation assembly and link steps It is the recommended way to use
233. e files the compiler assembles any assembly source files to relocatable object files These object files together with any object files specified on the command line are scanned by the compiler driver and certain information from these files are collated and passed to the code generator Several actions are taken based on this information See Section 3 10 4 The driver instructs the code generator to preserve any C variables which map to symbols which are used but not defined in the assembly object code This allows variables to be defined in C code and only every referenced in assembly code Normally such C variables would be removed as the code generator would consider them to be used from the C perspective Specifically the C variables are automatically qualified as being volatile which is sufficient to prevent the code generator making this optimization The driver also takes note of any absolute psects viz use the abs and ovr1d PSECT directive flags in the assembly object code The memory occupied by the psects is removed from the available memory ranges passes to the code generator and linker This information ensures that this memory is not allocated to any C resources 2 3 Runtime Files In addition to the input files specified on the command line by the user there are also compiler generated source files and pre compiled library files which might be compiled into the project by the driver These are e Library files e Th
234. e lines see if ndasm terminate in line assembly see asm ndif terminate conditional source see if inclusion rror generate an error message terror Size too big if include source lines if constant tif SIZE lt 10 expression true c process 10 telse skip endif ifdef include source lines if preprocessor ifdef FLAG symbol defined do_loop telif SIZE 5 skip_loop endif ifndef include source lines if preprocessor ifndef FLAG symbol not defined jump endif include include text file into source include lt stdio h gt include project h lin specify line number and filename Fline 3 final for listing nn where nn is a number short for 20 line nn pragma compiler specific options Refer to section 3 11 3 undef undefines preprocessor symbol Fundef FLAG warning generate a warning message warning Length not set 116 C Language Features Preprocessing Table 3 7 Predefined macros Symbol When set Usage HI_TECH_C Always To indicate that the compiler in use is HI TECH C HTC_VER_MAJOR Always To indicate the integer component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_MINOR Always To indicate the decimal component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_PATCH Always To indicate the patch level of the compiler s version number _HTC_EDITION_ Always Indicates w
235. e localtime takes into account the contents of the global integer time_zone This should contain the number of minutes that the local time zone is westward of Greenwich On systems where it is not possible to predetermine this value localtime will return the same result as gmtime Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt char wday Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday y void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp localtime clock printf Today is s n wday tp gt tm_wday 255 Library Functions See Also ctime asctime time Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 256 Library Functions LOG LOG10 Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double log double f doub log10 double f oO Description The log function returns the natural logarithm of f The function log10Q0 returns the logarithm to base 10 of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 120 lt 10 0 E 1 0 printf log 1 0f Sf n f log f See Also exp pow Return Value Zero if the argument is negative 257 Library Functions LONGJMP Synop
236. e map file 157 Operation Linker and Utilities 5 7 4 Cpsect class This option will allow a psect to be associated with a specific class Normally this is not required on the command line since classes are specified in object files 5 7 5 Dclass delta This option allows the delta value for psects that are members of the specified class to be defined The delta value should be a number and represents the number of bytes per addressable unit of objects within the psects Most psects do not need this option as they are defined with a delta value 5 7 6 Dsymfile Use this option to produce an old style symbol file An old style symbol file is an ASCII file where each line has the link address of the symbol followed by the symbol name 5 7 7 Eerrfile Error messages from the linker are written to standard error file handle 2 Under DOS there is no convenient way to redirect this to a file the compiler drivers will redirect standard error if standard output is redirected This option will make the linker write all error messages to the specified file instead of the screen which is the default standard error destination 5 7 8 F Normally the linker will produce an object file that contains both program code and data bytes and symbol information Sometimes it is desired to produce a symbol only object file that can be used again in a subsequent linker run to supply symbol values The F option will suppress data and code bytes
237. e of const data for this program now exceeds 255 bytes the size of any pointer that can access const objects will be made 2 bytes long Even if the pointer 93 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features cp is not assigned the address of this new array out_table its size will increase 3 3 12 4 Pointers to Both Memory Spaces When a pointer is assigned the address of one or more objects allocated memory in the data space and also assigned the address of one or more const objects the pointer will be classified such that 1t can dereference both memory spaces and the address will be encoded so that the target memory space can be determined at runtime A 16 bit mixed space pointer is encoded such that if it holds an address that is higher than the highest general purpose RAM address it holds the address of a program space object all other address reference objects in the data space TUTORIAL POINTERS TO DIFFERENT TARGETS A program in the early stages of development contains the following code int getValue int ip return 2 xip void main void int j i setV jJ getValue amp i The code generator allocate the variable i to the access bank and the pointer ip the parameter to the function get Value is made an 8 bit wide access bank pointer At a later date the function main is changed becoming void main void int j i setV const int start jJ getValue amp i jJ get
238. e relocatable Relocation may take two basic forms relocation by name i e 153 Program Sections Linker and Utilities relocation by the ultimate value of a global symbol or relocation by psect i e relocation by the base address of a particular section of code for example the section of code containing the actual executable instructions 5 3 Program Sections Any object file may contain bytes to be stored in memory in one or more program sections which will be referred to as psects These psects represent logical groupings of certain types of code bytes in the program In general the compiler will produce code in three basic types of psects although there will be several different types of each The three basic kinds are text psects containing executable code data psects containing initialised data and bss psects containing uninitialised but reserved data The difference between the data and bss psects may be illustrated by considering two external variables one is initialised to the value 1 and the other is not initialised The first will be placed into the data psect and the second in the bss psect The bss psect is always cleared to zeros on startup of the program thus the second variable will be initialised at run time to zero The first will however occupy space in the program file and will maintain its initialised value of 1 at startup It is quite possible to modify the value of a variable in the data psect during executio
239. e runtime startup module e The powerup routine and e The printf routine Strictly speaking the powerup routine is neither compiler generated source nor a library routine It is fully defined by the user however as it is very closely associated with the runtime startup module it is discussed with the other runtime files in the following sections 28 PICC Command line Driver Runtime Files By default libraries appropriate for the selected driver options are automatically passed to the code generator and linker Although individual library functions or routines will be linked in once referenced in C code the compiler still requires the inclusion of the appropriate header file for the library function that is being used See the appropriate library function section in Chapter A for the header file that should be used 2 3 1 Library Files By default PICC will search the LIB directory of the compiler distribution for several p code and relocatable object library files which are then passed to the code generator and linker respectively These library files are associated with e The C standard library functions e Assembly routines implicitly called by the code generator e Chip specific peripherals functions e Chip specific memory functions These library files are always scanned after scanning any user specified libraries passed to the driver on the command line thus allowing library routines to be easily replaced with user defined
240. echnical support with details 919 in chipinfo file at line Driver The specified parameter in the chip configuration file is illegal 920 empty chipinfo file Driver Assembler The chip configuration file was able to be opened but it was empty Try re installing the compiler 922 chip not present in chipinfo file Driver The chip selected does not appear in the compiler s chip configuration file You may need to contact HI TECH Software to see if support for this device is available or upgrade the version of your compiler 459 Error and Warning Messages 923 unknown suboption Driver This option can take suboptions but this suboption is not understood This may just be a simple spelling error If not HELP to look up what suboptions are permitted here 924 missing argument to option Driver This option expects more data but none was given Check the usage of this option 925 extraneous argument to option Driver This option does not accept additional data yet additional data was given Check the usage of this option 926 duplicate option Driver This option can only appear once but appeared more than once 928 bad option value Driver Assembler The indicated option was expecting a valid hexadecimal integer argument 929 bad option ranges Driver This option was expecting a parameter in a range format start_of_range end_of_range but
241. ecified Preprocessor A maximum of 7 directories may be specified for the preprocessor to search for include files The number of directories specified with the driver is too great 148 too many arguments for preprocessor macro Preprocessor A macro may only have up to 31 parameters as per the C Standard 149 preprocessor macro work area overflow Preprocessor The total length of a macro expansion has exceeded the size of an internal table This table is normally 32768 bytes long Thus any macro expansion must not expand into a total of more than 32K bytes 358 Error and Warning Messages 150 illegal __ preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 151 too many arguments in preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor There were too many arguments supplied in a macro invocation The maximum number allowed is 31 152 bad dp nargs in openpar c Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 153 out of space in preprocessor macro argument expansion Preprocessor A macro argument has exceeded the length of an internal buffer This buffer is normally 4096 bytes long 155 work buffer overflow conatenating Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 156 work buffer overflow Prep
242. ecifiers and Constants The format of integral constants specifies their radix HI TECH C supports the ANSI standard radix specifiers as well as ones which enables binary constants to specified in C code The format used to specify the radices are given in Table 3 2 The letters used to specify binary or hexadecimal radices are case insensitive as are the letters used to specify the hexadecimal digits Any integral constant will have a type which is the smallest type that can hold the value without overflow The suffix 1 or L may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned either asigned longorunsigned long type and the suffix u or U may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned an unsigned type and both 1 or L and u or U may be used to indicate unsigned long int type Floating point constants have double type unless suffixed by f or F in which case it is a float constant The suffixes 1 or L specify a long double type which is considered an identical type to double by HI TECH C Character constants are enclosed by single quote characters for example a A character constant has char type Multi byte character constants are not supported String constants or string literals are enclosed by double quote characters forexample hello world The type of string constants is const char x and the strings are stored in the program memory Assigning a string constant to a non const char pointer will ge
243. ect called TRIS HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family will automatically use the tris instruction when an appropriate processor is selected and the TRIS object is accessed For example to make all the bits on the output port high impedance the following code can be used after including pic h TRIS OxFF This will load the appropriate value into the W register and then call the tris instruction Those PIC devices which have more than one output port may have definitions for objects TRISA TRISB and TRISC depending on the exact number of ports available This objects are used in the same manner as described above 3 2 7 3 Calibration Space The Microchip modified IEEE754 32 bit floating point format parameters in the calibration space in the PIC14000 processor may be accessed using the get_cal_data function The byte parameters may be accessed directly using the identifiers defined in the header file 3 2 7 4 Oscillator calibration constants Some PIC devices come with an oscillator calibration constant which is pre programmed into the devices program memory This constant can be read and written to the OSCCAL register to calibrate the internal RC oscillator On some baseline PIC devices the calibration constant is stored as a movlw instruction at the top of program memory e g the 12C50X and 16C505 parts On reset the program counter is made to point to this instruction and it is executed first before the program counter wraps a
244. ee assembler PA Obj y HLINK 2 2 The Compilation Sequence PICC will check each file argument and perform appropriate actions on each file The entire compi lation sequence can be thought of as the initial sequence up to the link stage and the final sequence which takes in the link step and any post link steps required Graphically the compilation steps up to the link stage are illustrated in Figure 2 1 This diagram shows all possible input files along the top intermediate and transitional files along the right side and useful compiler output files along the left Generated files are shown along with the options that are used to generate and preserve these All the files shown on the right can be generated and fed to the compiler in a subsequent compile step those on the left are used for debug purposes and cannot be used as an input to any subsequent compilation The individual compiler applications are shown as boxes The C preprocessor CPP and parser P1 have been grouped together for clarity The thin multi arrowed lines indicate the flow of multiple files one for each file being pro cessed by the revel ant application The thick single arrowed lines indicate a single file for the project being compiled Thus for example when using the PASS1 driver option the parser produces one p1 file for each C source file that is being compiled as part of the project but the code generator produces
245. ee eae Cea eee 186 S24 P amef architecture lt se chek a Bl ae eh ac a 186 SAS ON 6s Ce ea wha eA ERA a ee Bee ee 188 IAF ED AS 188 CONTENTS CONTENTS SAGA E AN 188 A o A E AN 188 SAAG O bk ko ae se ee ew bh kbs Sets bh eed ous 189 SAAT AMES cw a A Se PR EEG AS Re Bee ee 189 Dl See 2 goon ee GB Re A Se BES Sage em Be Re oe hw A Ba he 189 Sl Be eh ee eS o hd a bed oS 189 SAME occ A eo Eee eh ee a eS Oe 8 ES eo aoe 189 O 5 book SR A ay BO GAR ee ht Ach a aha law aap ties 189 SAAB o ve bee caw ee a ee heh Ae ee Gee wo 189 S15 EMMA oe ee ae BE OEE REO ee ee ee ees 190 3 15 1 Hexmate Command Line Options 22022 o oeae Sees amp ea beet S4 191 3 15 1 1 specifications filename hex cc ee ee 192 SISIA o es be ek Soe a eS Be Sek dood 192 5 1SL ADDRESSING 4 0 5 e Sep ae Gite amp HS Be dad 192 Id BREAK cn oo noe o SR A ES we ee Pee ay 193 SVS CR e a o oe bee BR ee Bh des 193 Sloe FILE ss CERES eee R ENS eae he ee 194 SASL FIND Losa ee ew eee Ses ba eb oe Bee oe S 195 515 8 FIND DELETE 2 42455 2264464654 2 e440 a4 8S 196 5 13 19 FIND REPLACE 2 5 4 45 44644 e Ban e 196 SAS AAO FORMAT ci a PRES Ra a eR a BS ah A 196 SIS LII HBLP ooo hbo eh a be E ENE SEEMS SEH 197 S151 LOGFILE cees Bo Fe ee SE Ae ke A ee a 198 SAG Rel SF MASE os os a a ee A RS SE a 198 SAS LAA OME or A Ee Be oa he BO 198 JAS LISSERAL ee fe ew OO Oe ee A EA Se ee es 198 SLU A oe iiss eie Ga Otay Ee dite ge E n dg amp A Mice Gaede 4 1
246. elements x 252 argument conflicts with prototype Parser The argument specified argument 0 is the left most argument of this function definition does not agree with a previous prototype for this function e g 376 Error and Warning Messages x this is supposedly calc s prototype extern int calc int int int calc int a long int b x hmmm which is right error flagged here x return sin b a 253 argument list conflicts with prototype Parser The argument list in a function definition is not the same as a previous prototype for that function Check that the number and types of the arguments are all the same extern int calc int x this is supposedly calc s prototype int calc int a int b hmmm which is right x error flagged here x return a b 254 undefined Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 255 not a member of the struct union Parser This identifier is not a member of the structure or union type with which it used here e g struct tnt ay Dr G data if data d x oops there is no member d in this structure x return 256 too much indirection Parser A pointer declaration may only have 16 levels of indirection 377 Error and Warning Messages 257 only register storage class allowed Parser The only storage class allowed for a function p
247. elta value in D spec Linker The delta value supplied to a D specification is invalid This value should an integer of base 8 10 or 16 441 bad A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 408 Error and Warning Messages 442 missing address in A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 443 bad low address in A spec Linker The low address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading Ox may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 1fff 3fffh Did you forget the radix ACODE 1fffh 3fffh 444 expected in A spec Linker There should be a minus sign between the high and low addresses in a A linker option e g AROM 1000h maybe you meant AROM 1000h 1fffh 445 bad high address in A spec Linker The high address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal
248. eneral form of most entries look like name size p a offset n Note that the function name will always be the assembly name thus the function main appears as _main A function printed with no indent is a root function in a call tree These functions are typically not called by the C program Examples include the function main any any interrupt functions the program defines The programmer may also define additional functions that are root functions in the call tree by using the FNROOT assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 18 for more information The code generator issues an FNROOT directive for each interrupt function encountered and the runtime startup code contains the FNROOT directive for the function main 170 Linker and Utilities Map Files The functions that the root function calls or may call are indented one level and listed below the root node If any of these functions call or might call other functions these called functions are indented and listed below the calling functions And so the process continues for entire program A function s inclusion into the call graph does not imply the function was called but there is a possibility that the function was called For example code such as int test int a if a foo else bar will list foo and bar under test as either may be called If a is always true then clearly the function bar will never be called If a function does not appear in the call graph t
249. ent time and date Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf ss ctime amp clock See Also gmtime localtime asctime time Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 227 Library Functions DL El Synopsis include lt htc h gt void ei void void di void Description The di and ei routines disable and re enable interrupts respectively These are implemented as macros defined in PIC h The example shows the use of ei and di around access to a long variable that is modified during an interrupt If this was not done it would be possible to return an incorrect value if the interrupt occurred between accesses to successive words of the count value Example include lt htc h gt long count void interrupt tick void count long getticks void long val Disable interrupts around access to count to ensure consistency di val count ei return val 228 Library Functions DIV Synopsis tinclude lt stdlib h gt div_t div int numer int demon Description The div function computes the quotient and remainder of the numerator divided by the denomina tor Example include lt stdlib h gt
250. equire registers or objects is placed directly at the interrupt vector in a psect called intcode 105 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features If context saving is required this is performed by code placed in to a psect called intent ry which will be placed at the interrupt vector Any registers or objects to be saved are done so to areas of memory especially reserved for this purpose If the W register is to be saved it is stored to memory reserved in the common RAM If the processor for which the code is written does not have common memory a byte is reserved in all RAM banks for the storage location for W register Other registers to be saved are done so in the interrupt function s auto area and thus look like ordinary auto variable 3 9 1 4 Context Restoration Any objects saved by the compiler are automatically restored before the interrupt function re turns 3 9 2 Enabling Interrupts Two macros are available in lt htc h gt which control the masking of all available interrupts These macros are ei which enable or unmask all interrupts and di which disable or mask all interrupts On midrange PIC devices they affect the GIE bit in the INTCON register These macros should be used once the appropriate interrupt enable bits for the interrupts that are required in a program have been enabled For example ADIE 1 A D interrupts will be used PEIE 1 all peripheral interrupts are enabled
251. er can still make certain assumptions regarding the usage of the function In particular the compiler can look at the number and type of the additional arguments to printf those following the format string expression to determine which placeholders could be valid This enables the size and complexity of the generated printf routine to be kept to a minimum TUTORIAL PRINTF WITHOUT LITERAL FORMAT STRINGS If there is only one reference to printf ina program and it appears as in the following code 34 PICC Command line Driver Debugging Information void my_print const char mes printf mes the compiler cannot determine the exact format string but can see that there are no additional arguments to print f following the format string represented by mes Thus the only valid format strings will not contain placeholders that print any arguments and a minimal version of printf will be generated and compiled If the above code was rewritten as void my_print const char mes double val printf mes val the compiler will detect that the argument being printed has double type thus the only valid placeholders would be those that print floating point types for example Se f and g No aspect of this operation is user controllable other than by adjusting the calls to printf how ever the actual printf code used by a program can be observed If compiling a program using printf the driver will leave behind the pre p
252. er control 151 include files assembly 151 incremental builds 26 499 INDEX INDEX INHX32 190 197 INHX8M 190 197 init psect 103 initialization of variables 31 input files 22 int data types 83 intcode psect 103 integer suffix long 81 unsigned 81 integral constants 81 integral promotion 100 intentry psect 103 Intermediate files 58 intermediate files 22 26 56 interrupt context saving midrange processors 105 interrupt functions 104 calling from main line code 106 context retrieval 106 context saving 105 120 midrange processors 105 interrupt keyword 104 interrupt qualifier 104 interrupt service routines 104 interrupts disabling 106 enabling 106 handling in C 104 intret psect 103 intsave psect 104 intsave_n psect 104 IRP directive 148 IRPC directive 148 isalnum function 248 isalpha function 248 isatty function 250 isdigit function 248 islower function 248 500 itoa function 251 Japanese character handling 119 JIS character handling 119 jis pragma directive 119 jmp_tab psect 103 kbhit function 126 keyword auto 95 bank1 89 bank2 89 bank3 89 control 78 interrupt 104 near 89 persistent 33 88 keywords disabling non ANSI 63 l obj output file 25 label field 130 labels assembly 134 local 147 labs function 252 language support 38 Idexp function 253 Idiv function 254 LIBR 179 180 command line arguments 180 error messages 182 lis
253. error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1137 match error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1157 W register must be W9 Assembler The working register required here has to be W9 but an other working register was selected 1159 W register must be W11 Assembler The working register required here has to be W11 but an other working register was selected 1178 the option has been removed and has no effect Driver This option no longer exists in this version of the compiler and has been ignored Use the compiler s help option or refer to the manual to find a replacement option 473 Error and Warning Messages 1179 interrupt level for function may not exceed Code Generator The interrupt level for the function specified is too high Each interrupt function is assigned a unique interrupt level This level is considered when analysing the call graph and re entrantly called functions Ifusing the interrupt_level pragma check the value specified 1180 directory does not exist Driver The directory specified in the setup option does not exist Create the directory and try again 1182 near variables must be global or static Code Generator A variable qualified as near must also be qualified with static or made global An auto variable cannot be qualified as near 1183 invalid version num
254. es in the call graph those functions that may have been called to determine param eter values to other functions See Section 5 10 2 2 for information on how this is displayed in the map file 166 Linker and Utilities Map Files 5 10 Map Files The map file contains information relating to the relocation of psects and the addresses assigned to symbols within those psects 5 10 1 Generation If compilation is being performed via HI TIDE a map file is generated by default without you having to adjust the compiler options If you are using the driver from the command line then you ll need to use the M option see Section 2 6 8 Map files are produced by the linker If the compilation process is stopped before the linker is executed then no map file is produced The linker will still produce a map file even if it encounters errors which will allow you to use this file to track down the cause of the errors However if the linker ultimately reports too many errors then it did not run to completion and the map file will be either not created or not complete You can use the ERRORS option on the command line or as an alternate MPLAB IDE setting to increase the number of errors before the compiler applications give up See Section 2 6 29 for more information on this option 5 10 2 Contents The sections in the map file in order of appearance are as follows e The compiler name and version number e A copy of the command line use
255. escription This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 At most n characters are copied If string s2 is longer than n then the destination string will not be null terminated The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example 318 include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har x sl s2 Q trncpy buffer Start of line 6 1 buffer 2 8 6nd of line trcat sl s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer S S S S Library Functions See Also strcpy streat strlen stremp Return Value The destination buffer pointer sl is returned 319 Library Functions STRPBRK Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char x strpbrk const char x sl const char x s2 Description The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string s1 of any character from string s2 or a null pointer if no character from s2 exists in s1 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strpbrk str 1 aeiou Return Value Pointer to the first matching character or NULL if no character found 320 Library Functions STRP
256. espectively However most uninitialized variables are allocated memory by the code generator directly in the data space RAM without being located in a psect at all They are then handled as if they were absolute variables To ensure that variables allocated memory by the code generator are cleared symbols are defined that are used by the command line driver to generate the appropriate code The symbols have the form _ Labsbssnand__Habsbssn where n is a number starting from 0 As these uninitial ized absolute variables can be placed anywhere in available memory and are not restricted to being placed in a single large block there may be more than one set of these symbols defined to ensure that all blocks are cleared These symbols look like the __ Lxxxx and ___Hxxxx symbols defined by the linker to represent the upper and lower bounds of a psect and can be used in the same way See Section 3 12 3 Assembly code that defines variables which should be cleared at startup should be placed in the rbss and bss psects Do not create and use a psect with a name of the form absbssn Appropriate default linker options will be issued for rbss and bss thus their use does not require 32 PICC Command line Driver Runtime Files modification of the linker options and the command line driver will automatically check the size of these psects to determine if block clear code is required Variables placed into psects other than the compiler defined bss psects
257. etc Compilation of this code would result in an error and as with any error this will force compilation to cease after the current module has concluded or the maximum error count has been reached 3 12 Linking Programs The compiler will automatically invoke the linker unless requested to stop after producing assembler code PICC S option or object code PICC C option HI TECH C by default generates Intel HEX Use the OUTPUT option to specify a different output format After linking the compiler will automatically generate a memory usage map which shows the address used by and the total sizes of all the psects which are used by the compiled code The program statistics shown after the summary provides more concise information based on each memory area of the device This can be used as a guide to the available space left in the device More detailed memory usage information listed in ascending order of individual psects may be obtained by using the PICC SUMMARY psect option Generate a map file for the complete memory specification of the program 123 Linking Programs C Language Features 3 12 1 Replacing Library Modules Although HI TECH C comes with a librarian LIBR which allows you to unpack a library files and replace modules with your own modified versions you can easily replace a library module that is linked into your program without having to do this If you add the source file which contains the lib
258. evel 2 will call i2wmul1 etc These function names will be shown in the callgraph section of the map file see Section 5 10 2 2 3 10 Mixing C and Assembler Code Assembly language code can be mixed with C code using two different techniques writing assembly code and placing it into a separate assembler module or including it as in line assembler in a C module For the latter there are two formats in which this can be done 3 10 1 External Assembly Language Functions Entire functions may be coded in assembly language as separate as source files assembled and combined into the output image using the linker This technique allows arguments and return values to be passed between C and assembler code The following are guidelines that must be adhered to when writing a routine in assembly code that is callable from C code 108 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code select or define a suitable psect for the executable assembly code select a name label for the routine so that its corresponding C identifier is valid ensure that the routine s label is globally accessible from other modules select an appropriate equivalent C prototype for the routine on which argument passing can be modelled ensure any symbol used to hold arguments to the routine is globally accessible ensure any symbol used to hold a return value is globally accessible optionally use a signature value to enable type checking when the function is c
259. exmate This type of file could not be created Is the file or a file by this name already in use 379 bad record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Ensure the object file is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 380 unknown record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 381 record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 382 incomplete record type length Dump Xstrip This message is produced by the DUMP or XSTRIP utilities and indicates that the object file is not a valid HI TECH object file or that it has been truncated Contact HI TECH Support with details 383 text record has length too small Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 384 assertion failed file line expression Linker Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 387 illegal or too many G options Linker There has been more than one linker g option or the g option did not have any arguments fol lowing The arguments specify how the segment addresses are calculated 402 Error and Warning Messages 388 duplicate M option Linker The map file name has been specified to the li
260. ext was typed as input libr lt lib cmd LIBR will read input from 1ib cmd and execute the command found therein This allows a virtually unlimited length command to be given to LIBR 181 Objtohex Linker and Utilities 5 11 5 Listing Format A request to LIBR to list module names will simply produce a list of names one per line on standard output The s keyletter will produce the same with a list of symbols after each module name Each symbol will be preceded by the letter D or U representing a definition or reference to the symbol respectively The P option may be used to determine the width of the paper for this operation For example LIBR P80 s file lib will list all modules in file lib with their global symbols with the output formatted for an 80 column printer or display 5 11 6 Ordering of Libraries The librarian creates libraries with the modules in the order in which they were given on the com mand line When updating a library the order of the modules is preserved Any new modules added to a library after it has been created will be appended to the end The ordering of the modules in a library is significant to the linker If a library contains a module which references a symbol defined in another module in the same library the module defining the symbol should come after the module referencing the symbol 5 11 7 Error Messages LIBR issues various error messages most of which represent a fatal error while
261. f 116 end of file within preprocessor macro argument from line Preprocessor A macro argument has not been terminated This probably means the closing parenthesis has been omitted from a macro invocation The line number given is the line where the macro argument started e g define FUNC a b func atb FUNC 5 6 x oops where is the closing bracket x 117 misplaced constant in if Preprocessor A constant in a if expression should only occur in syntactically correct places This error is most probably caused by omission of an operator e g if FOO BAR x oops did you mean if FOO BAR x 118 stack overflow processing if expression Preprocessor The preprocessor filled up its expression evaluation stack in a if expression Simplify the expres sion it probably contains too many parenthesized subexpressions 119 invalid expression in if line Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 353 Error and Warning Messages 120 operator in incorrect context Preprocessor An operator has been encountered in a if expression that is incorrectly placed e g two binary operators are not separated by a value e g if FOO BAR x what is x x define BIG endif 121 expression stack overflow at operator Preprocessor Expressions in if lines are evaluated using a
262. f was used in a preprocessor if expression but no type was specified The argument to sizeof in a preprocessor expression must be a valid simple type or pointer to a simple type e g if sizeof oops size of what x i 0 endif 133 unknown type code 0x in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor has made an internal error in evaluating a sizeof expression Check for a malformed type specifier This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 134 syntax error in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found a syntax error in the argument to sizeof in a if expression Probable causes are mismatched parentheses and similar things e g 356 Error and Warning Messages if sizeof int 2 oops should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 135 unknown operator in if Preprocessor The preprocessor has tried to evaluate an expression with an operator it does not understand This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 137 strange character after Preprocessor A character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token x define cc a b a
263. f possible options is given in Table 4 1 and a full description of each option follows Table 4 1 ASPIC command line options Option Meaning Default A Produce assembler output Produce object code C Produce cross reference file No cross reference Cchipinfo Define the chipinfo file dat picc ini E file digit Set error destination format Flength Specify listing form length 66 H Output hex values for constants Decimal values I List macro expansions Don t list macros L listfile Produce listing No listing 0 Perform optimization No optimization Ooutfile Specify object name srcfile obj Pprocessor Define the processor R Specify non standard ROM Twidth Specify listing page width 80 V Produce line number info No line numbers Wlevel Set warning level threshold 0 X No local symbols in OBJ file 4 2 Assembler Options The command line options recognised by ASPIC are as follows 128 Macro Assembler Assembler Options A An assembler file with an extension opt will be produced if this option is used This is useful when checking the optimized assembler produced using the O option C Across reference file will be produced when this option is used This file called srcfile crf where srcfide is the base portion of the first source file name will contain raw cross refer ence information The cross reference utility CREF must then be run to produce the f
264. fferent objects at different memory locations 111 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Features 3 10 3 2 Accessing special function register names from assembler If writing separate assembly modules SFR definitions will not automatically be present If writing assembler code from within a C module SFRs may be accessed by referring to the symbols defined by the chip specific C header files Whenever you include lt htc h gt into a C module all the available SFRs are defined as absolute C variables As the contents of this file is C code it cannot be included into an assembler module but assembler code can uses these definitions To use a SFR in in line assembler code from within the same C module that includes lt htc h gt simply use the symbol with an underscore character prepended to the name For example include lt htc h gt void main void PORTA 0x55 asm movlw 0xAA asm movwf _PORTA 3 10 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family incorporates several features designed to allow C code to obey requirements of user defined assembly code The command line driver ensures that all user defined assembly files have been processed first before compilation of C source files begin The driver is able to read and analyse certain information in the relocatable object files and pass this information to the code generator This information is used to ensure the code generato
265. file can be included by add the line include lt aspic h gt to the assembler source file Note that the file must be included using a C pre processor directive and hence the option to pre process assembly files must be enabled when compiling see Section 2 6 11 This header file contains appropriate commands to ensure that the header file specific for the target device is included into the source file These header files contain EQU declarations for all byte or multi byte sized registers and defin macros for named bits within byte registers 4 3 5 5 Symbolic Labels A label is symbolic alias which is assigned a value equal to its offset within the current psect A label definition consists of any valid assembly identifier and optionally followed by a colon The definition may appear on a line by itself or be positioned before a statement Here are two examples of legitimate labels interspersed with assembly code frank moviw 1 goto fin simon44 clrf _input Here the label frank will ultimately be assigned the address of the mov instruction and simon44 the address of the clrf instruction Regardless of how they are defined the assembler list file produced by the assembler will always show labels on a line by themselves Note that the colon following the label is optional therefore symbols which are not interpreted in any other way are assumed to be labels Thus the code mowlv 23h bananas movf 37h defined a
266. final result would be the same If an 8 bit addition is more efficient than a 16 bit addition the compiler will encode the former If in the above example the type of a was unsigned int then integral promotion would have to be performed to comply with the ANSI standard 3 7 2 Shifts applied to integral types The ANSI standard states that the result of right shifting gt gt operator signed integral types is implementation defined when the operand is negative Typically the possible actions that can be taken are that when an object is shifted right by one bit the bit value shifted into the most significant bit of the result can either be zero or a copy of the most significant bit before the shift took place The latter case amounts to a sign extension of the number HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family performs a sign extension of any signed integral type for example signed char signed intor signed long Thus an object with the signed int value 0x0124 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0x0092 and the value 0x8024 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0xC012 Right shifts of unsigned integral values always clear the most significant bit of the result 101 Psects C Language Features Table 3 5 Integral division Operand 1 Operand 2 Quotient Remainder EA Left shifts lt lt operator signed or unsigned always clear the least signifi
267. flag 140 p code files 22 pack pragma directive 119 PAGE assembler control 152 parameter passing 97 108 persist_check function 272 persist_validate function 272 persistent keyword 88 persistent qualifier 33 88 pic h 112 PIC14000 calibration space 79 PICC see driver PIC assembly language functions 108 PIC MCU assembly language 130 pointer qualifiers 90 pointers 90 16bit 90 32 bit 90 combining with type modifiers 90 to functions 90 pow function 274 powerup psect 103 powerup routine 31 33 powerup as 33 pragma directives 115 predefined symbols preprocessor 115 preprocessing 48 assembler files 48 preprocessor macros 43 path 45 preprocessor directives 115 asm 110 endasm 110 in assembly files 130 preprocessor symbols predefined 115 printf format checking 119 printf function 28 275 printf_check pragma directive 119 processor ID data 74 processor selection 51 52 149 162 program entry point 33 program sections 135 project name 23 psect bss 32 154 checksum 102 config 102 data 154 eeprom_data 75 103 end_init 103 float_text 103 idata 31 61 idata_n 103 idloc 103 init 103 intcode 103 intentry 103 intret 103 505 INDEX INDEX intsave 104 intsave_n 104 jmp_tab 103 maintext 103 nvbit_n 104 nvram 88 nvram_n 104 powerup 103 pstrings 103 rbit_n 104 rbss 61 rbss_n 104 rdata 31 rdata_n 104 reset_vec 10
268. for example Otest bin PICC will produce a binary file Likewise if you need to produce UBROF files you can use the O option to specify an output file with type ubr for example Otest ubr 2 4 2 Symbol Files The PICC G option tells the compiler to produce several symbol files which can be used by debug gers and simulators to perform symbolic and source level debugging Using the IDE option may also enable symbol file generation as well The G option produces an absolute symbol files which contain both assembler and C level information This file is produced by the linker after the linking process has been completed If no symbol filename is specified a default filename of file sym will be used where file is the basename of the first source file specified on the command line For example to produce a symbol file called test sym which includes C source level information PICC CHIP 16F877A Gtest sym test c init c This option will also generate other symbol files for each module compiled These files are produced by the code generator and do not contain absolute address These files have the extension sdb The base name will be the same as the base name of the module being compiled Thus the above command line would also generate symbols files with the names test sdb and init sdb 2 4 3 MPLAB specific information Certain options and compiler features are specifically intended to help MPLAB perform symbolic debugging
269. format of the map file is illustrated in Section 5 10 5 7 18 N Ns and Ne By default the symbol table in the link map will be sorted by name The N option will cause it to be sorted numerically based on the value of the symbol The Ns and Nc options work similarly except that the symbols are grouped by either their space value or class 5 7 19 Ooutfile This option allows specification of an output file name for the linker The default output file name is 1 0b3 Use of this option will override the default 160 Linker and Utilities Operation 5 7 20 Pspec Psects are linked together and assigned addresses based on information supplied to the linker via P options The argument to the P option consists basically of comma separated sequences thus Ppsect 1nkaddr min 1ldaddr min psect 1nkaddr ldaddr There are several variations but essentially each psect is listed with its desired link and load ad dresses and a minimum value All values may be omitted in which case a default will apply depending on previous values The minimum value min is preceded by a sign if present It sets a minimum value for the link or load address The address will be calculated as described below but if it is less than the minimum then it will be set equal to the minimum The link and load addresses are either numbers as described above or the names of other psects or classes or special tokens If the link address is a negative numbe
270. g Hexmate The serial number being stored was out of range Ensure that the serial number can be stored in the number of bytes permissible by this option 958 too many input files specified file maximum Hexmate Too many file arguments have been used Try merging these files in several stages rather than in one command 960 unexpected record type on line of Hexmate Intel hex file contained an invalid record type Consult the Intel hex format specification for valid record types 962 forced data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate force differing data to be stored to the same address More than one source using the specifier store data at the same address The actual data stored there may not be what you expect 963 checksum range includes voids or unspecified memory locations Hexmate Checksum range had gaps in data content The runtime calculated checksum is likely to differ from the compile time checksum due to gaps unused byes within the address range that the checksum is calculated over Filling unused locations with a known value will correct this 964 unpaired nibble in FILL value will be truncated Hexmate The hexadecimal code given to the FILL option contained an incomplete byte The incomplete byte nibble will be disregarded 965 STRPACK option not yet implemented option will be ignored Hexmate This option currently is not available and will be ignored 462
271. g Used to store the configuration word 102 C Language Features Psects eeprom_data Used to store data into EEPROM memory end_init Used by initialisation code which for example clears RAM float_textn Used by some library routines and in particular by arithmetic routines It is possible that this psect will have a non zero length even if no floating point operations are included in a program idata_n These psects where n is the bank number contain the ROM image of any initialised vari ables These psects are copied into the rdata_n psects at startup idloc Used to store the ID location words init Used by initialisation code which for example clears RAM intcode Is the psect which contains the executable code for the interrupt service routine intentry Contains the entry code for the interrupt service routine This code saves the necessary registers and parts of the temp psect intret Is the psect which contains the executable code responsible for restoring saved registers and objects after an interrupt routine has completed executing jmp_tab Only for the Baseline processors this is another strings psect used to store jump addresses and function return values maintext This psect will contain the main function It is used so that main can be directly linked powerup Contains executable code for a user supplied power up routine pstrings For processors that support string packing this psect will contain the packed stri
272. g dialogs and descriptions identify the mapping between the dialog controls and command line options As the toolsuite is universal across all HI TECH compilers supporting Mi crochip not all options are applicable for HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family 2 7 1 Directories Tab The options in this dialog control the output and search directories for some files See Figure 2 3 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 64 PICC Command line Driver MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Build Options For Project astest mcp ES 1 tpi directory Figure 2 3 The Directories dialog 65 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC Command line Driver 1 Output directory This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify an output directory for files output by the compiler 2 Include Search path This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify include header file search directories See 2 6 5 2 7 2 Compiler Tab The options in this dialog control the aspects of compilation up to code generation See Figure 2 4 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 66 Define macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to define preprocessor macros See 2 6 2 Undefine macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to undefine preprocessor macros See 2 6 1
273. gma printf_check was passed a qualifier that could not be identified e g x oops should that be const not cinst pragma printf_check printf cinst 391 Error and Warning Messages 335 unknown pragma Parser An unknown pragma directive was encountered e g pragma rugsused w I think you meant regsused 336 string concatenation across lines Parser Strings on two lines will be concatenated Check that this is the desired result e g char cp hi there x this is okay but is it what you had intended 337 line does not have a newline on the end Parser The last line in the file is missing the newline operating system dependent character from the end Some editors will create such files which can cause problems for include files The ANSI C standard requires all source files to consist of complete lines only 338 can t create file Any The application tried to create or open the named file but it could not be created Check that all file pathnames are correct 339 initializer in extern declaration Parser A declaration containing the keyword ext ern has an initialiser This overrides the ext ern storage class since to initialise an object it is necessary to define i e allocate storage for it e g extern int other 99 x if it s extern and not allocated storage how can it be initialized x 340 string not terminated by null character P
274. guments e g printf d 1 23 wrong number or wrong placeholder 390 Error and Warning Messages 329 double argument required in printf style format string Parser The printf format specifier corresponding to this argument is f or similar and requires a floating point expression Check for missing or extra format specifiers or arguments to printf printf 44 x should be printf f 44 0 x 330 pointer to argument required in printf style format string Parser A pointer argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments 331 too few arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too few arguments for this format string This would result in a garbage value being printed or converted at run time e g printf d d low x oops where is the other value to print 332 interrupt_level should be 0 to 7 Parser The pragma interrupt_level must have an argument from 0 to 7 e g pragma interrupt_level x oops what is the level void interrupt isr void isr code goes here x 333 unrecognized qualifier name after strings Parser The pragma strings was passed a qualifier that was not identified e g x oops should that b pragma strings const x pragma strings cinst 334 unrecognized qualifier name after printf_check Parser The pra
275. h The size flag allows a maximum size to be specified for the psect e g size 100h This will be checked by the linker after psects have been combined from all modules The space flag is used to differentiate areas of memory which have overlapping addresses but which are distinct Psects which are positioned in program memory and data memory may have a different space value to indicate that the program space address zero for example is a different location to the data memory address zero Devices which use banked RAM data memory typically have the same space value as their full addresses including bank information are unique The with flag allows a psect to be placed in the same page with a specified psect For example with text will specify that this psect should be placed in the same page as the text psect Some examples of the use of the PSECT directive follow 140 PSECT fred PSECT bill size 100h global PSECT joh abs ovrid class CODE delta 2 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 8 4 ORG The ORG directive changes the value of the location counter within the current psect This means that the addresses set with ORG are relative to the base address of the psect which is not determined until link time The much abused ORG directive does not necessarily move the location counter to the absolute address you specify as the operand This directive is rarely needed in programs The argument
276. has been assigned There is no information encoded into a symbol to indicate whether it represents code or variables nor in which memory space it resides If the psect of a symbol is shown as abs this implies that the symbol is not directly associated with a psect as is the case with absolute C variables Linker defined symbols showing this as the psect name may be symbols that have never been used throughout the program or relate to symbols that are not directly associated with a psect Note that a symbol table is also shown in each assembler list file See Section 2 6 17 for in formation on generating these files These differ to that shown in the map file in that they list all symbols whether they be of global or local scope and they only list the symbols used in the module s associated with that list file 5 11 Librarian The librarian program LIBR has the function of combining several object files into a single file known as a library The purposes of combining several such object modules are several e fewer files to link e faster access e uses less disk space In order to make the library concept useful it is necessary for the linker to treat modules in a library differently from object files If an object file is specified to the linker it will be linked into the final linked module A module in a library however will only be linked in if it defines one or more symbols previously known but not defined to the linker Thus m
277. he address held by each pointer is based on this information When more than one address is assigned to a pointer at dif ferent places in the code a set of all possible targets the pointer can address is maintained This information is specific to each pointer defined in the program thus two pointers with the same type may hold addresses of different sizes and formats due to the different nature of objects they address in the program The following pointer classifications are currently implemented 91 Supported Data Types and Variables An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing common memory and either banks O and 1 or banks 2 and 3 Address is an offset into either bank 0 extending into bank 1 or bank 2 extending into bank 3 A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data memory space An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 256 bytes of program space data Address is an index into a lookup table A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 64 kbytes of program space data Address is an offset into psect strings A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data space memory and up to 64 kbytes of program space data The most significant bit indicates the memory space of the target 1 indicates an address C Language Features of an object in the data space O indicates the address of an object in the program space Each data pointer will be allocated one of the above classifications after
278. he assembler has run out of memory 444 Error and Warning Messages 777 can t allocate space for opnd structure within object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 780 too many psects defined Assembler There are too many psects defined Boy what a program 781 can t enter abs psect Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 782 REMSYM error Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 783 with psects are cyclic Assembler If Psect A is to be placed with Psect B and Psect B is to be placed with Psect A there is no hierarchy The with flag is an attribute of a psect and indicates that this psect must be placed in the same memory page as the specified psect Remove a with flag from one of the psect declarations Such an assembler declaration may look like psect my_text local class CODE with basecode which will define a psect called my_text and place this in the same page as the psect basecode 784 overfreed Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 785 too many temporary labels Assembler There are too many temporary labels in this assembler file The assembler allows a maximum of 2000 temporary labels 787 can t handle v_rtype of in copyexpr Assembler
279. he first specified Where there are a number of identical contiguous address ranges they may be specified with a repeat count e g ACODE 0 FFFFEhx16 specifies that there are 16 contiguous ranges each 64k bytes in size starting from zero Even though the ranges are contiguous no code will straddle a 64k boundary The repeat count is specified as the character x or x after a range followed by a count 5 7 3 Cx These options allow control over the call graph information which may be included in the map file produced by the linker There are four varients of this option Fully expanded callgraph The Cf option displays the full callgraph information Short form callgraph The Cs option is the default callgraph option which removes some redun dant information from the callgraph display In the case where there are parameters to a func tion that involve function calls the callgraph information associated with the ARG function is only shown the first time it is encountered in the callgraph See Sections 5 9 1 and 5 10 2 2 for more information on these functions Critical path callgraph The Cc option only include the critical paths of the call graph A function call that is marked with a x in a full call graph is on a critical path and only these calls are included when the Cc option is used See Section 5 10 2 2 for more information on critcal paths No callgraph The Cn option removes the call graph information from th
280. he following string Under Windows this can be performed via the Control Panel s System panel sa Sn 1 S 5s and the project recompiled The following output will be displayed parser 362 12 main c redundant amp applied to array 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error Notice that the format of the warning was changed but that of the error message was not The warning format now follows the specification of the environment variable The application name parser was substituted for the a placeholder the message number 362 substituted the n placeholder etc The option ERRFORMAT a n 1 f s is then added to the driver com mand line and the following output is observed parser 362 12 main c redundant amp applied to array linker 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal Note that now the warning and error formats have changed to that requested For the case of the linker error there is no line number information so the replacement for this placeholder is left blank 2 5 5 Changing Message Behaviour Both the attributes of individual messages and general settings for messaging system can be modified during compilation There are both driver command line options and C pragmas that can be used to achieve this 2 5 5 1 Disabling Messages Each warning message has a default number indicating a level of importance This number is speci fied in the MDF and ranges from 9 to
281. he following declaration is used outside any function bit init_flag init_flag will be globally visible but located within the same psect Bit variables cannot be auto or parameters to a function A function may return a bit object by using the bit keyword in the functions prototype in the usual way The bit return value will be returning in the carry flag in the status register Bit variables behave in most respects like normal unsigned char variables but they may only contain the values 0 and 1 and therefore provide a convenient and efficient method of storing boolean flags without consuming large amounts of internal RAM It is however not possible to declared pointers to bit variables or statically initialise bit variables Operations on bit objects are performed using the single bit instructions bs f and bcf wher ever possible thus the generated code to access bit objects is very efficient Note that when assigning a larger integral type to a bit variable only the least significant bit is used For example if the bit variable bitvar was assigned as in the following int data 0x54 bit bitvar bitvar data 82 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables 1t will be cleared by the assignment since the least significant bit of data is zero If you want to set a bit variable to be 0 or 1 depending on whether the larger integral type is zero false or non zero true use the form bitvar data 0
282. he general form of messages produced with the E option in force is filenam line_number message number message string message type The E option also has another effect If it is being used the driver first checks to see if special environment variables have been set If so the format dictated by these variables are used as a template for all messages produced by all compiler applications The names of these variables are given in Table 2 3 The value of these environment variables are strings that are used as templates for the message format Printf like placeholders can be placed within the string to allow the message format to be customised The placeholders and what they represent are indicated in Table 2 4 If these options are used in a DOS batch file two percent characters will need to be used 39 Compiler Messages PICC Command line Driver Table 2 4 Messaging placeholders Placeholder Replacement Sa application name SC column number Sf filename 1 line number n message number SS message string from MDF to specify the placeholders as DOS interprets a single percent character as an argument and will not pass this on to the compiler For example ERRFORMAT file f line 1 Environment variables in turn may be overridden by the driver options MSGFORMAT WARNFORMAT and ERRFORMAT see Section 2 6 28 These options take a string as thei
283. he linker has determined that the function cannot possibly be called and that it is not a root function For code like int test void int a 0 if a foo else bar the function foo will never appear in the call graph The inclusion of a function into the call graph is controlled by the FNCALL assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 14 for more information These directives are placed in the assembler output by the code generator For the above code the code generator optimiser will remove the redundant call to bar before the C source code conversion is performed as so the FNCALL directive will not be present in the output file hence not detectable by the linker When writing assembler source code the FNCALL assembler directive should always be used particularly if the assembler routines define local aut o like variables using the FNS IZE directive see below and also Section 4 3 8 17 for more information If printed the two components to the size are the size of that function s parameter area and the size of the function s auto area respectively The parameter size only includes those parameters which are allocated memory locations and which are not passed via a register The auto size does not include any auto variables which are allocated registers by the code generator s global optimizer for the entire duration of the function The auto size does however include any values which must 171 Map Files Linker
284. heir initial value will fail 31 E Runtime Files PICC Command line Driver Since auto objects are dynamically created they require code to be positioned in the function in which they are defined to perform their initialization It is also possible that their initial value changes on each instance of the function As a result initialized auto objects do not use the data psects and are not considered by the runtime startup code Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with persistent see Section 3 3 10 1 Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in any way 2 3 2 2 Clearing the Bss Psects The ANSI standard dictates that those non aut o objects which are not initialized must be cleared before execution of the program begins The compiler does this by grouping all such uninitialized objects into one of the bss psects This psect is then cleared as a block by the runtime startup code The abbreviation bss stands for Block Started by Symbol and was an assembler pseudo op used in IBM systems back in the days when computers were coal fired The contin ued usage of this term is still appropriate HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family uses several bss psects There are the more tra ditional psects rbss and bss which are used for uninitialized variables placed in the access bank memory and in banked memory r
285. hg Ge a Rh eG BA a AE eR AL eo he ht 236 PRO o DPR EEE BEBE Se Aes Bi eee 4 be St 238 FPLOOR oa ca Se Oe EE Ae wR E E eee EP Ae a AOS 239 PRE 0300 Hep iss Se te o A ti ee aoe eet Bes ges Be aes Bick 240 PTOS cn ek dacs bE oe bee ee o eb ee Dae E 241 A AE 242 GETCHAR oe giace rr do a a ee 243 BES oia A A A A Be et BOG Bk e Bee a ee a a 244 GET CAL DATA 3 306 se ds ad e Be ee 245 GMTIME y car A RI te Be 246 ESA co as e A A A da Som amp pi 248 ISI ss ios dr bE ee des do dor eS A 250 VOR AIR 251 LABS cs lt a a a a a e ae e ee 252 LDEX secas a o a a eS O a Bel ee he ae 253 LDIV 3 2406 544 404 trea Be Oe eee eed eee ehh ee ed ees 254 EOCACTIVME eros eee De ORS OY OO Se A ee a Od 255 CONTENTS CONTENTS 14 AAA E 257 LONGIMEP oir A a Ro 258 e A Ree Ses Bae eA ae oe eS Sa eee 260 MEMCHR songs 4 ok Pe IR eS EER ee eee Yee ee eS 261 NEMEME ab ee He eo eh ee eh A eee ie amp dd et 263 MEMCPY soete ig4 4244 k 400 a dawg dh 4s 265 MEMMOVE coo A a A Be A Rg ea dod 267 MEMSEL ce cesu hae Me wal bee a a a a Go eee a 268 METIME iio A A BR SL A at a R Bea E 269 RIA 2b ave Bae DA Oe AS A 271 POWER AA ES ER RA A ee ee 274 PUC 2 EAS DA A ete Sa Aa at Sen 278 PUTCHAR ogi so ee a a er do de der Lee eg 279 PUIS ss dea vee ad bbe eRe SS 281 OSORT co o ee a OA ae Bae a Re A Se oe a a 282 RAM TEST FAILED usa a AG ae bok ee a A Bk 284 BA 5h eens aoe AR oe bee A 285 ROUND co ce he E oS Ae SO E oe Se Ee Ae ee A 287 CUDA a che A
286. hich of PRO Standard or Lite compiler is in use Values of 2 or O are assigned respectively PICC_ Always Indicates HI TECH compiler for Microchip PIC10 12 16 in use _MPC_ Always Indicates compiling for Microchip PIC family _PIC12 If 12 bit device To indicate selected device is a baseline PIC _PIC14 If 14 bit device To indicate selected device is a midrange PIC _COMMON_ If common RAM To indicate whether device has common RAM present area _BANKBITS_ Always Assigned 0 1 or 2 to indicate 1 2 or 4 available banks or RAM _GPRBITS_ Always Assigned 0 1 or 2 to indicate 1 2 or 4 available banks or general purpose RAM MPLAB_ICD If compiling for Assigned 1 to indicate that the code is generated MPLAB ICD or for use with the Microchip MPLAB ICD 1 ICD2 debugger Assigned 2 for ICD2 _ROMSIZE Always To indicate how many words of program memory are available _EEPROMSIZE Always To indicate how many bytes of EEPROM are available _chipname When chip selected To indicate the specific chip type selected FILE Always To indicate this source file being preprocessed LINE __ Always To indicate this source line number _ DATE __ Always To indicate the current date e g May 21 2004 TIME _ Always To indicate the current time e g 08 06 31 117 Preprocessing C Language Features Table 3 9 Pragma directives Directive Meaning Example inline Spec
287. hifts applied to integral types 424 5 44 bees ba eS ee es 101 3 7 3 Division and modulus with integral types 102 PS6GIS foc hea ea ee Sa ea eee a Co a ee 102 3 8 1 Compller senerated Psects o c snoras ee Re eG 102 Interrupt Handling i e enc RHE Re e She 4 RDS 104 SL dnterupt Functions coma 4 amp 4 ova se 4 ER a aE 104 39 1 1 Midrange Interrupt Functions gt 2 6 sacie eee Gees 105 3 9 1 2 Context Saving on Interrupts 085 105 3 9 1 3 Midrange Context Saving 105 39 1 4 Context Restoration 6 2s coros os 106 392 Enabling Interrupts s ee apoo e eh a GS A RS a He R 106 39 3 Function Duplication cocos erre ee ew ee eS 106 32 31 Disabling Duplication lt sq sc 4s a y 107 3 9 3 2 Implicit Calls to Library Routines 4b ee ee seas 108 Mixing Cand Assembler Code 65 2554 be RP ee ee EE ee RS 108 3 10 1 External Assembly Language Functions 108 3 10 2 asm endasm andasm 2 2 ee ee 110 3 10 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code 111 3 10 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols 111 3 10 3 2 Accessing special function register names from assembler 112 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 10 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code 112 310 41 Absolute Psects 24 5 cae see ob EA SE ee aes 112 3104 2 Undefined Symbols omo cesos ra 25045404 113 3 10 4 3 Assembly Stack Usage
288. his option allows the size of float types to be selected The types available to be selected are given in Table 2 8 See also the doub1e option in Section 2 6 26 2 6 32 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options This option is used to retrieve the command line options which are used for named compiler appli cation The options are then saved into the given file This option is not required for most projects 2 6 33 HELP lt option gt Display Help The HELP option displays information on the PICC compiler options To find out more about a particular option use the option s name as a parameter For example PICC help warn This will display more detailed information about the WARN option the available suboptions and which suboptions are enabled by default 2 6 34 IDE type Specify the IDE being used This option is used to automatically configure the compiler for use by the named Integrated Devel opment Environment IDE The supported IDE s are shown in Table 2 9 54 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 9 Supported IDEs Suboption IDE hitide HI TECH Software s HI TIDE mplab Microchip s MPLAB Table 2 10 Supported languages Suboption Language en english English fr french francais French de german deutsch German 2 6 35 LANG language Specify the Language for Messages This option allows the compile
289. hould appear in a declaration e g extern static int where x so is it static or extern x 269 inconsistent type Parser Only one basic type may appear in a declaration e g int float if is it int or float 380 Error and Warning Messages 270 variable can t have storage class register Parser Only function parameters or auto variables may be declared using the register qualifier e g register int gl this cannot be qualified register int process register int input this is okay x return input gi 271 type can t be long Parser Only int and float can be qualified with Long long char lc what x 272 type can t be short Parser Only int can be modified with short e g short float sf what x 273 type can t be both signed and unsigned Parser The type modifiers signed and unsigned cannot be used together in the same declaration as they have opposite meaning e g signed unsigned int confused which is it x 274 type can t be unsigned Parser A floating point type cannot be made unsigned e g unsigned float uf what x 275 illegal in non prototype argument list Parser The ellipsis symbol may only appear as the last item in a prototyped argument list It may not appear on its own nor may it appear after argument names that do not have types i e K amp R style non prototype function definitions For example 381 Erro
290. hould be something like AROM 1000h 1FFFh 410 Error and Warning Messages 450 psect was never defined Linker Optimiser This psect has been listed in a P option but is not defined in any module within the program 451 bad psect origin format in P option Linker The origin format in a p option is not a validly formed decimal octal or hex number nor is it the name of an existing psect A hex number must have a trailing H e g pbss f000 Did you forget the radix pbss f000h 452 bad minimum address format in P option Linker The minimum address specification in the linker s p option is badly formatted e g pbss data f000 Did you forget the radix pbss data f000h 453 missing number after in P option Linker The operator in a p option for rounding boundaries must have a number after it 454 link and load address can t both be set to in P option Linker The link and load address of a psect have both been specified with a dot character Only one of these addresses may be specified in this manner e g Pmypsect 1000h Pmypsect 1000h Both of these options are valid and equivalent however the following usage is ambiguous Pmypsect What is the link or load address of this psect 411 Error and Warning Messages 455 psect not relocated on 0x byte boundary Linker This psect is not relocated on the required boundar
291. iable c should not be qualified warning This same affect would be observed using the following code void main void pragma warning push pragma warning disable 348 near int c pragma warning pop etc int rv int a near int c etc Here the state of the messaging system is saved by the warning push pragma Warn ing 348 is disabled then after the source code which triggers the warning the state of the messaging system is retrieved by the use of the warning pop pragma The warning error warning pragma It is also possible to change the type of some messages This is only possible by the use of the warning pragma and only affects messages generated by the parser or code generator The position of the pragma is only significant for the parser i e a parser message number may have its type changed then reverted back around a section of the code to target specific instances of the message Specific instances of a message produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma will remain in force during compilation of the entire module 122 C Language Features Linking Programs TUTORIAL The following shows the warning produced in the previous example being converted to an error for the instance in the function main void main void pragma warning error 348 near int c pragma warning warning 348 x etc x int rv int a near int c x
292. icate pointer targets and should be avoided The non use of these qualifiers will result in more portable and readable code and lessen the chance of extraneous warnings being issued by the compiler 3 3 12 3 Pointers to Const The const qualifier plays no direct part in specifying the pointer classification that the compiler will allocate to a pointer This qualifier should be used when the target or targets referenced by the pointer should be read only The addresses of const objects assigned to a pointer will result in that pointer having a classification capable of accessing the program space The exact classification will also depend on other factors The code generator tracks the total size of const qualified variables that are defined It uses this information to determine how large any pointers that can access const objects must be Such pointers may be either 1 or 2 bytes wide TUTORIAL POINTERS AND CONST DATA Assume a program contains of the following void main void const char in_table 20 x values char cp cp amp in_table If the array above is the only const data in the program then there are 20 bytes of const data used in the program In this instance the code generator will make the pointer cp a one byte wide pointer to objects in the program space Later the program is changed and another const array is added to the code const char out_table 240 x x values x As the total siz
293. ication unless it incorporates the as signment suppression character will assign a value to the variable pointed at by the next argument Thus if there are two conversion specifications in the fmt string there should be two additional pointer arguments The conversion characters are as follows oxd Skip white space then convert a number in base 8 16 or 10 radix respectively If a field width was supplied take at most that many characters from the input A leading minus sign will be recognized f Skip white space then convert a floating number in either conventional or scientific notation The field width applies as above s Skip white space then copy a maximal length sequence of non white space characters The pointer 288 Library Functions argument must be a pointer to char The field width will limit the number of characters copied The resultant string will be null terminated c Copy the next character from the input The pointer argument is assumed to be a pointer to char If a field width is specified then copy that many characters This differs from the s format in that white space does not terminate the character sequence The conversion characters 0 x u d and f may be preceded by an l to indicate that the corre sponding pointer argument is a pointer to long or double as appropriate A preceding h will indicate that the pointer argument is a pointer to short rather than int Example scanf 3d Ss amp a amp c
294. ich are stored in the DAT directory of the compiler distribution When a message is requested by a compiler application its number is looked up in the MDF which corresponds to the currently selected language The language of messages can be altered as discussed in Section 2 5 2 Once found the alert system determines the message type that should be used to display the message There are several different message types which are described in Section 2 5 3 The default type is stored in the MDF however this can be overridden by the user as described in Section 2 5 3 The user is also able to set a threshold for warning message importance so that only those which the user considers significant will be displayed In addition messages with a particular number can be disabled Both of these methods are explained in Section 2 5 5 1 Provided the message is enabled and it is not a warning messages that is below the warning threshold the message string will be displayed In addition to the actual message string there are several other pieces of information that may be displayed such as the message number the name of the file for which the message is applicable the file s line number and the application that requested the message etc If a message is being displayed as an error a counter is incremented After a certain number of errors has been reached compilation of the current module will cease The default number of errors that will cause this
295. ific address e The delta flag defines the size of an addressing unit In other words the number of bytes covered for an increment in the address 139 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler A psect defined as global will be combined with other global psects of the same name from other modules at link time This is the default behaviour for psects unless the Local flag is used The limit flag specifies a limit on the highest address to which a psect may extend A psect defined as Local will not be combined with other local psects at link time even if there are others with the same name Where there are two local psects in the one module they reference the same psect A local psect may not have the same name as any global psect even one in another module A psect defined as ovr 1d will have the contribution from each module overlaid rather than concatenated at runtime ovr1d in combination with abs defines a truly absolute psect i e a psect within which any symbols defined are absolute The pure flag instructs the linker that this psect will not be modified at runtime and may therefore for example be placed in ROM This flag is of limited usefulness since it depends on the linker and target system enforcing it The reloc flag allows specification of a requirement for alignment of the psect on a particular boundary e g reloc 100h would specify that this psect must start on an address that is a multiple of 100
296. ify function as inline pragma inline fabs interrupt_level Allow call from interrupt and main pragma interrupt_level line code jis Enable JIS character handling in pragma jis strings nojis Disable JIS character handling de pragma nojis fault pack Specify structure packing pragma pack 1 print f_check Enable printf style format string pragma checking printf_check printf const regsused Specify registers used by function pragma regsused wreg fsr switch Specify code generation for switch pragma switch direct statements warning Control messaging parameters pragma warning disable 299 4 07 118 C Language Features Preprocessing compiler User defined and library function are not able to be inlinded This directive should be placed directly before the function prototype of the inline function Below is example usage pragma inline __va_start extern void x __ va_start void 3 11 3 2 The pragma interrupt_level Directive The pragma interrupt_level directive can be used to prevent function duplication of functions called from main line and interrupt code See Section 3 9 3 1 for more information 3 11 3 3 The pragma jis and nojis Directives If your code includes strings with two byte characters in the JIS encoding for Japanese and other national characters the pragma jis directive will enable proper handling of these characters specifically not interpreting a backslash character when it appears as the
297. ile obj Relocatable object code file Lib Relocatable object library file hex Intel HEX file 2 1 Invoking the Compiler This chapter looks at how to use PICC as well as the tasks that it and the internal applications perform during compilation PICC has the following basic command format PICC options files libraries It is conventional to supply opt ions identified by a leading dash or double dash before the filenames although this is not mandatory The formats of the options are discussed below in Section 2 6 and a detailed description of each option follows The files may be any mixture of C and assembler source files and precompiled intermediate files such as relocatable object ob3 files or p code p1 files The order of the files is not important except that it may affect the order in which code or data appears in memory and may affect the name of some of the output files Libraries is a list of either object code or p code library files that will be searched by the linker The L option see Section 2 6 6 can also be used to specify library files to search PICC distinguishes source files intermediate files and library files solely by the file type or extension Recognized file types are listed in Table 2 1 This means for example that an assembler file must always have a as extension Alphabetic case of the extension is not important from the compiler s point of view MODULES AND SOURCE F
298. in void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f f n i printf cos 3 0f f n i See Also cos tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value Sine vale of f 292 ixC ixC Library Functions SPRINTF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x unsigned char sprintf char buf const char x fmt For high end processors unsigned char sprintf far char buf const char fmt Description The sprintf function operates in a similar fashion to printf except that instead of placing the converted output on the stdout stream the characters are placed in the buffer at buf The resultant string will be null terminated and the number of characters in the buffer will be returned See Also printf Return Value The sprintf routine returns the number of characters placed into the buffer NB The return value is a char not an int Note For High end processors the buffer is accessed via a far pointer 293 Library Functions SQRT Synopsis include lt math h gt double sqrt double f Description The function sqrt implements a square root routine using Newton s approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i for i 0 i lt 20 0 i 1 0 o printf square root of 1f f n i sqrt i Se
299. in more detail in the following paragraphs 184 Linker and Utilities Cref Table 5 5 CREF command line options Option Meaning Fprefix Exclude symbols from files with a pathname or filename starting with prefix Hheading Specify a heading for the listing file Llen Specify the page length for the listing file Ooutfile Specify the name of the listing file Pwidth Set the listing width Sstoplist Read file stoplist and ignore any symbols listed Xprefix Exclude and symbols starting with prefix 5 13 1 Fprefix It is often desired to exclude from the cross reference listing any symbols defined in a system header file e g lt stdio h gt The F option allows specification of a path name prefix that will be used to exclude any symbols defined in a file whose path name begins with that prefix For example FA will exclude any symbols from all files with a path name starting with 5 13 2 Hheading The H option takes a string as an argument which will be used as a header in the listing The default heading is the name of the first raw cross ref information file specified 5 13 3 Llen Specify the length of the paper on which the listing is to be produced e g if the listing is to be printed on 55 line paper you would use a L55 option The default is 66 lines 5 13 4 Ooutfile Allows specification of the output file name By default the listing will be written to the standard
300. include lt stdio h gt void main void ATV K x div 12345 66 printf quotient d remainder d n x quot x rem See Also udiv IdivO uldiv Return Value Returns the quotient and remainder into the div_t structure 229 Library Functions EEPROM_READ EEPROM_WRITE Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned char eeprom_read unsigned char addr void eeprom_write unsigned char addr unsigned char value Description These function allow access to the on chip eeprom when present The eeprom is not in the directly accessible memory space and a special byte sequence is loaded to the eeprom control registers to access the device Writing a value to the eeprom is a slow process and the eeprom_write function polls the appropriate registers to ensure that any previous writes have completed before writing the next datum Reading data is completed in the one cycle and no polling is necessary to check for a read completion Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned char data unsigned char address address 0x10 data eeprom_read address Note It may be necessary to poll the eeprom registers to ensure that the write has completed if an eep rom_write call is immediately followed by an eeprom_read The global interrupt enable bit GIE is now restored by the eeprom_write routine The EEIF interrupt flag is not reset by this function 230 Library F
301. ing range in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified range for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1024 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains a syntax error at the line specified 467 Error and Warning Messages 1025 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Driver The attribute at the line indicated defines an architecture that is unknown to this compiler 1026 missing architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 1027 activation was successful Driver The compiler was successfully activated 1028 activation was not successful error code Driver The compiler did not activated successfully 1029 compiler not installed correctly error code Driver This compiler has failed to find any activation information and cannot proceed to execute The com piler may have been installed incorrectly or incompletely The error code quoted can help diagnose the reason for this failure You may be asked for this failure code if contacting HI TECH Soft
302. ing it up to the next matching ELSE ELSIF or ENDIF will be assembled If the expression is zero then the code up to the next matching SE or ENDIF will be skipped At an ELSE the sense of the conditional compilation will be inverted while an ENDIF will terminate the conditional assembly block Example IF ABC goto aardvark ELSIF DEF goto denver ELSE goto grapes ENDIF 145 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler In this example if ABC is non zero the first jmp instruction will be assembled but not the second or third If ABC is zero and DEF is non zero the second jmp will be assembled but the first and third will not If both ABC and DEF are zero the third jmp will be assembled Conditional assembly blocks may be nested 4 3 8 20 MACRO and ENDM These directives provide for the definition of macros The MACRO directive should be preceded by the macro name and optionally followed by a comma separated list of formal parameters When the macro is used the macro name should be used in the same manner as a machine opcode followed by a list of arguments to be substituted for the formal parameters For example macro movlf jargs argl the literal value to load arg2 the NAME of the source variable descr Move a literal value into a nominated file register movlf MACRO argl arg2 movlw argl movwf arg2 mod 080h ENDM
303. ingle absolute object file 1 obj This is then passed to the appropriate post link utility applications to generate the specified output file format and debugging files All temporary files including 1 obj are then deleted The intermediate files p code and relocatable object files are not deleted This tutorial does not consider the runtime startup code that is automatically generated by the driver 2 2 2 Generating Intermediate Files The HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family version compiler uses two types of in termediate files For C source files the p code file p1 file is used as the intermediate file For assembler source files the relocatable object file obj file is used You may wish to generate intermediate files for several reasons but the most likely will be if you are using an IDE or make system that allows an incremental build of the project The advantage of a incremental build is that only the source files that have been modified since the last build need to be recompiled before again running the final link step This dependency checking may result in reduced compilation times particularly if there are a large number of source files You may also wish to generate intermediate files to construct your own library files although PICC is capable of constructing libraries in a single step so this is typically not necessary See Section 2 6 44 for more information Intermediate files may also assist with debugging
304. inimum 1039 inconsistent symbol count Cromwell The number of symbols in the symbol table has exceeded the number indicated in the COFF header 1040 bad checksum record 0x checksum 0x Cromwell A record of the type specified failed to match its own checksum value 1041 short record Cromwell While reading a file one of the file s records ended short of its specified length 1042 unknown record type 0x Cromwell The type indicator of this record did not match any valid types for this file format 469 Error and Warning Messages 1043 unknown optional header Cromwell When reading this Microchip COFF file the optional header within the file header was of an incor rect length 1044 end of file encountered Cromwell Linker The end of the file was found while more data was expected Has this input file been truncated 1045 short read on block of bytes Cromwell A while reading a block of byte data from a UBROF record the block ended before the expected length 1046 short string read Cromwell A while reading a string from a UBROF record the string ended before the specified length 1047 bad type byte for UBROF file Cromwell This UBROF file did not begin with the correct record 1048 bad time date stamp Cromwell This UBROF file has a bad time date stamp 1049 wrong CRC on 0x bytes should be Cromwell An end record has a mismatching CRC value in this UBROF file
305. inkage process 5 11 2 Using the Librarian The librarian program is called LIBR and the format of commands to it is as follows LIBR options k file lib file obj Interpreting this LIBR is the name of the program options is zero or more librarian options which affect the output of the program k is a key letter denoting the function requested of the librarian replacing extracting or deleting modules listing modules or symbols file 1ib is the name of the library file to be operated on and file obj is zero or more object file names The librarian options are listed in Table 5 2 The key letters are listed in Table 5 3 When replacing or extracting modules the file obj arguments are the names of the modules to be replaced or extracted If no such arguments are supplied all the modules in the library will be replaced or extracted respectively Adding a file to a library is performed by requesting the librarian to replace it in the library Since it is not present the module will be appended to the library If the r key is used and the library does not exist it will be created 180 Linker and Utilities Librarian Under the d key letter the named object files will be deleted from the library In this instance it 1s an error not to give any object file names The m and s key letters will list the named modules and in the case of the s keyletter the symbols defined or referenced within global symbols only are handled by the libr
306. instructions by the code generator These are typically used by the assembler optimizer The comment string volatile is used to indicate that the memory location being accessed in the commented instruction is associated with a variable that was declared as volatile in the C source code Accesses to this location which appear to be redundant will not be removed by the assembler optimizer if this string is present 131 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 3 ASPIC numbers and bases Radix Format Binary digits O and 1 followed by B Octal digits 0 to 7 followed by O Q o or q Decimal digits 0 to 9 followed by D d or nothing Hexadecimal digits O to 9 A to F preceded by Ox or followed by H or h This comment string may also be used in assembler source to achieve the same effect for loca tions defined and accessed in assembly code 4 3 4 Constants 4 3 4 1 Numeric Constants The assembler performs all arithmetic with signed 32 bit precision The default radix for all nambers is 10 Other radices may be specified by a trailing base specifier as given in Table 4 3 Hexadecimal numbers must have a leading digit e g Offffh to differentiate them from identi fiers Hexadecimal digits are accepted in either upper or lower case Note that a binary constant must have an upper case B following it as a lower case b is used for temporary numeric label backward references In expressions real num
307. ion see special function regis ters regsused pragma directive 120 relative jump 133 RELOC 158 161 reloc PSECT flag 140 relocatable object files 153 relocation 153 relocation information preserving 160 REPT directive 148 reserving memory 59 60 reset code executed after 33 reset_vec psect 103 reset_wrap psect 103 return values 98 round function 287 runtime environment 60 RUNTIME option clear 61 clib 61 init 61 keep 61 no_startup 61 runtime startup variable initialization 31 runtime startup code 30 runtime startup module 28 61 scale value 139 scanf function 288 search path header files 45 segment selector 158 segments see psects 158 167 serial I O 126 serial numbers 62 198 SET directive 141 set directive 130 setjmp function 290 shift operations result of 101 shifting code 52 short long data types 84 sign extension when shifting 101 SIGNAT directive 149 signat directive 125 signature checking 124 signatures 150 sin function 292 single step compilation 25 sinh function 225 size of doubles 53 size of float 54 507 INDEX INDEX size PSECT flag 140 skipping applications 62 source file 22 SPACE assembler control 152 space PSECT flag 140 special characters 131 special function registers 112 in assembly code 134 special type qualifiers 88 sports cars 133 sprintf function 293 sqrt function 294 srand function 295 stack 73 ove
308. ion based on chip type etc The symbols listed in Table 3 7 show the more common symbols defined by the drivers Each symbol if defined is equated to 1 unless otherwise stated 3 11 3 Pragma Directives There are certain compile time directives that can be used to modify the behaviour of the compiler These are implemented through the use of the ANSI standard pragma facility The format of a pragma is pragma keyword options where keyword is one of a set of keywords some of which are followed by certain options A list of the keywords is given in Table 3 9 Those keywords not discussed elsewhere are detailed below 3 11 3 1 The pragma inline Directive The pragma inline directive is used to indicate to the compiler that a function is to be inlined The directive is only able to be used on functions that are hard coded in the code generator of the 115 Preprocessing C Language Features Table 3 6 Preprocessor directives Directive Meaning Example preprocessor null directive do j nothing assert generate error if condition false assert SIZE gt 10 asm signifies the beginning of in line tasm assembly movlw FFh endasm defin define preprocessor macro define SIZE 5 define FLAG define add a b a b lif short for else if see ifdef ls conditionally include sourc
309. ion body expected Parser Where a function declaration is encountered with K amp R style arguments i e argument names but no types inside the parentheses a function body is expected to follow e g x the function block must follow not a semicolon int get_value a b 314 expected Parser A semicolon is missing from a statement A close brace or keyword was found following a statement with no terminating semicolon e g while a b a x oops where is the semicolon x x error is flagged here x Note Omitting a semicolon from statements not preceding a close brace or keyword typically results in some other error being issued for the following code which the parser assumes to be part of the original statement 387 Error and Warning Messages 315 expected Parser An opening brace was expected here This error may be the result of a function definition missing the opening brace e g oops no opening brace after the prototype void process char c return max c 10 2 error flagged here x 316 y expected Parser A closing brace was expected here This error may be the result of a initialized array missing the closing brace e g char carray 4 1 2 3 4 oops no closing brace x 317 expected Parser An opening parenthesis was expected here This must be the first token after a while for if do or asm keyword e g if a should be if
310. ion in this section of the map file can be used to observe several details e To confirm that a module is making a contribution to the output file by ensuring that the module appears in the module list e To determine the exact psects that each module defines e For cases where a user defined routine with the same name as a library routine is present in the programs source file list to confirm that the user defined routine was linked in preference to the library routine 5 10 2 4 Psect Information listed by Class The next section in the map file is the same psect information listed by module but this time grouped into the psects class This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings TOTAL Name Link Load Length Under this are the class names followed by those psects which belong to this class These psects are the same as those listed by module in the above section there is no new information contained in this section 5 10 2 5 Segment Listing The class listing in the map file is followed by a listing of segments A segment is conceptual grouping of contiguous psects and are used by the linker as an aid in psect placement There is no segment assembler directive and segments cannot be controlled in any way This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings SEGMENTS Name Load Length Top Selector Space Class The name of a segment is derived from the psect in the contiguous group
311. ion sets the format of advisory messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 5 for full information 2 6 39 NODEL Do not remove temporary files Specifying NODEL when building will instruct PICCnot to remove the intermediate and tempo rary files that were created during the build process 2 6 40 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler The NOEXEC option causes the compiler to go through all the compilation steps but without actually performing any compilation or producing any output This may be useful when used in conjunction with the V verbose option in order to see all of the command lines the compiler uses to drive the compiler applications 2 6 41 OBJDIR Specify a directory for intermediate files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for PICCto locate its intermediate files If this option is omitted intermediate files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of output files instead use OUTDIR See 2 6 43 and 2 6 10 for more information 2 6 42 OPT lt type gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations The OPT option allows control of all the compiler optimizers By default without this option all optimizations are enabled The options OPT or OPT al1 also enable all optimizations Optimizations may be disabled by using OPT none or individual optimizers may be controlled e g OPT asm will only enable some assembler optimizations
312. ional libraries which are to be scanned by the linker Libraries specified using the L option are scanned before the standard C library allowing additional versions of standard library functions to be accessed The argument to L is a library keyword to which the prefix pic numbers representing the processor range number of ROM pages and the number of RAM banks and the suffix 1ib are added Thus the option LL when compiling for a 16F877 will for example scan the library pic42c 1 1lib and the option Lxx will scan a library called pic42c xx 1lib All libraries must be located in the LIB subdirectory of the compiler installation directory As indicated the argument to the L option is not a complete library filename 45 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver If you wish the linker to scan libraries whose names do not follow the above naming convention or whose locations are not in the LIB subdirectory simply include the libraries names on the com mand line along with your source files Alternatively the linker may be invoked directly allowing the user to manually specify all the libraries to be scanned 2 6 7 L option Adjust Linker Options Directly The L driver option can also be used to specify an option which will be passed directly to the linker If L is followed immediately by text starting with a dash character the text will be passed directly to the linker without being interpreted by PICC
313. ionnanem lt 4 6 4 o Sok bow eed BRS eS RES amp BA 24 1 Output Pile Formats 2 06444 005 555 4ee8e 5 ee ee ee Gee a A A A ea Pe Rho See eee eee EBS 24 3 MPLAB specific information gt e s 65 5685 54 4 Re bee ERE ES 17 19 19 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 5 2 6 Compiler Messages opor Dae eee A 37 2941 Messdeme Overviews sgn backs BGS ba RR eS 37 mow AMessage Languane oia wd bak Oe Re GS be ae ed 38 203 Message TYPE ooo ke Re Pe eR Re Ree A A eS 38 2 Message FAMAT 00 ova eee ER Get es amp EA DEBE ES 39 2 5 5 Changing Message Behaviour o 41 2331 Disabling Messages 2 3 e sap ee a a a 41 233 2 Changing Message Types es ceca cerie ea y oeae 42 PICC Driver Option Descripti0MS sp ss eni csr opera pukai 022 2 ee 42 201 C Compile to Object Fie 20 04 04 4 23 A E a bees 43 202 lmaoro Deine Macio 64 9 sce RR 43 26 3 Efile Redwect Compiler Errors to a Pile c se ce ee rises 44 2 6 4 Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File 44 203 Ipath Include Search Path lt oe i a a Se od 45 2 6 6 Llibrary Scan Libiaty se oc ces c ooa ka heie Pea ee 45 26 7 L option Adjust Linker Options Directly 46 268 Mtile Generate Map Fil s e gocer i e e eaa 04044444846 404 47 20 9 Msizeat ldenti er Length oe caeca ee eee oO a eS 48 2610 Ofi le Specily Output Fue cose e saos soea k OR A 48 2 6 11 P Preprocess Assembly File
314. is tinc long Description lude lt stdlib h gt atol const char x s The atol function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to a long integer Example tinc tinc void main See Also atoi atof lude lt stdlib h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf 80 long i gets buf i atol buf printf Read s converted to ld n buf i Return Value A long integer If no number is found in the string O will be returned 217 Library Functions BSEARCH Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void bsearch const void key void base size_t n_memb size_t size int compar const void const void Description The bsearch function searches a sorted array for an element matching a particular key It uses a binary search algorithm calling the function pointed to by compar to compare elements in the array Example 218 include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt struct value char name 40 int value values 100 int val_cmp const void pl const void p2 return strcmp const struct value x p1 gt name const struct value p2 gt name void main void char inbuf 80 int tis struct value vp Library Functions i 0 while gets inbuf sscanf inbuf s d values i nam
315. is optional It allows a bit mask over the Findcode value and is entered in little endian byte order Start and End limit the address range to search through e Align is optional It specifies that a code sequence can only match if it begins on an address which is a multiple of this value w if present will cause hexmate to issue a warning whenever the code sequence is detected Title is optional It allows a title to be given to this code sequence Defining a title will make log reports and messages more descriptive and more readable A title will not affect the actual search results TUTORIAL Let s look at some examples The option F IND 3412 0 7FFF 2w will detect the code sequence 1234h when aligned on a 2 two byte address boundary between Oh and 7FFFh w indicates that a warning will be issued each time this sequence is found Another example F IND 3412M0F00 0 7FFF 2wt ADDXY is same as last ex ample but the code sequence being matched is masked with 000Fh so hexmate will search for 123xh If a byte mask is used is must be of equal byte width to the opcode 195 Hexmate Linker and Utilities itis applied to Any messaging or reports generated by hexmate will refer to this opcode by the name ADDXY as this was the title defined for this search If hexmate is generating a log file it will contain the results of all searches F IND accepts whole bytes of hex data from 1 to 8 bytes in length Optionally F IND can be used in
316. ite string will store the ASCII data for the string My favourite string including null terminator at address 1000h Another example STRING 1000t34 My favourite string will store the same string with every byte in the string being trailed with the hex code 34h 199 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 15 1 18 STRPACK This option performs the same function as STRING but with two important differences Firstly only the lower seven bits from each character are stored Pairs of 7 bit characters are then concatenated and stored as a 14 bit word rather than in separate bytes This is usually only useful for devices where program space is addressed as 14 bit words The second difference is that STRING s t specifier is not applicable with STRPACK 200 Appendix A Library Functions The functions within the standard compiler library are listed in this chapter Each entry begins with the name of the function This is followed by information decomposed into the following categories Synopsis the C declaration of the function and the header file in which it is declared Description a narrative description of the function and its purpose Example an example of the use of the function It is usually a complete small program that illus trates the function Data types any special data types structures etc defined for use with the function These data types will be defined in the header file named under Synopsis See also an
317. ith details 833 no valid entries in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no valid processor descriptions 834 page width must be gt 60 Assembler The listing page width must be at least 60 characters Any less will not allow a properly formatted listing to be produced e g LIST C 10 the page width will need to be wider than this 835 form length must be gt 15 Assembler The form length specified using the F length option must be at least 15 lines Setting this length to zero is allowed and turns off paging altogether The default value is zero pageless 836 no file arguments Assembler The assembler has been invoked without any file arguments It cannot assemble anything 839 relocation too complex Assembler The complex relocation in this expression is too big to be inserted into the object file 450 Error and Warning Messages 840 phase error Assembler The assembler has calculated a different value for a symbol on two different passes This is probably due to bizarre use of macros or conditional assembly 841 bad source destination for movfp movpf instruction Assembler The absolute address specified with the movfp movpf instruction is too large 842 bad bit number Assembler Optimiser A bit number must be an absolute expression in the range 0 7 843 a macro name can t also be an EQU SET symbol Assembler An EQU or SET symbol has been found with the
318. its parameters and other information affecting the calling sequence for the function This signature is output in the object code of any function referencing or defining the function At link time the linker will report any mismatch of signatures HI TECH C PRO for the PIC 10 12 16 MCU Family is only likely to issue a mismatch error from the linker when the routine is either a pre compiled object file or an assembly routine Other function mismatches are reported by the code generator It is sometimes necessary to write assembly language routines which are called from C using an extern declaration Such assembly language functions should include a signature which is compatible with the C prototype used to call them The simplest method of determining the correct signature for a function is to write a dummy C function with the same prototype and compile it to assembly language using the PICC S option For example suppose you have an assembly language routine called _widget which takes two int arguments and returns a char value The prototype used to call this function from C would be 124 C Language Features Standard I O Functions and Serial I O extern char widget int int Where a call to _widget is made in the C code the signature for a function with two int ar guments and a char return value would be generated In order to match the correct signature the source code for widget needs to contain an assembler SIGNAT pseudo op which define
319. iven The use of in the error message is used to represent a string that the compiler will substitute that is specific to that particular error Note that one problem in your C or assembler source code may trigger more than one error message 1 too many errors all applications The executing compiler application has encountered too many errors and will exit immediately Other uncompiled source files will be processed but the compiler applications that would normally be executed in due course will not be run The number of errors that can be accepted can be con trolled using the ERRORS option See Section 2 6 29 2 error warning generated but no description available all applications The executing compiler application has emitted a message advisory warning error but there is no description available in the message description file MDF to print This may be because the MDF 1s out of date or the message issue has not been tranlated into the selected language 349 Error and Warning Messages 3 malformed error information on line in file all applications The compiler has attempted to load the messages for the selected language but the message descrip tion file MDF was corrupted and could not be read correctly 100 unterminated if n def block from line Preprocessor A if or similar block was not terminated with a matching endif e g Hif INPUT error flagged
320. k ek ee a 62 2 6 52 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Memory AQUIESS a ae BS Nee Soe ee SS ea ae a a eo neat a 62 2 6 53 SETOPTION app file Set The Command line Options for Appli GANON sr oO eh eS eR eb a 62 2 654 STRICT Stict ANSI Conformanes s ss 6 44 6h be See pee BAS 63 2 6 55 SUMMARY type Select Memory Summary Output Type 63 2 6 56 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process 63 2 6 57 VER Display The Compiler s Version Information 64 2 6 58 WARN level Set Warning Level 64 2 6 59 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format 64 MPLAB Universal Toolsuite Equivalents e 64 Bord Directones Tab coi a a ea eS 64 2 Compiler TAD oe coi EA A A a e RR 66 Za Wer Tib sra dea Rd E A 68 eee AGIGDALTAD os sosa eas e de OS 71 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 C Language Features 73 Jl ANSI Standard Issues eco a a a aa a 73 3 1 1 Implementation defined behaviour 73 32 Processorrelated Features nn ce eRe ER Re EHR AAN A 73 Ook MS Kc ee hedie ee ced ahe brine 4 eke oes amp wha Be oS 73 3 22 Configuration PUses gt lt i eces matot ee ed eee bah eS 74 323 IDILQCAHONS r oe pi oe a ee ee gS me A ge SE 74 S24 Bit Instructions s ese ee oe Se a ee ee ee a E 75 Said PERRONDACOSS cs A re aa aa A BD he 75 3231 Th __BEEPROM_DATA macro o 2 524445 22 54 4444 75 32 5 2 EEPROM Access FUNCUONS
321. known value The usage of this option is FILL Code Start End data where Code is the opcode that will be programmed to unused locations in memory Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian order Start and End specify the address range that this fill will apply to For example 194 FILL 3412 0 1FFF data Linker and Utilities Hexmate will program opcode 1234h in all unused addresses from program memory address 0 to 1FFFh Note the endianism FILL accepts whole bytes of hexadecimal data from 1 to 8 bytes in length Adding the data flag to this option is not required If the data flag has been specified hexmate will only perform ROM filling to records that actually contain data This means that these records will be padded out to the default data record length or the width specified in the FORMAT option Records will also begin on addresses which are multiples of the data record length used The default data record length is 16 bytes This facility is particularly useful or is a requirement for some bootloaders that expect that all data records will be of a particular length and address alignment 5 15 1 7 FIND This option is used to detect and log occurrences of an opcode or partial code sequence The usage of this option is FIND Findcode mMask Start End Align w t Title where e Findcode is the hexadecimal code sequence to search for and is entered in little endian byte order e Mask
322. l itoa utoa ultoa Return Value but This routine returns a reference to the buffer into which the result is written 241 Library Functions GETCH GETCHE Synopsis include lt conio h gt char getch void char getche void Description The getch function reads a single character from the console keyboard and returns it without echo ing The getche function is similar but does echo the character typed In an embedded system the source of characters is defined by the particular routines supplied By default the library contains a version of getch that will interface to the Lucifer Debugger The user should supply an appropriate routine if another source is desired e g a serial port The module getch c in the SOURCES directory contains model versions of all the console I O routines Other modules may also be supplied e g ser 80 c has routines for the serial port in a Z180 Example include lt conio h gt void main void char c while c getche n continue See Also cgets cputs ungetch 242 Library Functions GETCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int getchar void Description The getchar routine is a getc stdin operation It is a macro defined in stdio h Note that under normal circumstances getchar will NOT return unless a carriage return has been typed on the console To get a single character immediately from the console u
323. l which has digits 0 7 x 224 illegal directive Parser An illegal preprocessor has been detected Likely a directive has been misspelt in your code somewhere 225 missing character in character constant Parser The character inside the single quotes is missing e g char c the character value of what x 226 char const too long Parser A character constant enclosed in single quotes may not contain more than one character e g c 12 x oops only one character may be specified x 227 expected after Parser The only context in which two successive dots may appear is as part of the ellipsis symbol which must have 3 dots An ellipsis is used in function prototypes to indicate a variable number of param eters Either was meant to be an ellipsis symbol which would require you to add an extra dot or it was meant to be a structure member operator which would require you remove one dot 371 Error and Warning Messages 228 illegal character Parser This character is illegal in the C code Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g c a x oops did you mean c a x 229 unknown qualifier given to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 230 missing argument to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI
324. lation directory Driver The compiler cannot determine the directory where it has been installed 1230 dereferencing uninitialized pointer Code Generator A pointer that has not yet been assigned a value has been dereferenced This can result in erroneous behaviour at runtime 1235 unknown keyword Driver The token contained in the USB descriptor file was not recognised 477 Error and Warning Messages 1236 invalid argument to Driver An option that can take additional parameters was given an invalid parameter value Check the usage of the option or the syntax or range of the expected parameter 1237 endpoint 0 is pre defined Driver An attempt has been made to define endpoint 0 in a USB file This channel c 1238 FNALIGN failure on Linker Two functions have their auto parameter blocks aligned using the FNALIGN directive but one func tion calls the other which implies that must not be aligned This will occur if a function pointer is assigned the address of each function but one function calls the other For example int one int a return a int two int a return two a 2 x x int ip int ip one ip 23 ip two x ip references one and two two calls one x ip 67 1239 pointer has no valid targets Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the pointer was never assigned a target address e g void xfp int
325. le ZEROREG values Only one ZEROREG value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 820 duplicate SPAREBIT for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple SPAREBIT values Only one SPAREBIT value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 448 Error and Warning Messages 821 duplicate INTSAVE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple INTSAVE values Only one INTSAVE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 822 duplicate ROMSIZE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ROMSIZE values Only one ROMSIZE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 823 duplicate START for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple START values Only one START value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 824 duplicate LIB for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple LIB values Only one LIB value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file co
326. les will be re compiled regardless of whether they have been changes since that last time a compilation was performed Unless otherwise specified a default output file and debug file are produced All intermedi ate files p1 and ob3 remain after compilation has completed but all other transitional files are deleted unless you use the NODEL option which preserves all generated files Note some generated files may be in a temporary directory not associated with your project and use a pseudo 25 The Compilation Sequence PICC Command line Driver randomly generated filename TUTORIAL SINGLE STEP COMPILATION The files main c io c mdef as sprt obj a_sb lib and c_sb 1pp are to be compiled To perform this in a single step the following command line can be used as a starting point for the project development PICC chip 16F877A main c io c mdef as sprt obj a_sb lib c_sb lpp This will run the C pre processor then the parser with main c as input and then again for io c producing two p code files These two files in addition to the library file c_sb lpp are passed to the code generator producing a single temporary assembler file output The assembler is then executed and is passed the output of the code genera tor It is run again with mde f as producing two relocatable object files The linker is then executed passing in the assembler output files in addition to sprt obj and the library file a_sb 1ib The output is a s
327. lled or may have been called during program execution The program s hierarchy of function calls The size of the auto and parameter areas within each function s APB The offset of each function s APB within the program s auto parameter psect Which functions APBs are consuming memory not overlapped by the APB of any other function on the critical path Which functions are called indirectly Which functions are called as part of a parameter expression for another function and 169 Map Files Linker and Utilities e The estimated call tree depth These features are discussed below The call graph produced by PRO versions compilers is very similar to that produced by Standard version compilers however there are differences A typical PRO compiler call graph may look something like Call graph _main size 0 4 offset 0 _byteconv size 0 17 offset 4 float size 3 7 offset 21 ldiv size 8 6 offset 21 _crv ARG size 0 offset 21 _crv size 1 offset 21 ldiv size 8 6 offset 21 _convert size 4 0 offset 33 _srv size 2 10 offset 21 _convert size 4 0 offset 33 _srv size 2 10 offset 21 _convert size 4 0 offset 33 _init size 0 4 offset 4 indir fune size 0 0 offset 4 Estimated maximum call depth 3 xintlevell size 0 0 offset 37 isr size 0 2 offset 37 illdiv size 8 6 offset 44 Estimated maximum call depth 2 Each line basically consists of the name of the function in question and its APB size and offset The g
328. lt lt sera ospea 44 528 ws 76 23034 EEPROM Access Macros 2200 4 006 be dee g we LBS oS 76 3 26 Flash Rumtime Access cep ea ac pora eee ea Ok eee eS 77 S201 Flash ACCESS Macros pc po kop eo eee BE RS DGS 77 32 6 2 Flash Access Functions lt o ee bee ee a tuwe ee ee 78 3 2 Baseline PIC special instructions gt ss ee pa rarte eR esa 78 HL The QPTION mstmenet sp 42 24 56 44444 284 4 4444 78 S202 The TRUS mstrictons 4 0 44 5 6550865 AA es 79 Sete Colibranon Space 22 6 ados owe Ee tee amp eh Be ws 79 3 2 7 4 Oscillator calibration constants o 79 3 3 Supported Data Types and Variables o 80 3 3 1 Radix Specifiers and Constants lt lt onooo oo 81 3 3 2 Bit Data Types and Variables s s sose oce pama eR es 82 3 3 3 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables 83 33 4 16 Bit Integer Data Types lt oi gs ees YR RO SER EEA ee eS 83 335 24 Bit Integer Data Types 20 44 260 Bo Ee tS ee AS ES SH 84 3 3 6 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables 84 3 3 7 Floating Point Types and Variables 84 3 3 3 Stmetures and Unions e sa Se eae eee ee a e a 86 138 1 Biteheldsim SUITES cion ec ra RS Ba 86 3 3 8 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers 0 4 87 33 9 Standard Type Qualifies s soceri por YR ee PE ee eS 87 3 3 9 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers 87 3 3 10 S
329. lue otherwise 250 Library Func tions ITOA Synopsis tinclude lt stdlib h gt char Description x itoa char x buf int val int base The function itoa converts the contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficent space allocated to it Example incl incl void main lude lt stdlib h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf 10 itoa buf 1234 16 printf The buffer holds s n See Also strtol utoa ltoa ultoa Return Value buf This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 251 Library Functions LABS Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int labs long int j Description The labs function returns the absolute value of long value j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void long int a 5 printf The absolute value of ld is ld n a labs a See Also abs Return Value The absolute value of j 252 Library Functions LDEXP Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double ldexp double f int i Description The Idexp function performs the inverse of frexp operation the integer i is added to the exponent of the floating point f and the resultant returned Example include lt math h gt
330. ly of functions do not use this option The source for this function is customised by the compiler but only after the code generator has scanned the project for printf usage Thus as the PRE option stops compilation after the preprocessor stage the code generator will not execute and no printf code will be processed If this option is omitted the preprocessed source for print f will be retained in the file doprnt pre If you wish to see the preprocessed source for the printf family of functions do not use this option The source for this function is customised by the compiler but only after the code generator has scanned the project for printf usage Thus as the PRE option stops compilation after the preprocessor stage the code generator will not execute and no printf code will be processed If this option is omitted the preprocessed source for print f will be retained in the file doprnt pre 2 6 47 PROTO Generate Prototypes The PROTO option is used to generate pro files containing both ANSI and K amp R style function declarations for all functions within the specified source files Each pro file produced will have the same base name as the corresponding source file Prototype files contain both ANSI C style prototypes and old style C function declarations within conditional compilation blocks The extern declarations from each pro file should be edited into a global header file which is included in all the source files com
331. m must have a function called main 1094 bad derived type Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1095 bad call to typeSub Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1096 type should be unqualified Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1097 unknown type string Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 472 Error and Warning Messages 1098 conflicting declarations for variable Parser Code Generator Differing type information has been detected in the declarations for a variable or between a declaratin and the definition of a variable e g extern long int test int test x oops which is right int or long int x 1104 unqualified error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1118 bad string in getexpr J Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1119 bad string in getexpr LRN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1121 expression error Code Generator This is an internal compiler
332. m object library files In the case of those from library files the name of the library file is printed before the object file list This section shows all the psects under the Name column that were linked into the program from each object file and information regarding that psect This only deals with object files linked by the linker P code modules derived from p code library files are handled by the code generator and do not appear in the map file The Link address indicates the address at which this psect will be located when the program is running The Load address is also shown for those psects that may reside in the HEX file at a different location and which are mapped before program execution The Length of the psect is shown in units suitable for that psect The Selector is less commonly used but the Space field is important as it indicates the memory space in which the psect was placed For Harvard architecture machines with separate memory spaces this field must be used in conjunction with the address to specify an exact storage location The Scale of a psect indicates the number of address units per byte this is left blank if the scale is 1 and typically this will show 8 for psects that hold bit objects The Load address of psects that hold bits is used to display the link address converted into units of bytes rather than the load address TUT RIAL INTERPRETING THE PSECT LIST The following appears in a map file Name
333. maps to the C identifier add since the compiler prepends an underscore to all C identifiers when it creates assembly labels If the name add was chosen for the assembler routine the it could never be called from C code The name of the assembly routine is the label that we will associate with the assembly code _add We need to be able to call this from other modules some make this label globally accessible GLOBAL _add 109 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Features By compiling a dummy C function with a similar prototype to how we will be calling this as sembly routine we can determine the signature value We add a assembler directive to make this signature value known SIGNAT _add 8298 When writing the function you can find that the parameters will be loaded into the function s parameter area by the calling function and the result should be placed in btemp To call an assembly routine from C code a declaration for the routine must be provided This ensures that the compiler knows how to encode the function call in terms of parameters and return values however no other code is necessary If a signature value is present in the assembly code routine its value will be checked by the linker when the calling and called routines signatures can be compared To continue the previous example here is a code snippet that declares the operation of the as sembler routine then calls the routine extern unsigned int add un
334. mber of words specified in the error message Psects containing code can be reduced by using all the compiler s optimizations or restructuring the program If a code psect must be split into two or more small psects this requires splitting a function into two or more smaller functions which may call each other These functions may need to be placed in new modules Psects containing data may be reduced when invoking the compiler optimizations but the effect is less dramatic The program may need to be rewritten so that it needs less variables Section 5 10 2 2 has information on interpreting the map file s call graph if the compiler you are using uses a compiled stack If the string Call graph is not present in the map file then the compiled code uses a hardware stack If a data psect needs to be split into smaller psects the definitions for variables will need to be moved to new modules or more evenly spread in the existing modules Memory allocation for auto variables is entirely handled by the compiler Other than reducing the number of these variables used the programmer has little control over their operation This applies whether the compiled code uses a hardware or compiled stack For example after receiving the message Can t find 0x34 words 0x34 withtotal for psect text in segment CODE error look in the map file for the ranges of unused memory UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES CODE 00000244 0000025F 00001000 0000
335. meant x If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int dd 357 illegal conversion of integer to pointer Parser An integer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a pointer type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the amp address operator e g int ip int s TO oops did you mean ip amp i x If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast ip int 1 396 Error and Warning Messages 358 illegal conversion of pointer to integer Parser A pointer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a integral type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the dereference operator e g int ip int i i ip x oops did you mean i xip x If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int ip 359 illegal conversion between pointer types Parser A pointer of one type i e pointing to a particular kind of object has been co
336. mpile to object files only Dmacro Define preprocessor macro E file Redirect and optionally append errors to a file Gfile Generate source level debugging information Ipath Specify a directory pathname for include files Llibrary Specify a library to be scanned by the linker L option Specify option to be passed directly to the linker Mfile Request generation of a MAP file Nsize Specify identifier length Ofile Output file name P Preprocess assembler files Q Specify quiet mode S Compile to assembler source files only Usymbol Undefine a predefined preprocessor symbol V Verbose display compiler pass command lines X Eliminate local symbols from symbol table ASMLIST Generate assembler LST file for each compilation BANKQUAL Select compiler response to bank qualifiers in source CALLGRAPH lt argument gt Style of call graph listing in map file CHECKSUM start end dest Calculate a checksum over an address range CHIP processor Selects which processor to compile for CHIPINFO Displays a list of supported processors CODEOFFSET address Offset program code to address CR file Generate cross reference listing DEBUGGER t ype Select the debugger that will be used DOUBLE t ype Selects size kind of double types ECHO Echo command line ERRFORMAT lt format gt Format error message strings to the given s
337. mplemented When implemented this function should return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 If the argument t is not equal to NULL the same value is stored into the object pointed to by t Example tinc tinc void main See Also lude lt stdio h gt lude lt time h gt void time_t clock time amp clock printf Ss ctime amp clock ctime gmtime localtime asctime Return Value This routine when implemented will return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 337 Library Functions Note The time routine is not supplied if required the user will have to implement this routine to the specifications outlined above 338 Library Functions TOLOWER TOUPPER TOASCI Synopsis include lt ctype h gt char char char Description toupper int c tolower int c toascii int c The toupper function converts its lower case alphabetic argument to upper case the tolower routine performs the reverse conversion and the toascii macro returns a result that is guaranteed in the range 0 0177 The functions toupper and tolower return their arguments if it is not an alphabetic character Example tinc tinc tinc void main See Also lude lt stdio h gt lude lt ctype h gt lude lt string h gt void char arrayl aBcDE int a for i 0 i lt strlen arrayl i printf S
338. ms On subsequent builds the default language used will be that specified Table shows the MDF applicable for the currently supported languages 2 5 3 Message Type There are four types of message whose default behaviour is described below Advisory Messages convey information regarding a situation the compiler has encountered or some action the compiler is about to take The information is being displayed for your interest and typically require no action to be taken Unless prevented by some driver option or another error message the project will be linked and the requested output file s will be generated Warning Messages indicate source code or some other situation that is valid but which may lead to runtime failure of the code The code or situation that triggered the warning should be investigated however compilation of the current module will continue as will compilation of any remaining modules Unless prevented by some driver option or another error message the project will be linked and the requested output file s will be generated Error Messages indicate source code that is illegal and that compilation of this code either cannot or will not take place Compilation will be attempted for the remaining source code in the current module but no additional modules will be compiled and the compilation process will then conclude The requested output files will not be produced 38 PICC Command line Driver Compiler Me
339. n See Also lude lt stdio h gt lude lt time h gt void time_t clock Struct tm tp time amp clock tp localtime amp clock printf Ss asctime tp ctime gmtime localtime time 209 Library Functions Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as it cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more details 210 Library Functions ASIN Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double asin double f Description The asin function implements the converse of sin i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose sine is equal to that value Example tinclude lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void float i say for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a asin i 180 0 3 141592 printf asin f f degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan acos atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 7 211 Library Functions ASSERT Synopsis include lt assert h gt void assert int e Description This macro is used for debugging purposes the basic method of usage is to place assertions liberally throughout your code at points where correct operation of the code depends upon certain conditions being true initially An assert routine may be used to ensure at run time th
340. n An auto variable may be qualified with static but it is then no longer auto 349 non prototyped function declaration for Parser A function has been declared using old style K amp R arguments It is preferable to use prototype declarations for all functions e g int process input int input warning flagged here This would be better written 394 Error and Warning Messages int process int input 350 unused from line Parser The indicated object was never used in the function or module being compiled Either this object is redundant or the code that was meant to use it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the object Note that the symbols rcsid and sccsid are never reported as being unused 352 float parameter coerced to double Parser Where a non prototyped function has a parameter declared as float the compiler converts this into adouble float This is because the default C type conversion conventions provide that when a floating point number is passed to a non prototyped function it will be converted to double It is important that the function declaration be consistent with this convention e g double inc_f1t f x f will be converted to double x float f warning flagged here x return f 2 353 sizeof external array is zero Parser The size of an external array evaluates to zero This is probably due to the array not having
341. n a prototype by the ellipsis symbol where type and number of arguments supplied to the function are not known at compile time The rightmost parameter to the function shown as parmN plays an important role in these macros as it is the starting point for access to further parameters In a function taking variable num bers of arguments a variable of type va_list should be declared then the macro va_start invoked with that variable and the name of parmN This will initialize the variable to allow subsequent calls of the macro va_arg to access successive parameters Each call to va_arg requires two arguments the variable previously defined and a type name which is the type that the next parameter is expected to be Note that any arguments thus accessed will have been widened by the default conventions to int unsigned int or double For example if a character argument has been passed it should be accessed by va_arg ap int since the char will have been widened to int An example is given below of a function taking one integer parameter followed by a number of other parameters In this example the function expects the subsequent parameters to be pointers to char but note that the compiler is not aware of this and it is the programmers responsibility to ensure that correct arguments are supplied Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt void PE int ap ss 345 Library Functions va_list ap
342. n however it is better practice not to do so since this leads to more consistent use of variables and allows for restartable and ROMable programs For more information on the particular psects used in a specific compiler refer to the appropriate machine specific chapter 5 4 Local Psects Most psects are global i e they are referred to by the same name in all modules and any reference in any module to a global psect will refer to the same psect as any other reference Some psects are local which means that they are local to only one module and will be considered as separate from any other psect even of the same name in another module Local psects can only be referred to at link time by a class name which is a name associated with one or more psects via the PSECT directive class in assembler code See Section 4 3 8 3 for more information on PSECT options 5 5 Global Symbols The linker handles only symbols which have been declared as GLOBAL to the assembler The code generator generates these assembler directives whenever it encounters global C objects At the C source level this means all names which have storage class external and which are not declared 154 Linker and Utilities Link and load addresses as static These symbols may be referred to by modules other than the one in which they are defined It is the linker s job to match up the definition of a global symbol with the references to it Other symbols local sym
343. n on what column or part of the line in which any part of the statement should appear 130 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 2 ASPICstatement formats Format 1 label Format 2 label mnemonic operands comment Format 3 name pseudo op operands comment Format 4 comment only Format 5 lt empty line gt 4 3 2 Characters The character set used is standard 7 bit ASCII Alphabetic case is significant for identifiers but not mnemonics and reserved words Tabs are treated as equivalent to spaces 4 3 2 1 Delimiters All numbers and identifiers must be delimited by white space non alphanumeric characters or the end of a line 4 3 2 2 Special Characters There are a few characters that are special in certain contexts Within a macro body the character amp is used for token concatenation To use the bitwise amp operator within a macro body escape it by using amp amp instead In a macro argument list the angle brackets lt and gt are used to quote macro arguments 4 3 3 Comments An assembly comment is initiated with a semicolon that is not part of a string or character constant If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 6 11 then it may also contain C or C style comments using the standard x and syntax 4 3 3 1 Special Comment Strings Several comment strings are appended to assembler
344. n though the source code may not be physically adjacent in the source file or even where spread over several source files The concept of a program section is not a HI TECH only feature Often referred to as blocks or segments in other compilers these grouping of code and data have long used the names text bss and data A psect is identified by a name and has several attributes The PSECT assembler directive is used to define a psect It takes as arguments a name and an optional comma separated list of flags See Section 4 3 8 3 for full information on psect definitions Chapter 5 has more information on the operation of the linker and on options that can be used to control psect placement in memory The assembler associates no significance to the name of a psect and the linker is also not aware of which are compiler generated or user defined psects Unless defined as abs absolute psects are relocatable The following is an example showing some executable instructions being placed in the text psect and some data being placed in the rbss psect PSECT text0 class CODE delta 2 adjust goto clear_fred increment incf _fred PSECT rbss_0 class BANKO space 1 fred 135 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 4 ASPIC operators Operator Purpose Example Multiplication movlw 4x33 W Addition bra 1 Subtraction DB
345. nal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 426 Error and Warning Messages 623 bad class in type hashing Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 624 bad class in type compare Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 625 too many files in COFF file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 626 string lookup failed in COFF get_string Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 627 missing in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 629 bad storage class in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 630 invalid syntax for prefix list in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 631 syntax error at token in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 632 can t handle address size Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software techni
346. named psect 4 3 8 Assembler Directives Assembler directives or pseudo ops are used in a similar way to instruction mnemonics but either do not generate code or generate non executable code i e data bytes The directives are listed in Table 4 5 and are detailed below 4 3 8 1 GLOBAL GLOBAL declares a list of symbols which if defined within the current module are made public If the symbols are not defined in the current module it is a reference to symbols in external modules Example GLOBAL lab1 lab2 lab3 4 3 8 2 END END is optional but if present should be at the very end of the program It will terminate the assembly and not even blank lines should follow this directive If an expression is supplied as an argument that expression will be used to define the start address of the program Whether this is of any use will depend on the linker Example END start_label 137 HI TECH C Assembly Language 138 Table 4 5 ASPIC assembler directives Directive Purpose GLOBAL Make symbols accessible to other modules or allow reference to other modules symbols END End assembly PSECT Declare or resume program section ORG Set location counter EQU Define symbol value SET Define or re define symbol value DB Define constant byte s DW Define con
347. nclude lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har x sl s2 Q trcpy buffer Start of line 1 buffer 2 2s end ot line trncat sl s2 5 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer S S S S 312 Library Functions See Also strcpy stremp streat strlen Return Value The value of sl is returned 313 Library Functions STRNCMP STRNICMP Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt int strncmp const char x sl const char x s2 size_t n int strnicmp const char x sl const char x s2 size_t n Description The strnemp function compares its two null terminated string arguments up to a maximum of n characters and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The strnicmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example tinclude lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void strncmp abcxyz abcxyz 6 F i 0 printf Both strings are equal n else if i gt 0 printf String 2 less than string 1 n printf String 2 is greater than string 1 n See Also strlen stremp strepy streat 314 Library Functions Return Value A signed i
348. nerate a warning from the compiler For example char cp one one in ROM produces warning const char ccp two two in ROM correct Defining and initializing a non const array i e not a pointer definition with a string for example char ca two two different to the above produces an array in data space which is initialised at startup with the string two copied from program space whereas a constant string used in other contexts represents an unnamed const qualified array accessed directly in program space 81 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features HI TECH C will use the same storage location and label for strings that have identical character sequences except where the strings are used to initialise an array residing in the data space as shown in the last statement in the previous example Two adjacent string constants 1 e two strings separated only by white space are concatenated by the compiler Thus const char cp hello world assigned the pointer with the string hello world 3 3 2 Bit Data Types and Variables HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Familysupports bit integral types which can hold the values 0 or 1 Single bit variables may be declared using the keyword bit bit objects declared within a function for example static bit init_flag will be allocated in the bit addressable psect rbit and will be visible only in that function When t
349. nformation for use with source level debuggers 44 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Note that all source files for which source level debugging is required should be compiled with the G option The option is also required at the link stage if this is performed separately For example PICC CHIP 16F877A G PASS1 test c modulesl c PICC CHIP 16F877A Gtest sym test pl modulel pl The IDE option see Section 2 6 34 will typically enable the G option 2 6 5 Ipath Include Search Path Use I to specify an additional directory to use when searching for header files which have been included using the include directive The I option can be used more than once if multiple directories are to be searched The default include directory containing all standard header files are always searched even if no I option is present The default search path is searched after any user specified directories have been searched For example PICC CHIP 16F877A C Ic include Id myapp include test c will search the directories c include and d myapp include for any header files included into the source code then search the default include directory the include directory where the com piler was installed This option has no effect for files that are included into assembly source using the INCLUDE directive See Section 4 3 9 3 2 6 6 Llibrary Scan Library The L option is used to specify addit
350. ng defined and register list is a space separated list of registers names Those registers not listed are assumed to be unused by the function or routine The code generator may use any unspecified registers to hold values across a function call Hence if the routine does in fact use these registers unreliable program execution may eventuate The register names are not case sensitive and a warning will be produced if the register name is not recognised A blank list indicates that the specified function or routine uses no registers 3 11 3 7 The pragma switch Directive Normally the compiler decides the code generation method for switch statements which results in the smallest possible code size The pragma switch directive can be used to force the compiler to use one particular method The general form of the switch pragma is 120 C Language Features Preprocessing Table 3 11 switch types switch type description auto use smallest code size method default direct table lookup fixed delay pragma switch switch_type where switch_type is one of the available switch methods listed in Table Specifying the direct option to the pragma switch directive forces the compiler to gen erate the table look up style switch method This is mostly useful where timing is an issue for switch statements i e state machines This pragma affects all code generated onward The auto option may be used to revert to the default
351. ng of registers during an interrupt service routine 695 duplicate case label Code Generator There are two case labels with the same value in this switch statement e g switch in case 0 x if this is case 0 x bt break case 0 x then what is this case x 431 Error and Warning Messages b break 696 out of range case label Code Generator This case label is not a value that the controlling expression can yield and thus this label will never be selected 697 non constant case label Code Generator A case label in this switch statement has a value which is not a constant 698 bit variables must be global or static Code Generator A bit variable cannot be of type auto If you require a bit variable with scope local to a block of code or function qualify it static e g bit proc int a bit bb oops this should be static bit bb bb a gt 66 return bb 699 no case labels in switch Code Generator There are no case labels in this switch statement e g switch input there is nothing to match the value of input x 700 truncation of enumerated value Code Generator An enumerated value larger than the maximum value supported by this compiler was detected and has been truncated e g enum ZERO ONE BIG 0x99999999 test_case 701 unreasonable matching depth Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact H
352. ng paragraphs Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect 8 Use 8086 style segment offset address form Aclass low high Specify address ranges for a class Cx Call graph options continued Tn earlier versions of HI TECH C the linker was called LINK EXE 155 Operation Linker and Utilities Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect Cpsect class Specify a class name for a global psect Cbaseaddr Produce binary output file based at baseaddr Dclass delta Specify a class delta value Dsymfile Produce old style symbol file Eerrfile Write error messages to errfile F Produce obj file with only symbol records Gspec Specify calculation for segment selectors Hsymfile Generate symbol file H symfile Generate enhanced symbol file I Ignore undefined symbols Jnum Set maximum number of errors before aborting K Prevent overlaying function parameter and auto areas L Preserve relocation items in obj file LM Preserve segment relocation items in obj file Sort symbol table in map file by address order Ne Sort symbol table in map file by class address order Ns Sort symbol table in map file by space address order Mmapfile Generate a link map in the named file Oout file Specify name of output file P spec Specify psect addresses and ordering Qprocessor Spe
353. ngs reset_vec The reset vector reset_wrap For baseline PICs this psect contains code which appears after the reset vector has wrapped around to address 0x0 strings The strings psect is used for const objects It also includes all unnamed string con stants such as string constants passed as arguments to routines like printf and puts This psect is linked into ROM since it does not need to be modifiable stringtable The stringtable psect contains the string table which is used to access objects in the strings psect This psect will only be generated if there is a strings or baseline jmp_tab psect 103 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features text Is a global psect used for executable code for some library functions textn These psects where n is a number contain all executable code for the Midrange processors They also contains any executable code after the first goto instruction which can never be skipped for the Baseline processors The compiler generated psects which are placed in the data space are intsave Holds the W register saved by the interrupt service routine If necessary the W register will also be saved in the intsave_n psects intsave_n May also hold the W register saved by the interrupt service routine See the description of the intsave psect nvbit_n These psects are used to store persistent bit variables They are not cleared or otherwise modified at startup nvram_n These psects are used t
354. nker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of this option is present on the command line See Section 5 7 9 for information on the correct syntax for this option 389 illegal or too many O options Linker This linker o flag is illegal or another o option has been encountered A o option to the linker must be immediately followed by a filename with no intervening space 390 missing argument to P Linker There have been too many p options passed to the linker or a p option was not followed by any arguments The arguments of separate p options may be combined and separated by commas 391 missing argument to Q Linker The Q linker option requires the machine type for an argument 392 missing argument to U Linker The U undefine option needs an argument 393 missing argument to W Linker The W option listing width needs a numeric argument 394 duplicate D or H option Linker The symbol file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of either of these options is present on the command line 395 missing argument to J Linker The maximum number of errors before aborting must be specified following the j linker option 403 Error and Warning Messages
355. nknown chip arch for COFF write Cromwell The chip architecture specified for producing a COFF file isn t recognised by Cromwell Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 14 1 and that the architecture specified matches one of those in Table 5 8 424 Error and Warning Messages 602 null file format name Cromwell The I or O option to Cromwell must specify a file format 603 ambiguous file format name Cromwell The input or output format specified to Cromwell is ambiguous These formats are specified with the ikey and okey options respectively 604 unknown file format name Cromwell The output format specified to CROMWELL is unknown e g cromwell m P16F877 main hex main sym ocot and output file type of cot did you mean cof 605 did not recognize format of input file Cromwell The input file to Cromwell is required to be COD Intel HEX Motorola HEX COFF OMF51 P amp E or HI TECH 606 inconsistent symbol tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 607 inconsistent line number tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 608 bad path specification Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 609 missing processor spec after P Cromwell The p option
356. nopsis include lt htc h gt void flash_erase unsigned short addr unsigned int flash_read unsigned short addr Description These functions allow access to the flash memory of the microcontroller if supported Reading from the flash memory can be done one word at a time with use of the flash_read function flash_read returns the data value found at the specified word address in flash memory Entire sectors of 32 words can be restored to an unprogrammed state value FF with use of the flash_erase function Specifying an address to the flash_erase function will erase all 32 words in the sector that contains the given address Example tinclude lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int data unsigned short address 0x1000 data flash_read address flash_erase address Return Value flash_read returns the data found at the given address as an unsigned int 236 Library Functions Note The functions flash_erase and flash_read are only available on those devices that support such functionality 237 Library Functions FMOD Synopsis include lt math h gt double fmod double x double y Description The function fmod returns the remainder of x y as a floating point quantity Example include lt math h gt void main void double rem x x 12 34 rem fmod x 2 1 Return Value The floating point remainder of x y 238 Library Functions
357. ntact HI TECH Support with details 825 too many RAMBANK lines in chipinfo file for Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with too many RAMBANK fields Reduce the number of values 826 inverted ram bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second hex number specified in the RAM field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first 827 too many COMMON lines in chipinfo file for Assembler There are too many lines specifying common access bank memory in the chip configuration file 828 inverted common bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second hex number specified in the COMMON field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first Contact HI TECH Support if you have not modified the chipinfo INI file 449 Error and Warning Messages 829 unrecognized line in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with an unrecognised line Contact HI TECH Support if the INI has not been edited 830 missing ARCH specification for in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 832 empty chip info file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no data If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support w
358. nteger less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive 1 e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 315 Library Functions STRNCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char x strncpy char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 At most n characters are copied If string s2 is longer than n then the destination string will not be null terminated The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har sl s2 Q trncpy buffer Start of line 6 1 buffer 2S regt Ena Of Jane trcat sl s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer S S S S See Also strcpy strcat strlen stremp 316 Library Functions Return Value The destination buffer pointer sl is returned 317 Library Functions STRNCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x char x strncpy char sl const char x s2 size_t n For high end processors far char strncpy far char sl const char s2 size_t n D
359. ntrol in Section 4 3 9 6 4 3 9 3 INCLUDE This control causes the file specified by pathname to be textually included at that point in the assembly file The INCLUDE control must be the last control keyword on the line for example OPT INCLUDE options h The driver does not pass any search paths to the assembler so if the include file is not located in the working directory the pathname must specify the exact location See also the driver option P in Section 2 6 11 which forces the C preprocessor to preprocess assembly file thus allowing use of preprocessor directives such as include see Section 3 11 1 4 3 9 4 LIST If the listing was previously turned off using the NOLIST control the LIST control on its own will turn the listing on Alternatively the LIST control may includes options to control the assembly and the listing The options are listed in Table 4 8 See also the NOLIST control in Section 4 3 9 7 4 3 9 5 NOCOND Using this control will prevent conditional code from being included in the listing output See also the COND control in Section 4 3 9 1 151 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 9 6 NOEXPAND NOEXPAND disables macro expansion in the listing file The macro call will be listed instead See also the EXPAND control in Section 4 3 9 2 Assembly macro are discussed in Section 4 3 8 20 4 3 9 7 NOLIST This control turns the listing output off from this p
360. nvalid object file or an internal error in the linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 424 record too long Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 425 incomplete record Objtohex Libr The object file passed to OBJTOHEX or the librarian is corrupted Contact HI TECH Support with details 427 syntax error in checksum list Objtohex There is a syntax error in a checksum list read by OBJTOHEX The checksum list is read from standard input in response to an option 406 Error and Warning Messages 428 too many segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 429 bad segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 430 bad checksum specification Objtohex A checksum list supplied to OBJTOHEX is syntactically incorrect 431 bad argument to E Objtoexe This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking ob jtoexe directly then check this argument Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 432 usage objtohex ssymfile object file exe file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool ob jt ohex If you are invoking ob jt ohex
361. nverted into a pointer of a different type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed e g long input char cp cp amp input is this correct This is common way of accessing bytes within a multi byte variable To indicate that this is the intended operation of the program use a cast cp char amp input that s better x This warning may also occur when converting between pointers to objects which have the same type but which have different qualifiers e g char cp yes but what sort of characters cp I am a string of characters If the default type for string literals is const char x then this warning is quite valid This should be written const char cp cp I am a string of characters that s better x Omitting a qualifier from a pointer type is often disastrous but almost certainly not what you intend 397 Error and Warning Messages 360 array index out of bounds Parser An array is being indexed with a constant value that is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the array This warning will not be issued when accessing an array element via a pointer variable e g int i ip input 10 i input 2 x oops this element doesn t exist ip amp inpu
362. o addresses should be the same For a checksum stored low byte first where should be less than where2 and vice versa The toffset is optional but if supplied the value offset will be used to initialise the checksum Otherwise it is initialised to zero For example 0005 1FFF 3 4 1FFF This will sum the bytes in 5 through 1FFFH inclusive then add 1FFFH to the sum The 16 bit checksum will be placed in locations 3 and 4 low byte in 3 The checksum is initialised with 1FFFH to provide protection against an all zero ROM or a ROM misplaced in memory A run time check of this checksum would add the last address of the ROM being checksummed into the checksum For the ROM in question this should be 1FFFH The initialization value may however be used in any desired fashion 5 13 Cref The cross reference list utility CREF is used to format raw cross reference information produced by the compiler or the assembler into a sorted listing A raw cross reference file is produced with the CR option to the compiler The assembler will generate a raw cross reference file with a C option most assemblers or by using an OPT CRE directive 6800 series assemblers or a XREF control line PIC assembler The general form of the CREF command is cref options files where opt ions is zero or more options as described below and files is one or more raw cross reference files CREF takes the options listed in Table 5 5 Each option is described
363. o be same struct as TWO x 1267 fixup overflow referencing into bytes at 0x Linker See the following error message 1268 for more information 481 Error and Warning Messages 1268 fixup overflow storing 0x in bytes at Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to variables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit within the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction 0 delete what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for deletion when using the d key e g libr d ht pic lib pic704 c 1lib does not indicate which modules to delete try something like libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib wdiv obj 0 incomplete ident record Libr The IDENT record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details 0 incomplete symbol record Libr The SYM record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details 0 library file name
364. o store persistent variables They are not cleared or otherwise modified at startup rbit_n These psects are used to store all bit variables except those declared at absolute locations rbss_n These psects contain any uninitialized variables rdata_n These psects contain any initialised variables fnauton These psects contain the auto and parameter variables for the entire program nis a number and represents the bank in which it will be linked 3 9 Interrupt Handling in C The compiler incorporates features allowing interrupts to be handled from C code Interrupt func tions are often called interrupt service routines ISR Interrupts are also known as exceptions 3 9 1 Interrupt Functions The function qualifier interrupt may be applied to any number of C function definitions to allow them to be called directly from the hardware interrupts The compiler will process the interrupt function differently to any other functions generating code to save and restore any registers used and exit using the appropriate instruction If the PICC option STRICT is used the interrupt keyword becomes __interrupt 104 C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C An interrupt function must be declared as type void interrupt and may not have parameters This is the only function prototype that makes sense for an interrupt function interrupt functions may not be called directly from C code due to the different return instruc tion that is used but
365. o strtok s1 should be set to a null pointer These calls start searching from the end of the last token found and again return a pointer to the first character of the next token or NULL if no further tokens were found Example incl incl void main lude lt stdio h gt lude lt string h gt void char x ptr char buf This is a string of words char x sep_tok ptr strtok buf sep_tok while ptr NULL 334 printf s n ptr Library Functions ptr strtok NULL sep_tok Return Value Returns a pointer to the first character of a token or a null pointer if no token was found Note The separator string s2 may be different from call to call 335 Library Functions TAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double tan double f Description The tan function calculates the tangent of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf tan 3 0f Sf n i tan 1xC See Also sin cos asin acos atan atan2 Return Value The tangent of f 336 Library Functions TIME Synopsis finclude lt time h gt time_t time time t x t Description This function is not provided as it is dependant on the target system supplying the current time This function will be user i
366. ode Generator The code generator has been passed a M option that it does not understand This should not happen if it is being invoked by a standard compiler driver 718 incompatible intermediate code version should be Code Generator The intermediate code file produced by P1 is not the correct version for use with this code generator This is either that incompatible versions of one or more compilers have been installed in the same directory or a temporary file error has occurred leading to corruption of a temporary file Check the setting of the TEMP environment variable If it refers to a long path name change it to something shorter Contact HI TECH Support with details if required 720 multiple free Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 434 Error and Warning Messages 721 element count must be constant expression Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 722 bad variable syntax in intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 723 function definitions nested too deep Code Generator This error is unlikely to happen with C code since C cannot have nested functions Contact HI TECH Support with details 724 bad op in revlog Code Generator This is an internal compiler er
367. odifier Parser The format specifier or modifier in the printf style string is illegal for this particular format 463 Error and Warning Messages 976 field width not valid at this point Parser A field width may not appear at this point in a printf type format specifier 978 this identifier is already an enum tag Parser This identifier following a struct or union keyword is already the tag for an enumerated type and thus should only follow the keyword enum e g enum IN ONE 1 TWO struct IN x oops IN is already defined x ine tas OF y 979 this identifier is already a struct tag Parser This identifier following a union or enum keyword is already the tag for a structure and thus should only follow the keyword struct e g struct IN At tan 05 y enum IN ONE 1 TWO oops IN is already defined 980 this identifier is already a union tag Parser This identifier following a struct or enum keyword is already the tag for a union and thus should only follow the keyword union e g union IN int a b y enum IN ONE 1 TWO oops IN is already defined 981 pointer required Parser A pointer is required here e g struct DATA data data gt a 9 data is a structure not a pointer to a structure 464 Error and Warning Messages 982 unknown op in nxtuse Optimiser Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TE
368. odules in a library will be linked only if required Since the choice of modules to link is made on the first pass of the linker and the library is searched in a linear fashion it is possible to order the modules in a library to produce special effects when linking More will be said about this later 5 11 1 The Library Format The modules in a library are basically just concatenated but at the beginning of a library is main tained a directory of the modules and symbols in the library Since this directory is smaller than the sum of the modules the linker can perform faster searches since it need read only the directory and 179 Librarian Linker and Utilities Table 5 2 Librarian command line options Option Effect Pwidth specify page width W Suppress non fatal errors Table 5 3 Librarian key letter commands Key Meaning Replace modules Delete modules Extract modules List modules List modules with symbols Re order modules ojo 3 x ajk not all the modules on the first pass On the second pass it need read only those modules which are required seeking over the others This all minimises disk I O when linking It should be noted that the library format is geared exclusively toward object modules and is not a general purpose archiving mechanism as is used by some other compiler systems This has the advantage that the format may be optimized toward speeding up the l
369. of an addressing unit global Psect is global default limit address Upper address limit of psect local Psect is not global ovrld Psect will overlap same psect in other modules pure Psect is to be read only reloc boundary Start psect on specified boundary size max Maximum size of psect space area Represents area in which psect will reside with psect Place psect in the same page as specified psect 4 3 8 3 PSECT The PSECT directive declares or resumes a program section It takes as arguments a name and optionally a comma separated list of flags The allowed flags are listed in Table 4 6 below Once a psect has been declared it may be resumed later by another PSECT directive however the flags need not be repeated e abs defines the current psect as being absolute i e it is to start at location 0 This does not mean that this module s contribution to the psect will start at 0 since other modules may contribute to the same psect e The bit flag specifies that a psect hold objects that are 1 bit long Such psects have a scale value of 8 to indicate that there are 8 addressable units to each byte of storage e The class flag specifies a class name for this psect Class names are used to allow local psects to be referred to by a class name at link time since they cannot be referred to by their own name Class names are also useful where psects need only be positioned anywhere within a range of addresses rather than at one spec
370. of line fer end of line r S2 Length din strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer See Also strepyO stremp strncat strlenQ Return Value The value of s1 is returned 296 Library Functions STRCAT Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x char x strcat char sl const char s2 For high end processors far char strcat far char sl const char x s2 Description This function appends contcatenates string s2 to the end of string sl The result will be null terminated The argument s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example tinclude lt string h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char x sl s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat sl s2 printf Length 2din strlen buffer printf string s n buffer See Also strepyO stremp strncat strlen 297 Library Functions Return Value The value of sl is returned 298 Library Functions STRCHR STRICHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strchr const char s int c char x strichr const char s int c Description The strehr function searches the string s for an occurrence of the character c If one is found a pointer to that character is returned otherwise NULL is returned
371. oftware technical support with details 670 bad argument to T Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not present or correctly formed The option expects a decimal interger argument 428 Error and Warning Messages 671 argument to T should be in range 1 to 64 Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not in the expected range The option expects a decimal interger argument ranging from 1 to 64 inclusive 673 missing filename after option Objtohex The indicated option requires a valid file name Ensure that the filename argument supplied to this option exists and is spelt correctly 674 too many references to Cref This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 677 set_fact_bit on pic17 Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 678 case 55 on pic17 Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 679 unknown extraspecial Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 680 bad format for P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 681 bad common spec in P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH
372. oint onward See also the LIST control in Section 4 3 9 4 4 3 9 8 NOXREF NOXREF will disable generation of the raw cross reference file See also the XREF control in Section 4 3 9 13 4 3 9 9 PAGE PAGE causes a new page to be started in the listing output A Control L form feed character will also cause a new page when encountered in the source 4 3 9 10 SPACE The SPACE control will place a number of blank lines in the listing output as specified by its param eter 4 3 9 11 SUBTITLE SUBTITLE defines a subtitle to appear at the top of every listing page but under the title The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the TITLE control in Section 4 3 9 12 4 3 9 12 TITLE This control keyword defines a title to appear at the top of every listing page The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the SUBTITLE control in Section 4 3 9 11 4 3 9 13 XREF XREF is equivalent to the driver command line option CR see Section 2 6 24 It causes the assembler to produce a raw cross reference file The utility CREF should be used to actually generate the formatted cross reference listing 152 Chapter 5 Linker and Utilities 5 1 Introduction HI TECH C incorporates a relocating assembler and linker to permit separate compilation of source files This means that a program may be divided into several source files each of which may be kept to a man
373. oject the ROM driver option is suitable for this task How can the operation of this option be confirmed 168 Linker and Utilities Map Files First the program is compiled without using this option and the following linker class definition is noted in the linker command line ACODE 0 03FFFhx2 The class name may vary between compilers and the selected target device however there is typically a class that is defined to cover the entire memory space used by the device The driver option ROM default 4000 400F is then used and the map file re sulting from the subsequent build shows the following change ACODE 0 03FFFh 04010h 07FFFh which confirms that the memory option was seen by the linker and that the memory requested was reserved 5 10 2 2 Call Graph Information A call graph is produced and displayed in the map file for target devices and memory models that use a compiled stack to facilitate parameter passing between functions and auto variables See Section 5 9 for more detailed information on compiled stack operation The call graph in the map file shows the information collated and interpreted by the linker which is primarily used to allow overlapping of functions APBs The following information can be obtained from studying the call graph The functions in the program that are root nodes marking the top of a call tree and which are not directly called The functions that the linker deemed were ca
374. on s APB is specified by the FNSIZE assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 17 5 9 1 Parameters involving Function Calls The linker must take special note of the results of function calls used in expressions that are them selves parameters to another function For example if input and output are both functions that accept two int parameters and and both return an int the following result output out_selector input int_selector 10 shows that the function input is called to determine the second parameter to the function output This information is very important as it indicates areas of the code that must be considered carefully lest the code fail due to re entrancy related issues A re entrant call is typically considered to be the situation in which a function is called and executed while another instance of the same function is also actively executing For a compiled stack program a function must be considered active as soon as its parameter area has been modified in preparation for a call even though code in that function is not yet being executed and a call to that function has not been made This is particularly import with functions that accept more than 165 Compiled Stack Operation Linker and Utilities one parameter as the ANSI standard does not dictate the order in which function parameters must be evaluated Such a condition is best illustrated by an example which is shown in the following tutorial TUT
375. only one as file from all c p1 and lpp input files which it is passed Dotted lines indicate a process that may require an option to create or preserve the indicated file 24 PICC Command line Driver The Compilation Sequence Figure 2 2 Flow diagram of the final compilation sequence N hex map SE HLINK LL TNODED obj y OBJTOHEX A HEXMATE gt Pe A CROMWELL The link and post link steps are graphically illustrated in Figure 2 2 This diagram shows hex files as additional input file type not considered in the initial compi lation sequence These files can be merged into the hex file generated from the other input files in the project by an application called HEXMATE See Section 5 15 for more information on this utility The output of the linker is a single absolute object file called 1 0b 4 that can be preserved by using the NODEL driver option Without this option this temporary file is used to generate an output file e g a HEX file and files used for debugging by development tools e g COFF files before it is deleted The file 1 obj can be used as the input to OBJTOHEX if running this application manually but it cannot be passed to the driver as an input file as it absolute and cannot be further processed 2 2 1 Single step Compilation The command line driver PICC can compile any mix of input files in a single step All source fi
376. oo low in COFF file Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 416 bad character in extended TEKHEX line Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 417 seek error in Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 405 Error and Warning Messages 418 image too big Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 419 object file is not absolute Objtohex The object file passed to OBJTOHEX has relocation items in it This may indicate it is the wrong object file or that the linker or OBJTOHEX have been given invalid options The object output files from the assembler are relocatable not absolute The object file output of the linker is absolute 420 too many relocation items Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 421 too many segments Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 422 noend record Linker This object file has no end record This probably means it is not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 423 illegal record type Linker There is an error in an object file This is either an i
377. ope is not explicitly stated 859 argument to C option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler controls C option which sets the column width of the listing output must be a positive decimal constant number e g LIST C a0h constant must be decimal and positive try LIST C 80 860 page width must be gt 49 Assembler The page width suboption to the LIST assembler directive must specify a with of at least 49 861 argument to N option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s N option which sets the page length for the listing output must be a positive constant number e g LIST N 3 page length must be positive 862 symbol is not external Assembler A symbol has been declared as EXTRN but is also defined in the current module 453 Error and Warning Messages 863 symbol can t be both extern and public Assembler If the symbol is declared as extern it is to be imported If it is declared as public it is to be exported from the current module It is not possible for a symbol to be both 864 argument to size psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s size option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE size 200 a negative size 865 psect flag size redefined Assembler The size flag to the P
378. option has not been specified unused locations within the specified address range will be filled with a default value for the selected device based on the values in table 2 6 This is to remove any unknown values from the equation and ensure the accuracy of the checksum result This option can be used to specify the target processor for the compilation To see a list of supported processors that can be used with this option use the CHIPINFO option described in Section 2 6 22 See also Section 4 3 8 25 for information on setting the target processor from within assembly files The full list of supported devices is also included in Appendix C of this manual 2 6 21 CHIP processor Define Processor This option can be used to specify the target processor for the compilation To see a list of supported processors that can be used with this option use the CHIPINFO option described in Section 2 6 22 See also Section 4 3 8 25 for information on setting the target processor from within assembly files 51 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver 2 6 22 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors The CHIPINEO option simply displays a list of processors the compiler supports The names listed are those chips defined in the chipinfo file and which may be used with the CHIP option 2 6 23 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address In some circumstances such as bootloaders it is necessary to shift
379. option is still necessary to produce a listing Llistfile This option requests the generation of an assembly listing file If list file is specified then the listing will be written to that file otherwise it will be written to the standard output O This requests the assembler to perform optimization on the assembly code Note that the use of this option slows the assembly process down as the assembler must make an additional pass over the input code Debug information for assembler code generated from C source code may become unreliable 129 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Ooutfile By default the assembler determines the name of the object file to be created by stripping any suffix or extension i e the portion after the last dot from the first source filename and appending ob3 The 0O option allows the user to override the default filename and specify a new name for the object file Pprocessor This option defines the processor which is being used The processor type can also be indicated by use of the PROCESSOR directive in the assembler source file see Section 4 3 8 25 You can also add your own processors to the compiler via the compiler s chipinfo file V This option will include line number and filename information in the object file produced by the assembler Such information may be used by debuggers Note that the line numbers will correspond with assembler code lines in the assembler file This option
380. or and Warning Messages 895 can t request and specify options in the one command Driver The usage of the driver options get option and setoption is mutually exclusive 896 no memory ranges specified for data space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have been specified for the data space memory for the device specified 897 no memory ranges specified for program space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have been specified for the program space memory for the device specified 899 can t open option file for application Driver An option file specified by a getoption or setoption driver option could not be opened If you are using the setoption option ensure that the name of the file is spelt correctly and that it exists If you are using the getoption option ensure that this file can be created at the given location or that it is not in use by any other application 900 exec failed Driver The subcomponent listed failed to execute Does the file exist Try re installing the compiler 902 no chip name specified use CHIPINFO to see available chip names Driver The driver was invoked without selecting what chip to build for Running the driver with the CHIPINFO option will display a list of all chips that could be selected to build for 904 illegal format specified in option Driver The usage of this option was incorrect Confirm correct u
381. ormatted cross reference listing See Section 4 7 for more information Cchipinfo Specify the chipinfo file to use The chipinfo file is called picc ini and can be found in the DAT directory of the compiler distribution E fileldigit The default format for an error message is in the form filename line messag where the error of type message occurred online line ofthe file filename The E option with no argument will make the assembler use an alternate format for error and warning messages Specifying a digit as argument has a similar effect only it allows selection of any of the available message formats Specifying a filename as argument will force the assembler to direct error and warning messages to a file with the name specified Flength By default the listing format is pageless i e the assembler listing output is continuous The output may be formatted into pages of varying lengths Each page will begin with a header and title if specified The F option allows a page length to be specified A zero value of length implies pageless output The length is specified in a number of lines H Particularly useful in conjunction with the A or L ASPIC options this option specifies that output constants should be shown as hexadecimal values rather than decimal values I This option forces listing of macro expansions and unassembled conditionals which would oth erwise be suppressed by a NOLIST assembler control The L
382. ow much of the lower part of the range for example will be required for other psects 5 7 21 Qprocessor This option allows a processor type to be specified This is purely for information placed in the map file The argument to this option is a string describing the processor 5 7 22 S This option prevents symbol information relating from being included in the symbol file produced by the linker Segment information is still included 5 7 23 Sclass limit bound A class of psects may have an upper address limit associated with it The following example places a limit on the maximum address of the CODE class of psects to one less than 400h SCODE 400h 162 Linker and Utilities Operation Note that to set an upper limit to a psect this must be set in assembler code with a 1imit flag on a PSECT directive If the bound boundary argument is used the class of psects will start on a multiple of the bound address This example places the FARCODE class of psects at a multiple of 1000h but with an upper address limit of 6000h SFARCODE 6000h 1000h 5 7 24 Usymbol This option will enter the specified symbol into the linker s symbol table as an undefined symbol This is useful for linking entirely from libraries or for linking a module from a library where the ordering has been arranged so that by default a later module will be linked 5 7 25 Vavmap To produce an Avocet format symbol file
383. own to work with Check that you are using the correct linker Contact HI TECH Support if the object file if you have not patched the linker 505 no end record found inobject file Linker An object file did not contain an end record This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 506 object file record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 507 unexpected end of file in object file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 508 relocation offset out of range 0 1 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 421 Error and Warning Messages 509 illegal relocation size Linker There is an error in the object code format read by the linker This either means you are using a linker that is out of date or that there is an internal error in the assembler or linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 510 complex relocation not supported for R or L options Linker The linker was given a R or L option with file that contain complex relocation 511 bad complex range check Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details
384. passed to the application This option is not required for most projects If specifying more than one option to a component each option must be entered on a new line in the option file This option can also be used to remove an application from the build sequence If the file param eter is specified as of f execution of the named application will be skipped In most cases this is not desirable as almost all applications are critical to the success of the build process Disabling a critical application will result in catastrophic failure However it is permissible to skip a non critical application such as clist or hexmate if the final results are not reliant on their function 62 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 14 Memory Summary Suboptions Suboption Controls On implies psect Summary of psect usage A summary of psect names and the addresses they were linked at will be shown mem General summary of memory used A concise summary of memory used will be shown class Summary of class usage A summary of all classes in each memory space will be shown hex Summary of address used within the hex A summary of addresses and hex file files which make up the final out put file will be shown file Whether summary information is shown Summary information will be on the screen or shown and saved to a file shown on screen and saved to a file 2 6 54 STRICT Strict ANSI
385. pecial Type Qualifiers oss Ga er eee ea ok eee OE A 88 3 5 10 Persistent Type Qualifier o c so arcore ee gS rs 88 33102 Near Type Qualifier s csa ca eaea ea a eee 89 3 3 10 3 Bank1 Bank2 and Bank3 Type Qualifiers 89 3 3 11 Eeprom Type Qualifier o so ocs era co Pee ee ee 89 S242 Pointer Types cc o 65 eRe SS OER Se OAR R 90 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 4 3 0 3 6 Sui 3 8 3 9 3 3 12 1 Combining Type Qualifiers and Pointers 90 S122 Data Pomters ccs core a a AHR al go A eS 91 ALS POIS Const 24 56 bb ee eet BO eh ede ds 93 3 3 12 4 Pointers to Both Memory Spaces 94 Storage Class and Object Placement o o 95 S41 Local Variables ioe ceerd reems a ed ee 95 341 1 Auto Variables oscuros css sagas ON He eS 95 341 2 State Variables coo s eae e onea rre See ee we 96 34 2 Absolute Variables occ a A SR aa ee 96 S43 Objects m Program Space lt goria ori eh ee bw ls de 96 ss A A 97 3 41 Punction Argument Passing ooreen a ee BRA SLE we amp amp oi 97 S52 Funchon Retim Vall s e s 66 0255 546 bees baw es ob es 98 3 5 2 1 8 Bit Return Values 25 0524 ceea ee AS he a 98 35 22 16 bitand 32 bit values o ee we sosa 98 3 5 2 3 Structure Return Values cas ee ee eS 98 Function Calling Conventio s c c ecce a 25 0 24 he Bait bee bes 99 OPEIS vaa ER ee Ree E Re ee A ee a 100 Irl intesral Promotion ires yk Se eke Woe de wh AD ELE He Es ed 100 3 42 S
386. pecify and or reserve ROM ranges RUNTIME t ype Configure the C runtime libraries to the specified type SCANDEP Generate file dependency DEP files SERIAL code address Store this hexadecimal code at an address in program memory SETOPTION app file Set the command line options for the named applica tion SETUP argument Setup the product STRICT Enable strict ANSI keyword conformance SUMMARY t ype Selects the type of memory summary output TIME Show execution time in each stage of build process VER Display the compiler s version number WARN level Set the compiler s warning level WARNFORMAT format Format warning message strings to given style
387. piler error handling The following sections indicate how this option may be used in such situations This option allows the exact format of printed error messages to be specified using special place holders embedded within a message template See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC This section is also applicable to the WARNFORMAT and MSGFORMAT options which adjust the format of warning and advisory messages respectively See Section 2 6 35 for the appropriate option to change the message language 2 6 29 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors This option sets the maximum number of errors each compiler application as well as the driver will display before stopping By default up to 20 error messages will be displayed See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC 53 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver Table 2 8 Floating point selections Suboption Effect double Size of float matches size of double type 24 24 bit float 32 32 bit float IEEE754 fast32 32 bit with accelerated library routines 2 6 30 FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory This option allows specification of a hexadecimal opcode that can be used to fill all unused program memory locations with a known code sequence Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian byte order 2 6 31 FLOAT type Select kind of Float Types T
388. port if this is not handwritten assembler code 412 Error and Warning Messages 468 undefined symbol in FNCALL record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNCALL record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 469 undefined symbol in FNROOT record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNROOT record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 470 undefined symbol in FNSIZE record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNSTZE record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 471 recursive function calls Linker These functions or function call each other recursively One or more of these functions has stati cally allocated local variables compiled stack Either use the reentrant keyword 1f supported with this compiler or recode to avoid recursion e g int test int a if a 5 x recursion may not be supported by some compilers x return test att return 0 472 non reentrant function appears in multiple call graphs rooted at and Linker This function can be called from both main line code and interrupt code Use the reentrant keyword if this compiler supports it or recode to avoid using local variables or parameters or duplicate the
389. preprocessor macro on the command line exactly as if it had been defined using a define directive in the source code This option may take one of two forms Dmacro which is equivalent to define macro 1 placed at the top of each module compiled using this option or Dmacro text which is equivalent to define macro text where text is the textual substitution required Thus the command PICC CHIP 16F877A Ddebug Dbuffers 10 test c will compile test c with macros defined exactly as if the C source code had included the direc tives define debug 1 define buffers 10 43 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver 2 6 3 Efile Redirect Compiler Errors to a File This option has two purposes The first is to change the format of displayed messages The second is to optionally allow messages to be directed to a file as some editors do not allow the standard command line redirection facilities to be used when invoking the compiler The gernal form of messages produced with the E option in force is filenam line_number message number message string message type If a filename is specified immediately after E it is treated as the name of a file to which all messages errors warnings etc will be printed For example to compile x c and redirect all errors to x err use the command PICC CHIP 16F877A Ex err x c The E option also allows errors to be appended to
390. prising a project The pro files may also contain static declarations for functions which are local to a source file These static declarations should be edited into the start of the source file To demonstrate the operation of the PROTO option enter the following source code as file test c include lt stdio h gt add argl arg2 int argl int x arg2 return x xargl x arg2 58 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions void printlist int list int count while count printf d list putchar n If compiled with the command PICC CHIP 16F877A PROTO test c PICC will produce test pro containing the following declarations which may then be edited as necessary Prototypes from test c x x extern functions include these in a header file x LE PROTOTYPES extern int add int int x extern void printlist int int else PROTOTYPES x extern int add extern void printlist endif PROTOTYPES x 2 6 48 RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any RAM specified in the chipinfo file which should be treated as available RAM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of mem ory that may be used by writable RAM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical RAM The output that will be placed in the
391. programmers 5 15 1 11 HELP Using HELP will list all hexmate options By entering another hexmate option as a parameter of HELP will show a detailed help message for the given option For example HELP string will show additional help for the STRING hexmate option 197 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 15 1 12 LOGFILE The LOGFILE option saves hex file statistics to the named file For example LOGFILE output log will analyse the hex file that hexmate is generating and save a report to a file named output log 5 15 1 13 MASK Use this option to logically AND a memory range with a particular bitmask This is used to ensure that the unimplemented bits in program words if any are left blank The usage of this option is as follows MASK hexcodel start end Where hexcode is a hexadecimal value that will be ANDed with data within the start end address range Multibyte mask values can be entered in little endian byte order 5 15 1 14 Ofile The generated Intel hex output will be created in this file For example Oprogram hex will save the resultant output to program hex The output file can take the same name as one of its input files but by doing so it will replace the input file entirely 5 15 1 15 SERIAL This option will store a particular hex value at a fixed address The usage of this option is SERIAL Code Increment Address Interval rRepetitions where e Code is a
392. r argument The option strings are formatted and can use the same placeholders as their variable counterparts 40 TUTORIAL CHANGING MESSAGE FORMATS A project is compiled but produces a warning from the parser and an error from the linker By default the following messages are displayed when compiling main c main 17 ip amp b 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal Notice that the format of the messages from the parser and linker differ since the parser is able to identify the particular line of offending source code The parser has indicated the name of the file indicated the function in which the warning is located reproduced the line of source code and highlighted the position at which the warning was first detected as well as show the actual warning message string The E option is now used and the compiler issues the same messages but in a new format as dictated by the E option Now environment variables are set and no other messaging driver options were specified so the default E format is used PICC Command line Driver Compiler Messages main c 12 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error Notice that now all message follow a more uniform format and are displayed on a single line The user now sets the environment variable HTC_WARN_FORMAT to be t
393. r the psect is linked in reverse order with the top of the psect appearing at the specified address minus one Psects following a negative address will be placed before the first psect in memory If a link address is omitted the psect s link address will be derived from the top of the previous psect e g Ptext 100h data bss In this example the text psect is linked at 100 hex its load address defaults to the same The data psect will be linked and loaded at an address which is 100 hex plus the length of the text psect rounded up as necessary if the data psect has a reloc value associated with it Similarly the bss psect will concatenate with the data psect Again Ptext 100h data bss will link in ascending order bss data then text with the top of text appearing at address Offh If the load address is omitted entirely it defaults to the same as the link address If the slash character is supplied but no address is supplied after it the load address will concatenate with the previous psect e g Ptext 0 data 0 bss will cause both text and data to have a link address of zero text will have a load address of 0 and data will have a load address starting after the end of text The bss psect will concatenate with data for both link and load addresses The load address may be replaced with a dot character This tells the linker to set the load address of this psect to the same as its link address The link or load address ma
394. r 32 real OSCCAL _READ_OSCCAL_DATA The location which stores the calibration constant is never code protected and will be lost if you re program the device Thus if you are using a windowed or flash device the calibration constant must be saved from the last ROM location before it is erased The constant must then be reprogrammed at the same location along with the new program and data If you are using an in circuit emulator ICE the location used by the calibration retlw in struction may not be programmed and would be executed as some other instruction Calling the _READ_OSCCAL_DATA macro will not work and will almost certainly not return correctly If you wish to test code that includes this macro on an ICE you will have to program a retlw instruc tion at the appropriate location in program memory Remember to remove this instruction when programming the actual part so you do not destroy the calibration value 3 3 Supported Data Types and Variables The HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family compiler supports basic data types with 1 2 3 and 4 byte sizes Table 3 1 shows the data types and their corresponding size and arithmetic type 80 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables Table 3 2 Radix formats Radix Format Example binary Obnumber or OBnumber 0b10011010 octal Onumber 0763 decimal number 129 hexadecimal Oxnumber or OXnumber 0x2F 3 3 1 Radix Sp
395. r and Warning Messages x K amp R style non prototyped function definition int kandr a b inte ap D7 276 type specifier required for prototyped argument Parser A type specifier is required for a prototyped argument It is not acceptable to just have an identifier 277 can t mix prototyped and non prototyped arguments Parser A function declaration can only have all prototyped arguments i e with types inside the parentheses or all K amp R style args i e only names inside the parentheses and the argument types in a declaration list before the start of the function body e g int plus int a b oops a is prototyped b is not x ine pi return a b 278 argument redeclared Parser The specified argument is declared more than once in the same argument list e g x can t have two parameters called a x int calc int a int a 279 initialization of function arguments is illegal Parser A function argument can t have an initialiser in a declaration The initialisation of the argument happens when the function is called and a value is provided for the argument by the calling function e g oops a is initialized when proc is called extern int proc int a 9 382 Error and Warning Messages 280 arrays of functions are illegal Parser You can t define an array of functions You can however define an array of pointers to functions e g int farray
396. r example MSGDISABLE 195 off will disable error number 195 Disabling error or warning messages in no way fixes any potential problems reported by the message Always use caution when exercising this option 2 5 5 2 Changing Message Types It is also possible to change the type of some messages This is only possible by the use of the warning pragma and only affects messages generated by the parser or code generator See Section 3 11 3 8 for more information on this pragma 2 6 PICC Driver Option Descriptions Most aspects of the compilation can be controlled using the command line driver PICC The driver will configure and execute all required applications such as the code generator assembler and linker PICC recognizes the compiler options listed in the table below The case of the options is not important however command shells in UNIX based operating systems are case sensitive when it comes to names of files All single letter options are identified by a leading dash character amp g C Some single letter options specify an additional data field which follows the option name immediately and without any whitespace e g Ddebug Multi letter or word options have two leading dash characters e g ASMLIST Because of the double dash you can determine that the option ASMLIST for example is not a A option followed by the argument SMLIST Some of these options define suboptions which typically appear eo
397. r more information 477 fixup overflow in expression location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to variables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program 414 Error and Warning Messages sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit within the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction The causes for this can be many but hand written assembler code is always the first suspect Badly written C code can also generate assembler that ultimately generates fixup overflow errors Consider the following error message main obj 8 Fixup overflow in expression loc 0x1FD 0x1FC 1 size 1 value 0x7FC This indicates that the file causing the problem was main obj3 This would be typically be the output of compiling main c ormain as This tells you the file in which you should be looking The next number 8 in this example is the record number in the object file that was causing the problem If you use the DUMP utility to examine the object file
398. r printf style format string Parser There are too many arguments for this format string This is harmless but may represent an incorrect format string e g x oops missed a placeholder printf d d low high median 325 error in printf style format string Parser There is an error in the format string here The string has been interpreted as a printf style for mat string and it is not syntactically correct If not corrected this will cause unexpected behaviour at run time e g printf 1 111 oops maybe print ld 111 326 long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format speci fiers and corresponding arguments e g printf 1x 2 maybe you meant printf 1x 2L 327 long long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf 311x 2 maybe you meant printf 11x 2LL Note that not all HI TECH C compilers provide support for a long long integer type 328 int argument required in printf style format string Parser An integral argument is required for this printf style format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding ar
399. r takes into account requirement of the assembly code 3 10 4 1 Absolute Psects Some of the information that is extracted from the relocatable objects by the driver relates to absolute psects specifically psects defined using the abs and ovr 1d PSECT flags see Section 4 3 8 3 for more information These are psects have been rarely required in general coding but do allow for data to be collated over multiple modules in a specific order HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family is able to determine the address bounds of absolute psects to enure that the output of C code does not consume specific resources required by the assembly code The code generator will ensure that any memory used by these psects are reserved and not used by C code The linker options are also adjusted by the driver to enure that this memory is not allocated TUTORIAL PROCESSING OF ABSOLUTE PSECTS An assembly code files defines a table that must be located at address 210h in the data space The assembly file contains 112 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code PSECT lkuptbl class RAM space 1 abs ovlrd ORG 110h lookup ds 20h When the project is compiled this file is assembled and the resulting relocatable object file scanned for absolute psects As this psect is flagged as being abs and ovlra the bounds and space of the psect will be noted in this case a memory range from address 110h to 12fh in memory space 1 is being used This info
400. r than equal to or less than the second then func should return a value greater than zero equal to zero or less than zero respectively Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt int aray 567 23 456 1024 17 567 66 y int sortem const void pl const void x p2 return int pl int p2 void main void register int i 282 Library Functions qsort aray sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 sizeof aray 0 sortem for i 0 i sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 i printf Sd t aray 1 putchar n Note The function parameter must be a pointer to a function of type similar to int func const void x const void gt i e it must accept two const void parameters and must be prototyped 283 Library Functions RAM_TEST_FAILED Synopsis void ram_test_failed unsigned char errcode Description The ram_test_failed function is not intended to be called from within the general execution of the program This routine is called during execution of the generated runtime startup code if the program is using a compiler generated RAM integrity test and the integrity test detects a bad cell Upon entry to this function the working register contains an error code the address that failed can be determined from the FSR register and IRP bit The failed value will still be accessable through the INDF register The default operation of this routine will halt
401. r to be configured to produce error warning and some advisory mes sages in languages other than English English is the default language and some messages are only ever printed in English regardless of the language specified with this option Table 2 10 shows those langauges currently supported See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC 2 6 36 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map This option will display a memory map for the specified map file This option is seldom required but would be useful if the linker is being driven explicitly i e instead of in the normal way through the driver This command would display the memory summary which is normally produced at the end of compilation by the driver 2 6 37 MSGDISABLE messagelist Disable Warning Messages This option allows warning or advisory messages to be disabled during compilation of all modules within the project and during all stages of compilation Warning mesasges can also be disabled using pragma directives For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 5 The messagelist is a comma separated list of warning numbers that are to be disabled If the number of an error is specified it will be ignored by this option If the message list is specified as 0 then all warnings are disabled 55 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver 2 6 38 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format This opt
402. rary routine you wish to replace on the command line list of source files then the routine will replace the routine in the library file with the same name This method works due to the way the linker scans source and library file When trying to resolve a symbol in this instance a function name the linker first scans all source modules for the definition Only if it cannot resolve the symbol in these files does it then search the library files Even though the symbol may be defined in a source file and a library file the linker will not search the libraries and no multiply defined symbol error will result This is not true if a symbol is defined twice in source files For example if you wished to make changes to the library function max which resides in the file max c in the SOURCES directory you could make a copy of this source file make the appropriate changes and then compile and use it as follows PICC chip 16F877A main c init c max c The code for max in max c will be linked into the program rather than the max function contained in the standard libraries Note that if you replace an assembler module you may need the P option to preprocess assembler files as the library assembler files often contain C preprocessor directives 3 12 2 Signature Checking The compiler automatically produces signatures for all functions A signature is a 16 bit value computed from a combination of the function s return data type the number of
403. rd version compilers or in the case of PRO version compilers and the assembler name of the function For example a function called foo for example will use the assembly symbol _foo as the base address for all its parameters variables that have been allocated memory and either a_foo Standard or _foo PRO as the base address for auto variables which the function defines So the first two byte auto variable might be referenced in PRO version compiler assembly code as _f00 the second auto variable as _footd2 etc Note that some parameters may be passed in registers and may not have memory allocated to them in the parameter area of the APB The linker allocates memory for each function s APB based on how that function is used in a program In particular the linker determines which functions are or may be active at the same time If one function calls another then both are active at the same time To this end a call graph is created from information in the object files being linker See Section 5 10 2 2 for information on reading the call graph displayed in the map file This information is directly related to the FNCALL assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 14 for more information which the code generator places in the assembler output whenever a C function calls another Hand written assembler code should also contain these directives if required Information regarding the size of the auto and parameter areas within in functi
404. rds INHX032 INHX32 with initialization of upper address to zero e Length is optional and sets the maximum number of bytes per data record A valid length is between 1 and 16 with 16 being the default TUTORIAL Consider this case A bootloader trying to download an INHX32 file fails succeed because it cannot process the extended address records which are part of the INHX32 standard You know that this bootloader can only program data addressed within the range 0 to 64k and that any data in the hex file outside of this range can be safely disregarded In this case by generating the hex file in INHX8M format the operation might succeed The hexmate option to do this would be FORMAT INHX8 M Now consider this What if the same bootloader also required every data record to contain eight bytes of data no more no less This is possible by combining FORMAT with F ILL Appropriate use of FILL can ensure that there are no gaps in the data for the address range being programmed This will satisfy the minimum data length requirement To set the maximum length of data records to eight bytes just modify the previous option to become FORMAT INHX8M 8 The possible types that are supported by this option are listed in Table 5 11 Note that INHX032 is not an actual INHX format Selection of this type generates an INHX32 file but will also initialize the upper address information to zero This is a requirement of some device
405. re to include this into the module that uses this macro Specially named quantities are defined in the header file appropriate for the processor you are using to help you set the required features These names usually follow the same names as used in the datasheet Refer to your processor s header file for details For devices that have more than one configuration word each subsequent invocation of __ CONFIG will modify the next configuration word in sequence Typically this might look like include lt htc h gt __ CONFIG WDTDIS XT amp UNPROTECT Program config word 1 CONFIG FCMEN Program config word 2 3 2 3 ID Locations Some PIC devices have location outside the addressable memory area that can be used for storing program information such as an ID number The __ TDLOC macro may be used to place data into these locations The macro is used in a manner similar to include lt htc h gt _ IDLOC x where x is a list of nibbles which are to be positioned into the ID locations Only the lower four bits of each ID location is programmed so the following _ IDLOC 15FPO will attempt to fill ID locations which the values 1 5 F 0 The base address of the ID locations is specified by the idloc psect which will be automatically assigned as appropriate address based on the type of processor selected Some devices will permit programming up to seven bits within each ID location To program the full seven bits the regul
406. read 2 0 PSECT text class COD _read movf PORTA w movwf _read ist byte local storage movf PORTB w mowf _read 1 2nd byte local storage Gl delta 2 The compiler will take into account the 2 bytes required by this routine when calculating the stack requirements If this routine is called from C code then the compiler will automatically see that the routine is part of the call graph If this routine is called from other assembly code that code must use the FNCALL directive to indicate that the call has been made For example if this routine was called by another assembly routine called _scan then the following would be required FNCALL _scan _read C Language Features Preprocessing This directive would also be taken into account by the code generator in its generation of the call graph 3 11 Preprocessing All C source files are preprocessed before compilation Assembler files can also be preprocessed if the P command line option is issued 3 11 1 Preprocessor Directives HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family accepts several specialised preprocessor direc tives in addition to the standard directives All of these are listed in Table 3 6 Macro expansion using arguments can use the character to convert an argument to a string and the sequence to concatenate tokens 3 11 2 Predefined Macros The compiler drivers define certain symbols to the preprocessor CPP allowing conditional com pilat
407. red but there was no previous matching asm e g void cleardog void clrwdt endasm x in line assembler ends here only where did it begin x 106 nested asm directives Preprocessor It is not legal to nest asm directives Check for a missing or misspelt endasm directive e g asm move r0 0aah asm previous asm must be closed before opening another sleep endasm 107 illegal directive Preprocessor Parser The compiler does not understand the directive It is probably a misspelling of a pre processor directive e g indef DEBUG oops that should be undef DEBUG 351 Error and Warning Messages 108 if n def without an argument Preprocessor The preprocessor directives if ifdef and ifndef must have an argument The argument to if should be an expression while the argument to ifdef or ifndef should be a single name e g if oops no argument to check x output 10 else output 20 endif 109 include syntax error Preprocessor The syntax of the filename argument to include is invalid The argument to include must be a valid file name either enclosed in double quotes or angle brackets lt gt Spaces should not be included and the closing quote or bracket must be present There should be nothing else on the line other than comments e g include stdio h x oops
408. rflow 61 usage 61 stack pointer 73 standard library files 29 30 standard type qualifiers 87 start label 33 startup module 61 clearing bss 154 data copying 155 startup as 31 static variables 96 STATUS register 120 STDIO 126 storage class 95 strcat function 296 297 strchr function 299 301 stremp function 303 strcpy function 305 306 strespn function 308 strichr function 299 301 stricmp function 303 string literals 81 199 concatenation 82 String packing 200 strings 508 assembly 132 storage location 82 199 type of 81 strings psect 103 stringtable psect 103 stristr function 326 327 strlen function 309 strncat function 310 312 strncmp function 314 strncpy function 316 318 strnicmp function 314 strpbrk function 320 321 strrchr function 322 323 strrichr function 322 323 strspn function 325 strstr function 326 327 strtod function 328 strtok function 332 334 strtol function 330 structures alignment padding 119 bit fields 86 qualifiers 87 SUBTITLE assembler control 152 SUMMARY option class 63 file 63 hex 63 mem 63 psect 63 switch pragma directive 120 switch type auto 121 direct table lookup 121 symbol files 36 44 Avocet format 163 enhanced 159 generating 159 local symbols in 163 INDEX INDEX old style 158 removing local symbols from 49 removing symbols from 162 source level 44 symbol tables 160 163 sorting
409. rmat 2 6 44 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type This option allows the type of the output file s to be specified If no OUTPUT option is specified the output file s name will be derived from the first source or object file specified on the command line The available output file format are shown in Table 2 12 More than one output format may be specified by supplying a comma separated list of tags Those output file types which specify library formats stop the compilation process before the final stages of compilation are executed Hence specifying an output file format list containing e g 1ib or all will over ride the non library output types and only the library file will be created 57 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver 2 6 45 PASS1 Compile to P code The PASS1 option is used to generate a p code intermediate files p1 file from the parser then stop compilation Such a file needs to be generated if creating a p code library file 2 6 46 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code The PRE option is used to generate preprocessed C source files with an extension pre This may be useful to ensure that preprocessor macros have expanded to what you think they should Use of this option can also create C source files which do not require any separate header files This is useful when sending files for technical support If you wish to see the preprocessed source for the printf fami
410. rmation is passed to the code generator to ensure that these address spaces are not used by C code The linker will also be told to remove these ranges from those available and this reservation will be observable in the map file The RAM class definition for example may look like ARAM 020 06Fh OAOh 0EFh 130h 16Fh 0190h 01EFh for an 16F877 device showing that addresses 110h through 12F were reserved from this class range 3 10 4 2 Undefined Symbols Variables can be defined in assembly code if required but in some instances it is easier to do so in C source code in other cases the symbols may need to be accessable from both assembly and C source code A problem can occur if there is a variable defined in C code but is never referenced throughout the entire the C program In this case the code generator may remove the variable believing it is unused If assembly code is relying on this definition an error will result To work around this issue HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family also searches assembly derived object files for symbols which are undefined These will typically be symbols that are used but not defined in assembly code The code generator is informed of these symbols and if they are encountered in the C code the variable is automatically marked as being volatile This is the equivalent of the programmer having qualified the variable as being volatile in the source code see Section 3 3 9 Variable
411. rocessed version of doprnt c This module called doprnt pre in your working directory will show the C code that will actually be contained in the printf routine As this code has been pre processed indentation and comments will have been stripped out as part of the normal actions taken by the C pre processor 2 4 Debugging Information Several driver options and output files are related to allow development tools such as HI TIDE or MPLAB to perform source level debugging of the output code These are described in the following sections 2 4 1 Output File Formats The compiler is able to directly produce a number of the output file formats which are used by common PROM programmers and in circuit emulators The default behaviour of the PICC command is to produce Bytecraft COD Microchip COFF and Intel HEX output If no output filename or type is specified PICC will produce a Bytecraft COD Microchip COFF and Intel HEX file with the same base name as the first source or object file specified on the command line Table 2 12 shows the output format options available with HI TECH 35 Debugging Information PICC Command line Driver C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family The File Type column lists the filename extension which will be used for the output file In addition to the options shown the O option may be used to request generation of binary or UBROF files If you use the O option to specify an output filename with a bin type
412. rocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 157 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 158 invalid disable in preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 159 too many calls to unget Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 161 control line within preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor A preprocessor control line one starting with a has been encountered while expanding a macro This should not happen 359 Error and Warning Messages 162 warning Preprocessor Driver This warning is either the result of user defined warning preprocessor directive or the driver encountered a problem reading the the map file If the latter then please HI TECH Software technical support with details 163 unexpected text in control line ignored Preprocessor This warning occurs when extra characters appear on the end of a control line e g The extra text will be ignored but a warning is issued It is preferable and in accordance with Standard C to enclose the text as a comment e g if defined END define NEXT fendif END END would be better in a comment here x
413. ror Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 726 bad op in uconval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 727 bad op in bconfloat Code Generator This is an internal code generator error Contact HI TECH technical support with details 728 bad op in confloat Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 729 bad op in conval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 730 bad op Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 731 expression error with reserved word Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 435 Error and Warning Messages 732 initialization of bit types is illegal Code Generator Variables of type bit cannot be initialised e g bit b1 1 x oops bl must be assigned after its definition 733 bad string in pragma psect Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma psect directive that has a badly formed string e g pragma psect text x redirect text psect into what x Maybe you meant something like pragma psect text special_text 734 too many psect pragmas Code
414. round to 0x0000 which is the effective reset vector for the device The HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family compiler default startup routine will automatically include code to load the OSCCAL register with the value contained in the W register after reset on such devices No other code is required by the programmer For other chips such as 12C67X chips the oscillator constant is also stored at the top of program memory but as a retlw instruction The compiler s startup code will automatically generate code to retrieve this value and do the configuration This feature can be turned off via the RUNTIME option At runtime this value may be read using the macro _READ_OSCCAL_DATA To be able to use this macro make sure that lt htc h gt is included into the relevant modules of your program This macro returns the calibration constant which can then be stored into the OSCCAL register as follows 79 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Table 3 1 Basic data types Type Size bits Arithmetic Type bit 1 unsigned integer char 8 signed or unsigned integer unsigned char 8 unsigned integer short 16 signed integer unsigned short 16 unsigned integer int 16 signed integer unsigned int 16 unsigned integer short long 24 signed integer unsigned short long 24 unsigned integer long 32 signed integer unsigned long 32 unsigned integer float 24 real double 24 o
415. ructions The PIC baseline 12 bit instruction word devices have some registers which are not in the normal SFR area and cannot be accessed using an ordinary move instruction The HI TECH C compiler can be instructed to automatically use the special instructions intended for such cases when pre defined symbols are accessed The definition of the special symbols make use of the control keyword This keyword informs the compiler that the registers are outside of the normal address space and that a different access method is required 3 2 7 1 The OPTION instruction Some baseline PIC devices use an option instruction to load the OPTION register The appropriate header files contain a special definition for a C object called OPTION and macros for the bit symbols which are stored in this register HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family will automati cally use the option instruction when an appropriate processor is selected and the OPTION object is accessed For example to set the prescaler assignment bit so that prescaler is assigned to the watch dog timer the following code can be used after including pic h OPTION PSA This will load the appropriate value into the W register and then call the option instruction 78 C Language Features Processor related Features 3 2 7 2 The TRIS instructions Some PIC devices use a tris instruction to load the TRIS register The appropriate header files contain a special definition for a C obj
416. ry routines provided to check and initialise persistent data see A for more information and for an example of using persistent data 3 3 10 2 Near Type Qualifier The near type qualifier is a recommendation to place static variables in the common memory of the PIC MCU Near objects are represented by 8 bit addresses and are always accessible regardless of the currently selected RAM bank so accessing near objects may be faster than accessing other objects and typically results in smaller code sizes Here is an example of an unsigned char object placed within the common memory static near unsigned char fred The memory allocation scheme used by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family auto matically allocates variables to the common memory The common memory will be filled before banked memory is used The allocation scheme uses the number of times the each object is refer enced as well the size of the object to determine which are given preference to the common memory The near qualifier increases the probability of a variable being placed in the common memory 3 3 10 3 Bank1 Bank2 and Bank3 Type Qualifiers The bank1 bank2 and bank3 type qualifiers are always recognised by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family so that code may be easily ported from other compilers however by default these qualifiers have no effect If the FORCEBANK option is used the bank1 bank2 and bank3 qualifiers become a recommendation to place st at
417. s 447 Error and Warning Messages 809 unknown addressing mode Assembler Optimiser An unknown addressing mode was used in the assembly file 811 cnt too large in displayO Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 814 processor type not defined Assembler The processor must be defined either from the command line eg 16c84 via the PROCESSOR assembler directive or via the LIST assembler directive 815 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains non standard syntax at the specified line 816 duplicate ARCH specification in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 817 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver An chip architecture family that is unknown was encountered when reading the chip INI file 818 duplicate BANKS for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple BANKS values Only one BANKS value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 819 duplicate ZEROREG for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multip
418. s defined in ctype h test the supplied character for membership in one of several over lapping groups of characters Note that all except isascii are defined for e if isascii c is true or if c EOF isalnum c c is in 0 9 or a z or A Z isalpha c c is in A Z or a z isascii c c is a 7 bit ascii character 248 iscntrl c isdigit c islower c isprint c isgraph c ispunct c isspace c isupper c isxdigit c c is a control character c is a decimal digit c is in a z c is a printing char c is a non space printable character c is not alphanumeric c is a space tab or newline cis in A Z c is in 0 9 or a f or A F Library Functions Example include lt ctype h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main See Also void char buf 80 int gets buf i 0 while isalnum buf i itt buf i 0 printf s is the word n buf toupper tolower toascii 249 Library Functions ISDIG Synopsis include lt ctype h gt int isdig int c Description The isdig function tests the input character c to see if is a decimal digit 0 9 and returns true is this is the case false otherwise Example include lt ctype h gt void main void char buf 1998a if isdig buf 0 printf valid type detected n See Also isdigit listed un isalnum Return Value Zero if the character is a decimal digit a non zero va
419. s 2 252 e bee ee ee eS 48 2 612 O Quiet Mode o p as sose ai poi e dp a we 48 20 13 S Compile to Assembler Code ecos E oH Sp SAE gak 49 2614 Umacreo Undefine a Macro o pocos pies yep eap e E a eS 49 202 V Verbose COMPIE cia cos we bab thee Gs thee bees 49 26 16 X Smp Local Symbols ss rary pok 8 a ee ARA 49 2 6 17 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files 2c o ooooosorsrss 50 2 6 18 BANKQUAL selection Set Compiler Response to Bank Selection OQUAlIMSES lt s cpe a Bh A p e adp So add ek dy a ee 50 2 6 19 CALLGRAPH type Select call graph type 50 2 6 20 CHECKSUM start end destination lt specs gt Calculate a check BUM o eor oe ee EE eA eS 51 26 21 CHIP precessor Define Proc ssof 2 2 nye es 38000204 51 2 6 22 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors 52 2 6 23 CODEOFF SET Offset Program Code to Address 52 2 6 24 CR file Generate Cross Reference Listing 52 2 6 25 DEBUGGER type Select Debugger Type 52 2 6 26 DOUBLE t ype Select kind of Double Types 53 2 6 27 ECHO Echo command line before processing 53 2 6 28 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages 53 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 7 2 6 29 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors 53 2 6 30 FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory
420. s an implied bit to the left of the radix point which is always 1 except for a zero value where the implied bit is zero A zero value is indicated by a zero exponent The value of this number is 1 5 97 x 2 ezponent127 x 1 mantissa Here are some examples of the IEEE 754 32 bit formats Note that the most significant bit of the mantissa column in 3 4 that is the bit to the left of the radix point is the implied bit which is assumed to be unless the exponent is zero in which case the float is zero The 32 bit example in 3 4 can be calculated manually as follows The sign bit is zero the biased exponent is 251 so the exponent is 251 127 124 Take the binary number to the right of the decimal point in the mantissa Convert this to decimal and divide it by 27 where 23 is the number of bits taken up by the mantissa to give 0 302447676659 Add one to this fraction The floating point number is then given by 1 x 212 x 1 302447676659 1x 2 126764793256e 37 x 1 302447676659 2 77000e 37 Variables may be declared using the float and double keywords respectively to hold values of these types Floating point types are always signed and the unsigned keyword is illegal when specifying a floating point type Types declared as long double will use the same format as types declared as double 85 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 3 8 Structures and Unions HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family suppor
421. s are not portable and in fact will be rejected by later passes of the compiler e g if CHAR ab define MULTI endif 175 division by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor Inside a i f expression there is a division by zero which has been treated as yielding zero e g if foo 0 x divide by 0 was this what you were intending int a endif 176 missing newline Preprocessor A new line is missing at the end of the line Each line including the last line must have a new line at the end This problem is normally introduced by editors 177 symbol in U option was never defined Preprocessor A macro name specified in a U option to the preprocessor was not initially defined and thus cannot be undefined 362 Error and Warning Messages 179 nested comments Preprocessor This warning is issued when nested comments are found A nested comment may indicate that a previous closing comment marker is missing or malformed e g output 0 a comment that was left unterminated flag TRUE next comment hey where did this line go 180 unterminated comment in included file Preprocessor Comments begun inside an included file must end inside the included file 181 non scalar types can t be converted to other types Parser You can t convert a structure union or array to another type e g struct TEST test struct TEST x sp sp
422. s at a set address CK Calculate and store a checksum value FILL Program unused locations with a known value FIND Search and notify if a particular code sequence is detected FIND DELETE Remove the code sequence if it is detected use with caution FIND REPLACE Replace the code sequence with a new code sequence FORMAT Specify maximum data record length or select INHX variant HELP Show all options or display help message for specific option LOGFILE Save hexmate analysis of output and various results to a file Ofile Specify the name of the output file SERIAL Store a serial number or code sequence at a fixed address SIZE Report the number of bytes of data contained in the resultant hex image STRING Store an ASCII string at a fixed address STRPACK Store an ASCII string at a fixed address using string packing W Adjust warning sensitivity Prefix to any option to overwrite other data in its address range if necessary 5 15 1 Hexmate Command Line Options Some of these hexmate operations may be possible from the compiler s command line driver How ever if hexmate is to be run directly its usage is hexmate lt filel hex fileN hex gt lt options gt Where filel hex through to fileN hex are a list of input Intel hex files to merge using hexmate Ad ditional options can be provided to further customize this process Table 5 9 lists the command line options that hexmate accepts The input par
423. s converting it to a long integer type This function converts the first occurence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters The radix of the input is determined from base If this is zero then the radix defaults to base 10 If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string Example include lt stdio h gt include lt strlib h gt void main See Also strtod 330 void char buf char end long inl in2 0x299 0x792 inl strtol buf send 16 in2 strtol end NULL 16 printf in decimal ld ld n a in2 Library Functions Return Value Returns a long int representing the value of the converted input string using the specified base 331 Library Functions STRTOK Synopsis include lt string h gt char x strtok char x sl const char s2 Description A number of calls to strtok breaks the string s1 which consists of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated by one or more characters from the separator string s2 into its separate tokens The first call must have the string s1 This call returns a pointer to the first character of the first token or NULL if no tokens were found The inter token separator character is overwritten by a null character which terminates the current token For subsequent calls
424. s in a similar fashion to DB except that it assembles expressions into words Example DW 1 3664h A 37770 4 3 8 9 DS This directive reserves but does not initialize memory locations The single argument is the number of bytes to be reserved Examples alabel DS 23 Reserve 23 bytes of memory xlabel DS 2 3 Reserve 5 bytes of memory 4 3 8 10 DABS This directive allows one or more bytes of memory to be reserved at the specified address The general form of the directive is DABS memory_space address bytes where memory_space is a number representing the memory space in which the reservation will take place address is the address at which the reservation will take place and bytes is the number of bytes that is to be reserved This directive differs to the DS directive in that it does not allocate space at the curernt location in the current psect but instead can be used to reserve memory at any location The memory space number is the same as the number specified with the space flag option to psects Devices with a single flat memory space will typically always use 0 as the space value devices with separate code and data spaces typically use 0 for the code space and for the data space The code generator issues a DABS directive for every user defined absolute C variable or for variables that have been allocated an address by the code generator 142 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language
425. s of the segment and represents division This means Take the load address of the psect divide by 10 hex then subtract 4 This form can be modified by substituting N for A x for to represent multiplication and adding rather than subtracting a constant The token N is replaced by the ordinal number of the segment which is allocated by the linker For example Nx8 4 means take the segment number multiply by 8 then add 4 The result is the segment selector This particular example would allocate segment selectors in the sequence 4 12 20 for the number of segments defined This would be appropriate when compiling for 80286 protected mode where these selectors would represent LDT entries 5 7 10 Hsymfile This option will instruct the linker to generate a symbol file The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 7 11 H symfile This option will instruct the linker to generate an enhanced symbol file which provides in addition to the standard symbol file class names associated with each symbol and a segments section which lists each class name and the range of memory it occupies This format is recommended if the code is to be run in conjunction with a debugger The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 7 12 Jerrcount The linker will stop processing object files after a certain number of
426. s qualified as volatile will never be removed by the code generator even if they appear to be unused throughout the program TUTORIAL PROCESSING OF UNDEFINED SYMBOLS A C source module defines a global variable as follows int input 113 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Features but this variable is only ever used in assembly code The assembly module s can simply declare and link in to this symbol using the GLOBAL assembler directive and them make use of the symbol GLOBAL _input PSECT text class CODE delta 2 movf _input w In this instance the C variable input will not be removed and be treated as if it was qualified volatile 3 10 4 3 Assembly Stack Usage Assembly routines can define their own local storage the equivalent of C auto variables by using the FNSIZE directive To ensure that any variables defined in this way are taken into account by the code generator which allocates space for the compiled stack the FNSIZE directives are also scanned and information relating to these passed to the code generator The FNCALL directives are also processed so that if assembly routine call other assembly rou tines this information can be passed to the code generator and the call graph updated 114 TUTORIAL PROCESSING OF ASSEMBLY LOCAL VARIABLES An assembly routine requires 2 local memory locations for storage no arguments The definition for the function looks like GLOBAL _read FNSIZE _
427. s should have lib extension Libr Use the 1ib extension when specifying a library filename 0 module defines no symbols Libr No symbols were found in the module s object file This may be what was intended or it may mean that part of the code was inadvertently removed or commented 482 Error and Warning Messages 0 replace what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for replacement when using the r key e g libre cd lib This command needs the name of a module obj file after the library name 483 Error and Warning Messages 484 Appendix C Chip Information The following table lists all devices currently supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family DEVICE ARCH ROMSIZE RAMBANK EEPROMSIZE 10F200 PIC12 100 10 1F 10F202 PIC12 200 08 1F 10F204 PIC12 100 10 1F 10F206 PIC12 200 08 1F 10F220 PIC12 100 10 1F 10F222 PIC12 200 09 1F 12C508 PIC12 200 07 1F 12F508 PIC12 200 07 1F 120509 PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12F509 PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12F510 PIC12 400 0A 1F 30 3F 12F519 PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12C508A PIC12 200 07 1F 12C509A PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12C509AG PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F RF509AG PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12C509AF PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F RESO9AF PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12CR509A PIC12 400 07 1F 30 3F 12CE518 PIC12 200 07 1F 12CE519 PIC12 400 07 1F 30
428. s the same signature value To determine the correct value you would write the following code char widget int argl int arg2 and compile it to assembler code using PICC S Xie The resultant assembler code includes the following line SIGNAT _widget 8249 The SIGNAT pseudo op tells the assembler to include a record in the obj file which associates the value 8249 with symbol _widget The value 8249 is the correct signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value If this line is copied into the as file where _widget is defined it will associate the correct signature with the function and the linker will be able to check for correct argument passing For example if another c file contains the declaration extern char widget long then a different signature will be generated and the linker will report a signature mis match which will alert you to the possible existence of incompatible calling conventions 3 12 3 Linker Defined Symbols The link address of a psect can be obtained from the value of a global symbol with name __ Lname where name is the name of the psect For example __Lbss is the low bound of the bss psect The highest address of a psect i e the link address plus the size is symbol __Hname If the psect has different load and link addresses the load start address is specified as___ Bname 125 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O C Language Features Table 3 12 Supported st
429. s to compile all p code or p code library files in the one step Thus if the PASS1 option is not used or PRE is not used all C source files and any p code libraries must be built together in the one command If a compilation is performed and the source file that contains main is not present in the list of C source files an undefined symbol error for _main will be produced by the code generator If the file that contains the definition for main is present but it is a subset of the C source files making up a project that is being compiled the code generator will not be able to see the entire C program and this will defeat most of the optimization techniques employed by the code generator There may be multi step compilation methods employed that lead to compiler errors as a result of the above restrictions for example you cannot have an C function compiled into a p code library that is called only from assembler code 2 2 3 Special Processing There are several special steps that take place during compilation 27 Runtime Files PICC Command line Driver 2 2 3 1 Printf check An extra execution of the code generator is performed for prior to the actual code generation phase This pass is part of the process by which the printf library function is customized see Section 2 3 4 for more details 2 2 3 2 Assembly Code Requirements After pre processing and parsing of any C source files but before code generation of thes
430. sage with HELP or refer to the part of the manual that discusses this option 905 illegal application specified in option Driver The application given to this option is not understood or does not belong to the compiler 458 Error and Warning Messages 907 unknown memory space tag in option specification Driver A parameter to this memory option was a string but did not match any valid tags Refer to the section of this manual that describes this option to see what tags 1f any are valid for this device 908 exit status Driver One of the subcomponents being executed encountered a problem and returned an error code Other messages should have been reported by the subcomponent to explain the problem that was encoun tered 913 option may cause compiler errors in some standard header files Driver Using this option will invalidate some of the qualifiers used in the standard header files resulting in errors This issue and its solution are detailed in the section of this manual that specifically discusses this option 915 no room for arguments Preprocessor Parser Code Generator Linker Objtohex The code generator could not allocate any more memory 917 argument too long Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 918 no match Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software t
431. se the function getch Example include lt stdio h gt void main void int e while c getchar EOF putchar c See Also getc fgetc freopen fcloseQ Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 243 Library Functions GETS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt char x gets char x s Description The gets function reads a line from standard input into the buffer at s deleting the newline cf fgets The buffer is null terminated In an embedded system gets is equivalent to cgets and results in getche being called repeatedly to get characters Editing with backspace is available Example include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 printf Type a line if gets buf puts buf See Also feets freopen puts Return Value It returns its argument or NULL on end of file 244 Library Functions GET_CAL_DATA Synopsis include lt htc h gt double get_cal_data const unsigned char code_ptr Description This function returns the 32 bit floating point calibration data from the PIC 14000 calibration space Only use this function to access KREF KBG VHTHERM and KTC that is the 32 bit floating point parameters FOSC and TWDT can be accessed directly as they are bytes Example ftinclude lt htc h gt void main void double x unsigned char y x Get the slope reference ratio
432. se up to two levels of stack In the example above the symbol _main is associated with the function main and intlevell associated with an interrupt function with an interrupt level of 1 Here the function main takes no parameters and defines 4 bytes of auto variables The total size of the APB for main is 4 and this was placed at an offset of O in the program s auto parameter psect The function main may call a function called init This function also uses a total of 4 bytes of auto variables The function main is still active when init is active so their APBs must occupy distinct memory NB main will always be active during program execution by definition The block for init follows immediately after that of main s at address offset 4 The function init does not call any other functions The main function may also call the function byt econv This function defines a total of 17 bytes of auto variables It is called when main is still active but it is never active 173 Map Files Linker and Utilities at the same time as init is active so 1ts APB can overlap with that of init and is placed at offset 4 within the auto parameter psect The function byteconv may call several functions float ldiv crv and srv Any function name that does not start with an underscore must be an assembly routine The routine float and 1div in this case relating to floating point and long division library routines All these functions have their
433. should be called after each change to a persistent variable It will set up the magic number and recalculate the checksum Example include lt sys h gt include lt stdio h gt persistent long reset_count void main void if persist_check 1 printf Reset count invalid zeroed n else printf Reset number ld n reset_count reset_count x update count x persist_validate and checksum x for continue x sleep until next reset x 272 Library Functions Return Value FALSE zero if the NVRAM area is invalid TRUE non zero if the NVRAM area is valid 273 Library Functions POW Synopsis include lt math h gt double pow double f double p Description The pow function raises its first argument f to the power p Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 lt 10 0 1 0 printf pow 2 1 0f f n f pow 2 See Also logQ log100 expO Return Value f to the power of p 274 Library Functions PRINTF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt unsigned char printf const char fmt Description The printfQ function is a formatted output routine operating on stdout There are corresponding routines operating into a string buffer sprintfQ The printf routine is passed a format string followed by a list of zero or more arguments In
434. should not be used when assembling an assembler file produced by the code generator from a C source file Twidth This option allows specification of the listfile paper width in characters width should be a decimal number greater than 41 The default width is 80 characters X The object file created by the assembler contains symbol information including local symbols i e symbols that are neither public or external The X option will prevent the local symbols from being included in the object file thereby reducing the file size 4 3 HI TECH C Assembly Language The source language accepted by the macro assembler ASPIC is described below All opcode mnemonics and operand syntax are strictly PIC assembly language Additional mnemonics and assembler directives are documented in this section 4 3 1 Statement Formats Legal statement formats are shown in Table 4 2 The label field is optional and if present should contain one identifier A label may appear on a line of its own or precede a mnemonic as shown in the second format The third format is only legal with certain assembler directives such as MACRO SET and EQU The name field is mandatory and should also contain one identifier If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 6 11 then it may also contain lines that form valid preprocessor directives See Section 3 11 1 for more information on the format for these directives There is no limitatio
435. signed a unsigned b void main void int a result a read_port result add 5 a 3 10 2 asm endasm and asm PIC instructions may also be directly embedded in line into C code using the directives asm endasm or the statement asm The asm and endasm directives are used to start and end a block of assembly instructions which are to be embedded into the assembly output of the code generator The asm and endasm construct is not syntactically part of the C program and thus it does not obey normal C flow of control rules however you can easily include multiple instructions with this form of in line assembly The asm statement is used to embed a single assembler instruction This form looks and behaves like a C statement however each instruction must be encapsulated within an asm state ment You should not use a asm block within any C constructs such as if while do etc In these cases use only the asm form which is a C statement and will correctly interact with all C flow of control structures The following example shows both methods used unsigned int var void main void 110 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code var 1 asm like this BOE DS rlf _var rlf varti endasm or like this asm bcf 0 3 asm rlf var asm rlf _var 1 When using in line assembler code great care must be taken to avoid interacting
436. sis include lt setjmp h gt void longjmp jmp_buf buf int val Description The longjmpQ function in conjunction with setjmpQ provides a mechanism for non local goto s To use this facility setimp should be called with a jmp_buf argument in some outer level function The call from setjmpQ will return 0 To return to this level of execution longjmp may be called with the same jmp_buf argument from an inner level of execution Note however that the function which called setjmp must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data The val argument to longjmp will be the value apparently returned from the setjmp This should normally be non zero to distinguish it from the genuine setjmp call Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void NE 4 258 Library Functions if i setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setijmp returned 0 good n printf calling inner n inner y printf inner returned bad n See Also setimp Return Value The longjmp routine never returns Note The function which called setjmpQ must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack
437. ssages Table 2 3 Messaging environment variables Variable Effect HTC_MSG_FORMAT All advisory messages HTC_WARN_FORMAT All warning messages HTC_ERR_FORMAT All error and fatal error messages Fatal Error Messages indicate a situation that cannot allow compilation to proceed and which re quired the the compilation process to stop immediately The requested output files will not be produced 2 5 4 Message Format By default messages are printed in the most useful human readable format as possible This format can vary from one compiler application to another since each application reports information about different file formats Some applications for example the parser are typically able to pinpoint the area of interest down to a position on a particular line of C source code whereas other applications such as the linker can at best only indicate a module name and record number which is less directly associated with any particular line of code Some messages relate to driver options which are in no way associated with any source code There are several ways of changing the format in which message are displayed which are dis cussed below The driver option E with or without a filename alters the format of all displayed messages See Section 2 6 3 Using this option produces messages that are better suited to machine parsing and user friendly Typically each message is displayed on a single line T
438. st explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 304 Library Functions STRCPY Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char x strcpy char sl const char x s2 Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example tinclude lt string h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char x sl x s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat sl s2 printf Length 2din strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer See Also stmepy strlenQ streat strlen Return Value The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned 305 Library Functions STRCPY Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x char strcpy char sl const char s2 For high end processors x far char strcpy far char sl const char s2 Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 char x sl s2 trcpy buffer Start of line 1 buffer 2 se end of line trcat sl s
439. stant word s DS Reserve storage DABS Define absolute storage IF Conditional assembly ELSIF Alternate conditional assembly ELSE Alternate conditional assembly ENDIF End conditional assembly FNADDR Inform the linker that a function may be indirectly called FNARG Inform the linker that evaluation of arguments for one function requires calling another FNBREAK Break call graph links FNCALL Inform the linker that one function calls another FNCONF Supply call graph configuration information for the linker FNINDIR Inform the linker that all functions with a particular signature may be indirectly called FNROOT Inform the linker that a function is the root of a call graph FNSIZE Inform the linker of argument and local variable for a function ACRO Macro definition END End macro definition OCAL Define local tabs ALIG Align output to the specified boundary PAGESEL Generate set reset instruction to set PCLATH for this page PROCESSOR Define the particular chip for which this file is to be assembled REPT Repeat a block of code n times IRP Repeat a block of code with a list IRPC Repeat a block of code with a character list SIGNAT Define function signature Macro Assembler Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 6 PSECT flags Flag Meaning abs Psect is absolute bit Psect holds bit objects class name Specify class name for psect delta size Size
440. sting 1 2 d i See Also sprintfQ Return Value The printf routine returns the number of characters written to stdout NB The return value is a char NOT an int Note Certain features of printf are only available for the midrange and high end processors Read the description for details Printing floating point numbers requires that the float to be printed be no larger than the largest possible long integer In order to use long or float formats the appropriate supplemental library must be included See the description on the PICC L option and the HPDPIC Options Long formats in printf menu for more details 277 Library Functions PUTCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void putch char c Description The putch function outputs the character c to the console screen prepending a carriage return if the character is a newline In a CP M or MS DOS system this will use one of the system I O calls In an embedded system this routine and associated others will be defined in a hardware dependent way The standard putch routines in the embedded library interface either to a serial port or to the Lucifer Debugger Example tinclude lt conio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp cp X while xx putch x putch An See Also cgets cputs getch getche 278 Library Functions PUTCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int putchar int
441. t the assembly list file will show macro in an unexpanded format i e as the macro was invoked Expansion of the macro in the listing file can be shown by using the EXPAND assembler control see Section 4 3 9 2 4 3 8 21 LOCAL The LOCAL directive allows unique labels to be defined for each expansion of a given macro Any symbols listed after the LOCAL directive will have a unique assembler generated symbol substituted for them when the macro is expanded For example down MACRO count LOCAL more more decfsz count goto more ENDM when expanded will include a unique assembler generated label in place of more For example down foobar expands to 220001 decfsz foobar goto 0001 if invoked a second time the label more would expand to 0002 147 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 8 22 ALIGN The ALIGN directive aligns whatever is following data storage or code etc to the specified bound ary in the psect in which the directive is found The boundary is specified by a number following the directive and it specifies a number of bytes For example to align output to a 2 byte even address within a psect the following could be used ALIGN 2 Note however that what follows will only begin on an even absolute address if the psect begins on an even address The ALIGN directive can also be used to ensure that a psect s length is a multiple of a certain number For example if the above ALIGN directive w
442. t 5 i ip 21 this is okay x 361 function declared implicit int Parser Where the compiler encounters a function call of a function whose name is presently undefined the compiler will automatically declare the function to be of type int with unspecified K amp R style parameters If a definition of the function is subsequently encountered it is possible that its type and arguments will be different from the earlier implicit declaration causing a compiler error The solution is to ensure that all functions are defined or at least declared before use preferably with prototyped parameters If it is necessary to make a forward declaration of a function it should be preceded with the keywords extern or static as appropriate For example x I may prevent an error arising from calls below x void set long a int b void main void by here a prototype for set should have seen x set 10L 6 362 redundant amp applied to array Parser The address operator amp has been applied to an array Since using the name of an array gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g int array 5 intr ip x array is a constant not a variable the amp is redundant x ip amp array 398 x Error and Warning Messages 363 redundant amp or applied to function address Parser The address operator amp has been applied to a function Since using the name of a function gi
443. t f format strings are collated to produce a list of the desired functionality of the final function The doprnt c file is then preprocessed with the those macros specified by the preliminary analysis thus creating a custom printf function for the project being compiled After parsing the p code output derived from doprnt c is then combined with the remainder of the C program in the final code generation step TUTORIAL CALLS TO PRINTF A program contains one call to printf which looks like printf input is d The compiler will note that only the d placeholder is used and the doprnt module that is linked into the program will only contain code that handles printing of decimal integers The code is latter changed and another call to printf is added The new call looks like printf output is 6d Now the compiler will detect that in addition there must be code present in the doprnt module that handles integers printed to a specific width The code that handles this flag will be introduced into the doprnt module The size of the doprnt module will increase as more print f features are detected If the format string in a call to printf is not a string literal as in the tutorial but is rather a pointer to a string then the compiler will not be able to reliably predict the printf usage and so it forces a more complete version of printf to be generated However even without being able to scan printf placeholders the compil
444. t is used in the declaration the type will be signed long When specifying this type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as long will contain a signed long int and a variable declared as unsigned long will contain an unsigned long int 3 3 7 Floating Point Types and Variables Floating point is implemented using either a IEEE 754 32 bit format or a modified truncated 24 bit form of this The 24 bit format is used for all float values For double values the 24 bit format is the default or if the double 24 option is used The 32 bit format is used for double values if the double 32 option is used This format is described in 3 3 where 84 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables Table 3 3 Floating point formats Format Sign biased exponent mantissa IEEE 754 32 bit x XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX modified IEEE 754 24 bit x XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Table 3 4 Floating point format example IEEE 754 Format Number biased expo 1 mantissa decimal nent 32 bit TDA6B69Bh 11111011b 1 01001101011011010011011b 2 77000e 37 251 1 302447676659 24 bit 42123Ah 10000100b 1 001001000111010b 36 557 132 1 142395019531 e sign is the sign bit e The exponent is 8 bits which is stored as excess 127 i e an exponent of 0 is stored as 127 e mantissa is the mantissa which is to the right of the radix point There i
445. t using the 1imit psect flag Either the psect needs to be linked at a different location or there is too much code data in the psect 499 undefined symbol Assembler Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 500 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 420 Error and Warning Messages 501 program entry point is defined more than once Linker There is more than one entry point defined in the object files given the linker End entry point is specified after the END directive The runtime startup code defines the entry point e g powerup goto start END powerup end of file and define entry point other files that use END should not define another entry point 502 incomplete record body length Linker An object file contained a record with an illegal size This probably means the file is truncated or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details 503 ident records do not match Linker The object files passed to the linker do not have matching ident records This means they are for different processor types 504 object code version is greater than Linker The object code version of an object module is higher than the highest version the linker is kn
446. t with details 750 constant operand to ll or amp amp Code Generator One operand to the logical operators or amp amp is a constant Check the expression for missing or badly placed parentheses This message may also occur if the global optimizer is enabled and one of the operands is an auto or static local variable whose value has been tracked by the code generator e g int a a 6 if a b a is 6 therefore this is always true bt 438 Error and Warning Messages 751 arithmetic overflow in constant expression Code Generator A constant expression has been evaluated by the code generator that has resulted in a value that is too big for the type of the expression The most common code to trigger this warning is assignments to signed data types For example signed char c c OxFF As a signed 8 bit quantity c can only be assigned values 128 to 127 The constant is equal to 255 and is outside this range If you mean to set all bits in this variable then use either of c 0x0 c 1 which will set all the bits in the variable regardless of the size of the variable and without warning This warning can also be triggered by intermediate values overflowing For example unsigned int i x assume ints are 16 bits wide i 240 x 137 x this should be okay right A quick check with your calculator reveals that 240 137 is 32880 which can easily be stored in an unsigned int but
447. ta ibigdata and that copies the idata ibigdata and ifardata psects ROM image ifardata psects ROM image to RAM is copied into RAM clib The inclusion of library files into the output Library files are linked into the code by the linker output clear The code present in the startup module The bss bigbss rbss and that clears the bss bigbss rbss and farbss psects are cleared farbss psects download Conditioning of the Intel hex file for use with bootloaders Data records in the Intel hex file are padded out to 16 byte lengths and will align on 16 byte bound aries Startup code will not as sume reset values in certain reg isters keep Whether the start up module source file is The start up module is not deleted after compilation deleted no_startup Whether the startup module is linked in with user defined code The start up module is generated and linked into the program stack stackwarn Checking the depth of the stack used The stack depth is monitored at compile time and a warning will be produced if a potential stack overflow is detected stackcall Allow function calls to use the hardware Functions called via call in struction while stack not ex hausted 61 PICC Driver Option Descriptions PICC Command line Driver 2 6 51 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies When this option is used a dep dependency file is generated The dependency file lists those files on which
448. te to interpret all command line address fields as word addresses The affect of this setting is global and all hexmate options will now interpret addresses according to this setting This option will allow specification of addressing modes from one byte per address to four bytes per address 5 15 14 BREAK This option takes a comma separated list of addresses If any of these addresses are encountered in the hex file the current data record will conclude and a new data record will recommence from the nominated address This can be useful to use new data records to force a distinction between functionally different areas of program space Some hex file readers depend on this 5 15 15 CK The CK option is for calculating a checksum The usage of this option is CK start end destination offset wWidth tCode gAlogithm where Start and End specify the address range that the checksum will be calculated over Destination is the address where to store the checksum result This value cannot be within the range of calculation Offset is an optional initial value to add to the checksum result Width is optional and specifies the byte width of the checksum result Results can be calculated for byte widths of 1 to 4 bytes If a positive width is requested the result will be stored in big endian byte order A negative width will cause the result to be stored in little endian byte order If the width is left unspecified the result
449. termination can be adjusted by using the ERRORS option see Section 2 6 29 This counter is reset after each compilation step of each module thus specifying a maximum of five errors will allow up to five errors from the parser five from the code generator five from the linker five from the driver etc If a language other than English is selected and the message cannot be found in the appropriate non English MDF the alert system tries to find the message in the English MDF If an English message string is not present a message similar to error warning generated but no description available where indicates the message number that was generated will be printed otherwise the message in the requested language will be displayed 37 Compiler Messages PICC Command line Driver Table 2 2 Support languages Language MDF name English en_msgs txt German de_msgs txt French fr_msgs txt 2 5 2 Message Language HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family Supports more than one language for displayed messages There is one MDF for each language supported The language used for messaging may be specified with each compile using the LANG op tion see Section 2 6 35 Alternatively it may be set up in a more permanent manner by using the LANG option together with the SETUP option which will store the default language in either the registry under Windows or in a configuration file on other syste
450. terrupt functions may modify it and so tracking the variable cannot be performed This warning may indicate more than an optimization made by the compiler It may indicate an expression with missing or badly placed parentheses causing the evaluation to yield a value different to what you expected This warning may also be issued because you have written something like while 1 To produce an infinite loop use for A similar situation arises with for loops e g int a b x this loop must iterate at least once x for a 0 a 10 att b func a In this case the code generator can again pick up that a is assigned the value 0 then immediately checked to see if it is equal to 10 Because a is modified during the for loop the comparison code cannot be removed but the code generator will adjust the code so that the comparison is not performed on the first pass of the loop only on the subsequent passes This may not reduce code size but it will speed program execution 758 constant conditional branch possible use of instead of Code Generator There is an expression inside an i f or other conditional construct where a constant is being assigned to a variable This may mean you have inadvertently used an assignment instead of a compare e g int a b x this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 441 Error and Warning Messages will assign the valu
451. ters wide c The argument is assumed to be a single character and is printed literally Any other characters used as conversion specifications will be printed Thus will produce a single percent sign For the Midrange and High end series the types of conversions are as for the Baseline with the addition of 275 Library Functions 1 Long integer conversion Preceding the integer conversion key letter with an l indicates that the argument list is long f Floating point m is the total width and n is the number of digits after the decimal point If n is omitted it defaults to 6 If the precision is zero the decimal point will be omitted unless the alternate format is specified Example printf Total 4d 23 yields Total 23 printf Size is 1x size where size is a long prints size as hexadecimal Note precision number is only available when using Midrange and High end processors when using the s placeholder printf Name 8s al234567890 yields Name al234567 Note the variable width number is only available when using Midrange and High end processors placeholder printf xx3 d 3 4 yields xx 4 vprintf example x include lt stdio h gt int error char x S va_list ap va_start ap Ss printt Errtori y vprintf s ap 276 Library Functions putchar n va_end ap void main void int iy i 3 error te
452. test x oops did you mean sp amp test 182 illegal conversion between types Parser This expression implies a conversion between incompatible types e g a conversion of a structure type into an integer e g struct LAYOUT layout ant Ls layout i int cannot be converted to struct x Note that even if a structure only contains an int for example it cannot be assigned to an int variable and vice versa 183 function or function pointer required Parser Only a function or function pointer can be the subject of a function call e g Int Va Ab Es Way a b c d x b is not a function did you mean a bx c d x 363 Error and Warning Messages 184 calling an interrupt function is illegal Parser A function qualified interrupt can t be called from other functions It can only be called by a hardware or software interrupt This is because an interrupt function has special function entry and exit code that is appropriate only for calling from an interrupt An interrupt function can call other non interrupt functions 185 function does not take arguments Parser Code Generator This function has no parameters but it is called here with one or more arguments e g int get_value void void main void int input input get_value 6 oops parameter should not be here x 186 too many function arguments Parser This function does not accept as many arguments as
453. tf 33 275 putch 278 putchar 279 puts 281 gsort 282 ram_test_failed 284 rand 285 round 287 scanf 288 setjmp 290 sin 292 sinh 225 sprintf 293 sqrt 294 srand 295 strcat 296 297 strchr 299 301 stremp 303 strcpy 305 306 strespn 308 strichr 299 301 stricmp 303 stristr 326 327 strlen 309 strncat 310 312 strncmp 314 strncpy 316 318 strnicmp 314 strpbrk 320 321 strrchr 322 323 strrichr 322 323 strspn 325 strstr 326 327 strtod 328 strtok 332 334 strtol 330 tan 336 tanh 225 time 337 toascii 339 tolower 339 toupper 339 trunc 340 ungetc 341 342 ungetch 343 utoa 344 va_arg 345 va_end 345 va_start 345 vscanf 288 xtoi 347 library macro CLRWDT 223 DI 228 EI 228 limit PSECT flag 140 limiting number of error messages 53 link addresses 155 161 linker 153 command files 164 command line arguments 155 164 invoking 164 long command lines 164 passes 179 symbols handled 154 linker defined symbols 125 linker errors aborting 159 undefined symbols 160 linker option Aclass low high 157 162 INDEX INDEX Cpsect class 158 Dsymfile 158 Eerrfile 158 E 158 Gspec 158 H symfile 159 Hsymfile 159 I 160 Jerrcount 159 K 160 L 160 LM 160 Mmapfile 160 N 160 Nc 160 Ns 160 Ooutfile 160 Pspec 161 Qprocessor 162 Sclass limit bound 162 Usymbol 163 V
454. the format string are conversion specifications each of which is used to print out one of the argument list values Each conversion specification is of the form m ne where the percent symbol introduces a conversion followed by an optional width specification m The n specification is an optional precision specification introduced by the dot and cis a letter specifying the type of the conversion Field widths and precision are only supported on the midrange and high end processors with the precision specification only applicable to s If the character is used in place of a decimal constant e g in the format d then one integer argument will be taken from the list to provide that value The types of conversion for the Baseline series are oxXud Integer conversion in radices 8 16 16 10 and 10 respectively The conversion is signed in the case of d unsigned otherwise The precision value is the total number of digits to print and may be used to force leading zeroes E g 8 4x will print at least 4 hex digits in an 8 wide field The letter X prints out hexadecimal numbers using the upper case letters A F rather than a f as would be printed when using x When the alternate format is specified a leading zero will be supplied for the octal format and a leading Ox or 0X for the hex format s Print a string the value argument is assumed to be a character pointer At most n characters from the string will be printed in a field m charac
455. the string pointed to by s2 in the string pointed to by s1 The stristr routine is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf d n strstr This is a string Return Value Pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string was not found str 327 Library Functions STRTOD Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtok Description const char x s const char res Parse the string s converting it to a double floating point type This function converts the first occurence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string Example inc inc lude lt stdio h gt lude lt strlib h gt void main See Also atof 328 void char puf p 35 7 23 27 char x end double inl in2 inl strtod buf send in2 strtod end NULL printf in comps f f n inl in2 Library Functions Return Value Returns a double representing the floating point value of the converted input string 329 Library Functions STRTOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtol Description const char x s const char xx res int base Parse the string
456. the terms assembly language or just assembly assembly listing and etc but assembler options assembler directive and assembler optimizer 4 1 Assembler Usage The assembler is called ASPIC and is available to run on Windows Linux and Mac OS systems Note that the assembler will not produce any messages unless there are errors or warnings there are no assembly completed messages Typically the command line driver PICC is used to envoke the assembler as it can be passed assembler source files as input however the options for the assembler are supplied here for instances 127 Assembler Options Macro Assembler where the assembler is being called directly or when they are specified using the command line driver option SETOPTION see Section 2 6 53 The usage of the assembler is similar under all of available operating systems All command line options are recognised in either upper or lower case The basic command format is shown ASPIC options files files is a space separated list of one or more assembler source files Where more than one source file is specified the assembler treats them as a single module i e a single assembly will be performed on the concatenation of all the source files specified The files must be specified in full no default extensions or suffixes are assumed options is an optional space separated list of assembler options each with a minus sign as the first character A full list o
457. ting format 182 long command lines 181 module order 182 librarian 179 command files 181 command line arguments 180 181 error messages 182 listing format 182 INDEX INDEX long command lines 181 module order 182 libraries adding files to 180 creating 180 deleting files from 181 excluding 61 format of 179 linking 163 listing modules in 181 module order 182 naming convention 30 scanning additional 45 used in executable 160 library difference between object file 179 manager 179 library function __ CONFIG 202 __EEPROM_DATA 203 _ IDLOC 204 _ IDLOC7 205 __delay_ms 206 __delay_us 206 _delay 206 abs 207 acos 208 asctime 209 asin 211 assert 212 atan 213 atan2 214 atof 215 atoi 216 atol 217 bsearch 218 ceil 220 cgets 221 cos 224 cosh 225 cputs 226 ctime 227 div 229 eeprom_read 230 eeprom_write 230 eval_poly 231 exp 232 fabs 233 flash_copy 234 flash_erase 236 flash_read 236 floor 239 fmod 238 frexp 240 ftoa 241 get_cal_data 245 getch 242 getchar 243 getche 242 gets 244 gmtime 246 isalnum 248 isalpha 248 isatty 250 isdigit 248 islower 248 itoa 251 labs 252 Idexp 253 Idiv 254 localtime 255 log 257 log10 257 longjmp 258 ltoa 260 memchr 261 memcmp 263 memcpy 265 501 INDEX INDEX 502 memmove 267 memset 268 mktime 269 modf 271 persist_check 272 persist_validate 272 pow 274 prin
458. tion s c ce 26 5 66440 6b be REA a ee 164 5 9 1 Parameters involving Function Calls 165 Map PIES 2 0 2 6 a en eh eal ee ee al Saw E Ga a ee eS 167 IO CEDE O o s Soe al wh RA RR Ba ta a E 167 Se COUGHS 24505324 446 8 2A 0a bbe Eee Bh ES 4 BSS 167 S102 General Information ny doe RI eS eS 168 310 22 Call Graph Information A He SEAS 169 5 10 2 3 Psect Information listed by Module 175 5 10 2 4 Psect Information listed by Class 177 3 10 2 5 Segment Lising p e caos er eeta a he ee 177 5 10 2 6 Unused Address Ranges coreo nee a a rss 178 31027 Symbol Table v r 2054 ee pea de 178 LIMARAN ea E E Oe AA RO 179 SA The Library Ronnie id Hoe Ee Ay 179 211 2 Using the IBA sp beeen 4s rs ds do ee eS 180 S113 EXAMPLES coo o oe ewe a eA ES RA Bes 181 3 11 4 Supplying Arguments cc ee ee ee a 181 SALS Listine FORMA e ee ep AG a RRS Ra a Bo E 182 51 LO Ordering of Libres op BG tr Ba Sh de de RDS 182 UL A Bator Messages o ey hn be ee a ea ee a a 182 DUIE O amp es 182 212 1 Checksum Speciieations xiii dnde ee eS 184 CT ok be ee RS eh eee NS eo Ra S EES EA Bes 184 E ee Oa ae ae eS 185 DAS 2 0 ok KE ER EEG Ba DEAS mE Ee ees 185 SASS SLEW foe Be Pa eA EERE eee EB e ee 185 NAGA DOUE oc ow Roe RR ee a 185 Bulge PWIND lt x A ee Aas oe BA re Hin B ete eh eB Som amp BRS 186 LTD SNOP os bok d aoe Pe be baw eS ee Gee eS DG 186 SA37 EMPRESS ee BAAR ES RAE Bes 186 Cromwell occidente e
459. tion parameter may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function so perhaps a has been omitted from the declaration 293 bad size in index_type Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 294 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Hexmate This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 295 expression too complex Parser This expression has caused overflow of the compiler s internal stack and should be re arranged or split into two expressions 296 out of memory Objtohex This could be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 297 bad argument to tysize Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 298 end of file in asm Preprocessor An end of file has been encountered inside a asm block This probably means the endasm is missing or misspelt e g 385 Error and Warning Messages asm mov r0 55 mov ri 0 x oops where is the endasm lt 300 unexpected end of file Parser An end of file in a C module was encountered unexpectedly e g void main void ama run x is that it What about the close brace x 301 end of file on string file Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical
460. to ORG must be either an absolute value or a value referencing the current psect In either case the current location counter is set to the value determined by the argument It is not possible to move the location counter backward For example ORG 100h will move the location counter to the beginning of the current psect plus 100h The actual location will not be known until link time In order to use the ORG directive to set the location counter to an absolute value the directive must be used from within an absolute overlaid psect For example PSECT absdata abs ovrld ORG 50h 4 3 8 5 EQU This pseudo op defines a symbol and equates its value to an expression For example thomas EQU 123h The identifier thomas will be given the value 123h EQU is legal only when the symbol has not previously been defined See also Section 4 3 8 6 4 3 8 6 SET This pseudo op is equivalent to EQU except that allows a symbol to be re defined For example thomas SET Oh 141 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 8 7 DB DB is used to initialize storage as bytes The argument is a list of expressions each of which will be assembled into one byte Each character of the string will be assembled into one memory location Examples alabel DB X 1 2 3 4 Note that because the size of an address unit in ROM is 2 bytes the DB pseudo op will initialise a word with the upper byte set to zero 4 3 8 8 DW DW operate
461. to strtok s1 should be set to a null pointer These calls start searching from the end of the last token found and again return a pointer to the first character of the next token or NULL if no further tokens were found Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char x ptr char buf This is a string of words char x sep_tok ptr strtok buf sep_tok while ptr NULL printf s n ptr ptr strtok NULL sep_tok 332 Library Functions Return Value Returns a pointer to the first character of a token or a null pointer if no token was found Note The separator string s2 may be different from call to call 333 Library Functions STRTOK Synopsis include lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x char x strtok char x sl const char s2 For high end processors x far char strtok far char sl const char s2 Description A number of calls to strtok breaks the string s1 which consists of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated by one or more characters from the separator string s2 into its separate tokens The first call must have the string s1 This call returns a pointer to the first character of the first token or NULL if no tokens were found The inter token separator character is overwritten by a null character which terminates the current token For subsequent calls t
462. to the new address range 2 00h 21FFh Be careful when shifting sections of executable code Program code shouldn t be shifted unless it can be guaranteed that no part of the program relies upon the absolute location of this code segment 5 15 1 2 Prefix When the operator precedes a parameter or input file the data obtained from that parameter will be forced into the output file and will overwrite other data existing within its address range For example input hex STRING 1000 My string Ordinarily hexmate will issue an error if two sources try to store differing data at the same location Using the operator informs hexmate that if more than one data source tries to store data to the same address the one specified with a will take priority 5 15 1 3 ADDRESSING By default all address parameters in hexmate options expect that values will be entered as byte addresses In some device architectures the native addressing format may be something other than byte addressing In these cases it would be much simpler to be able to enter address components 192 Linker and Utilities Hexmate in the device s native format To facilitate this the ADDRESSING option is used This option takes exactly one parameter which configures the number of bytes contained per address location If for example a device s program memory naturally used a 16 bit 2 byte word addressing format the option ADDRESSING 2 will configure hexma
463. ts st ruct and union types of any size from one byte upwards Structures and unions only differ in the memory offset applied for each member The members of structures and unions may not be objects of type bit but bit fields are fully supported Structures and unions may be passed freely as function arguments and return values Pointers to structures and unions are fully supported 3 3 8 1 Bit fields in Structures HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family fully supports bit fields in structures Bit fields are always allocated within 8 bit words The first bit defined will be the least significant bit of the word in which it will be stored When a bit field is declared it is allocated within the current 8 bit unit if it will fit otherwise a new byte is allocated within the structure Bit fields can never cross the boundary between 8 bit allocation units For example the declaration struct unsigned To s Ty unsigned dummy 6 unsigned Kis Lo fo will produce a structure occupying 1 bytes If foo was ultimately linked at address 10H the field lo will be bit O of address 10H hi will be bit 7 of address 10H The least significant bit of dummy will be bit 1 of address 10H and the most significant bit of dummy will be bit 6 of address 10h Unnamed bit fields may be declared to pad out unused space between active bits in control registers For example if dummy is never used the structure above could have been declared as struct
464. tthree where fn1 is calling n3 and two arguments are evaluated by calling n2 which in turn calls n3 The program structure should be modified to prevent this type of call sequence 743 divide by zero Code Generator An expression involving a division by zero has been detected in your code 744 static object has zero size Code Generator A static object has been declared but has a size of zero 437 Error and Warning Messages 745 nodecount Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 746 object qualified const but not initialized Code Generator An object has been qualified as const but there is no initial value supplied at the definition As this object cannot be written by the C program this may imply the intial value was accidently omitted 747 unrecognized option to Z Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 748 variable may be used before set Code Generator This variable may be used before it has been assigned a value Since it is an auto variable this will result in 1t having a random value e g void main void int a if a oops a has never been assigned a value x process 749 unknown register name used with pragma Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical suppor
465. tyle ERRORS number Sets the maximum number of errors displayed FILL opcode Fill unused program locations with this hexadecimal code FLOAT lt argument gt Size of float type GETOPTION app file Get the command line options for the named applica tion continued PICC Command line Options Option Meaning HELP lt option gt Display the compiler s command line options IDE ide Configure the compiler for use by the named IDE LANG language Specify language for compiler messages MEMMAP file Display memory summary information for the map file MSGDISABLE lt argument gt Disable these warning or advisory messages MSGFORMAT lt format gt Format general message strings to the given style NODEL Do not remove temporary files generated by the com piler NOEXEC Go through the motions of compiling without actually compiling OBJDIR argument Object and intermediate files directory OPT lt type gt Enable general compiler optimizations OUTDIR Specify output files directory OUTPUT type Generate output file type PASS1 Stop after pl file generation PRE Produce preprocessed source files PROTO Generate function prototype information RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify and or reserve RAM ranges ROM lo hi lt lo hi gt S
466. ule In addition there will typically be the runtime startup module The runtime startup code is precompiled into an object file in the case of Standard version compilers or is a compiler written assembler source file which is then compiled along with the remainder of the program In either case an object file module will be listed in this section along with those psects which it defines If the startup module is not being deleted after compilation see the RUNTIME option in Section 2 6 50 then the module name will be startup obj otherwise this module will have a system dependent temporary file name stored in a system dependent location Modules derived from library files area also shown in this list The name of the library file is printed as a header followed by a list of the modules that contributed to the output Only mod ules that define symbols that are referenced are included in the program output For example the following C program files HI TECH Software PICC 18 9 50 lib pic86l c lib ilaldiv obj text 174 174 3C C 0 aldiv obj text 90 90 3C C 0 indicates that both the ilaldiv obj and aldiv obj modules were linked in from the library file pic861 c 1lib Underneath the library file contributions there may be a label COMMON This shows the con tribution to the program from program wide psects in particular that used by the compiled stack auto parameter area 176 Linker and Utilities Map Files This informat
467. unction isr calls a function called illdiv This is a duplicate of the 1div routine that is callable by functions under the int level1l call tree Having duplicate routines means that these implicitly called assembly library routines can safely be called from both code under the main call tree and code under the interrupt tree PRO compilers will have as many duplicates of these routines as there are interrupt levels The call graph shows that the functions main byteconv srv convert isr and illdiv are all consuming APB memory that does not fully overlap with that of other functions Reducing the auto parameter memory requirements for these functions will reduce the program s memory requirements The call graph reveals that 82 bytes of memory are required by the program for autos and parameters but that only 58 are 174 Linker and Utilities Map Files reserved and used by the program The difference shows the amount of memory saved by overlapping of these blocks by the linker 5 10 2 3 Psect Information listed by Module The next section in the map file lists those modules that made a contribution to the output and information regarding the psects these modules defined This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings Name Link Load Length Selector Space Scale Under this on the far left is a list of object files These object files include both files generated from source modules and those that were extracted fro
468. unctions EVAL_POLY Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double eval_poly double x Description const double x d The eval_poly function evaluates a polynomial whose coefficients are contained in the array d at x for exampl e y xX x d2 xx dl do The order of the polynomial is passed in n Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double x y double d 3 1 1 3 5 x 2 2 y eval_poly x d 2 printf The polynomial A a evaluated at f is f n Return Value A double value being the polynomial evaluated at x x 231 Library Functions EXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double exp double f Description The exp routine returns the exponential function of its argument i e e to the power of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 0 0 f lt 5 f 1 0 printf e to 1 0f f n f exp f See Also logO log100 pow O 232 Library Functions FABS Synopsis tinclude lt math h gt double fabs double f Description This routine returns the absolute value of its double argument Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf sf Sf n fabs 1 5 fabs 1 5 See Also abs labs 233 Library Functions FLASH_COPY Synopsis
469. unctions that could be called via the function pointer Functions called indirectly are listed in the call graph along with those functions which are directly called If the ARG flag appears after a function s name this implies that the call to this ARG function involves other function calls to determine the parameter values for this function For example if input and output are both functions that take two int parameters and and both return an int the following result output out_selector input in_selector 10 shows that the function input is called to determine the second parameter to the function output The ARG function s name is listed again under the line which actually shows the ARG flag and any functions this function calls appear here indented in the usual way Under this is listed every function regardless of its depth in the call tree that could be called to determine a parameter value to the ARG function throughout the program If any of these functions call other functions they also list called functions below indented in the usual way For example the following annotated call graph snippet illustrates the ARG function one _one ARG size 0 offset 21 _one is the ARG function _one size 0 offset 21 xx here is _one s call tree _two size 2 2 offset 21 xx _one may call _two _prepl size 1 1 offset 45 7 _prepl _get _prep2 may get size 0 0 offset 47 ultimately be called to _prep2 size 1 1
470. underscore character Verbose mode 187 Cromwell Linker and Utilities Table 5 8 P option architecture arguments for COFF file output Architecture Description 68K Motorola 68000 series chips H8 300 Hitachi 8 bit H8 300 chips H8 300H Hitachi 16 bit H8 300H chips SH Hitachi 32 bit SuperH RISC chips PIC12 Microchip base line PIC chips PIC14 Microchip mid range PIC chips PIC16 Microchip high end 17Cxxx PIC chips PIC18 Microchip PIC18 chips PIC24 Microchip PIC24F and PIC24H chips PIC30 Microchip dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 chips additional argument to this option which also specifies the processor architecture is required Hence for this format the usage of this option must take the form Pname architecture Table 5 8 enumerates the architectures supported for producing COFF files 5 14 2 N To produce some output file formats e g COFF Cromwell requires that the names of the program memory space psect classes be provided The names of the classes are given as a comma separated list For example in the DSPIC C compiler these classes are typically CODE and NEARCODE i e NCODE NEARCODE 5 143 D The D option is used to display to the screen details about the named input file in a readable format The input file can be one of the file types as shown in Table 5 6 5 144 C This option will attempt to identify if the specified inp
471. ut files are one of the formats as shown in Table 5 6 If the file is recognised a confirmation of its type will be displayed 5 14 5 F When generating a COD file this option can be used to force all local symbols to be represented as global symbols The may be useful where an emulator cannot read local symbol information from 188 Linker and Utilities Cromwell the COD file 5 14 6 Okey This option specifies the format of the output file The key can be any of the types listed in Table 5 6 5 14 7 Ikey This option can be used to specify the default input file format The key can be any of the types listed in Table 5 6 5 14 8 L Use this option to show what file format types are supported A list similar to that given in Table 5 6 will be shown 5 14 9 E Use this option to tell CROMWELL to ignore any filename extensions that were given The default extension will be used instead 5 14 10 B In formats that support different endian types use this option to specify big endian byte ordering 5 14 11 M When generating COD files this option will remove the preceding underscore character from sym bols 5 14 12 V Turns on verbose mode which will display information about operations CROMWELL is performing 189 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 15 Hexmate The Hexmate utility is a program designed to manipulate Intel HEX files Hexmate is a post link stage utility that provides the facilit
472. ut was not defined for this chip 466 Error and Warning Messages 1016 missing argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This value of this attribute is blank in the chip configuration file 1017 extraneous argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver There are too many attributes for the the listed specification in the chip configuration file 1018 illegal number of specification found expected in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear a certain number of times but it did not for this chip 1019 duplicate specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute can only be defined once but has been defined more than once for this chip 1020 unknown attribute in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains an attribute that is not understood by this version of the com piler Has the chip configuration file or the driver been replaced with an equivalent component from another version of this compiler 1021 syntax error reading value in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified value for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1022 syntax error read
473. va_start ap a while a puts va_arg ap char x va_end ap void main void pf 3 Line 1 lines 2 line 3 346 Library Functions XTOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt unsigned xtoi const char x s Description The xtoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks reading an optional sign and converts an ASCII representation of a hexadecimal number to an integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 int i gets buf i xtoi buf printf Read s converted to x n buf i See Also atoi Return Value A signed integer If no number is found in the string zero will be returned 347 Library Functions 348 Appendix B Error and Warning Messages This chapter lists most error warning and advisory messages from all HI TECH C compilers with an explanation of each message Most messages have been assigned a unique number which appears in brackets before each message in this chapter and which is also printed by the compiler when the message is issued The messages shown here are sorted by their number Un numbered messages appear toward the end and are sorted alphabetically The name of the application s that could have produced the messages are listed in brackets opposite the error message In some cases examples of code or options that could trigger the error are g
474. ves its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g extern void foo void void main void void bar void x both assignments are equivalent x bar amp f00 bar foo x the amp is redundant 364 attempt to modify object qualified Parser Objects declared const or code may not be assigned to or modified in any other way by your program The effect of attempting to modify such an object is compiler specific const int out 1234 x out is read only out 0 x oops writing to a read only object x 365 pointer to non static object returned Parser This function returns a pointer to a non static e g auto variable This is likely to be an error since the storage associated with automatic variables becomes invalid when the function returns e g char x get_addr void char c x returning this is dangerous the pointer could be dereferenced x return c 366 operands of not same pointer type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer types This probably means you have used the wrong pointer but if the code is actually what you intended use a typecast to suppress the error message 399 Error and Warning Messages 367 identifier is already extern can t be static Parser This function was already declared extern possibly through an implicit declaration It has now been redeclared st atic but this redeclaration is inv
475. ving will be negated as the full content of the macro is now duplicated in code space In the case of EEPROM_READ there is another very important detail to note Unlike eep rom_read this macro does not wait for any concurrent EEPROM writes to complete before pro ceeding to select and read EEPROM Had the previous example used the EEPROM_READ macro in place of eeprom_read the operation would have failed If it cannot be guaranteed that all writes to EEPROM have completed at the time of calling EEPROM_READ the appropriate flag should be polled prior to executing EEPROM_READ For example include lt htc h gt void eetest void unsigned char value 1 unsigned char address 0 Initiate writing value to address EEPROM _ WRITE address value wait for end of write before EEPROM_READ while WR continue read from EEPROM at address value EEPROM_READ address 3 2 6 Flash Runtime Access HI TECH C PRO for the PIC10 12 16 MCU Family provides a number of methods to access the contents of program memory at runtime Particular care must be taken when modifying the contents of program memory If the location being modified is that which is currently being executed or you ve accidentally selected a region of your executable code for use as non volatile storage the result could be disastrous so take care For those devices requiring a flash erasure oper
476. ware for assistance with this problem 1030 HEXMATE Intel hex editing utility Build 1 i Hexmate Indicating the version number of the Hexmate being executed 1031 USAGE inputl hex input2 hex inputN hex options Hexmate The suggested usage of Hexmate 1032 use HELP lt option gt for usage of these command line options Hexmate More detailed information is available for a specific option by passing that option to the HELP option 1033 available command line options Hexmate This is a simple heading that appears before the list of available options for this application 468 Error and Warning Messages 1034 type for available options Hexmate It looks like you need help This advisory suggests how to get more information about the options available to this application or the usage of these options 1035 bad argument count Parser The number of arguments to a function is unreasonable This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1036 bad optional header length 0x expected Cromwell The length of the optional header in this COFF file was of an incorrect length 1037 short read on Cromwell When reading the type of data indicated in this message it terminated before reaching its specified length 1038 string table length too short Cromwell The specified length of the COFF string table is less than the m
477. will not result in this advisory message 476 Error and Warning Messages 1209 An old MPLAB tool suite plug in was detected Driver The options passed to the driver resemble those that the Microchip MPLAB IDE would pass to a previous version of this compiler Some of these options are now obsolete however they were still interpreted It is recommended that you install an updated HI TECH options plug in for the MPLAB IDE 210 Visit the HI TECH Software website www htsoft com for a possible update Driver Visit our website to see if an update is available to address the issue s listed in the previous compiler message Please refer to the on line self help facilities such as the Frequently asked Questions or search the On line forums In the event of no details being found here contact HI TECH Software for further information 1212 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1213 duplicate ARCH for in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 1218 can t create cross reference file Assembler The assembler attempted to create a cross reference file but it could not be created Check that the file s pathname is correct 1228 unable to locate instal
478. with compiler generated code The code generator cannot scan the assembler code for register usage and so will remain unaware if registers are clobbered or used by the code If in doubt compile your program with the PICC S option and examine the assembler code generated by the compiler 3 10 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code The following applies regardless of whether the assembly is part of a separate assembly module or in line with C code For any non local assembly symbol the GLOBAL directive must be used to link in with the symbol if it was defined elsewhere If it is a local symbol then it may be used immediately 3 10 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols The assembler equivalent identifier to an identifier in C code follows a form that is dependent on the scope and type of the C identifier The different forms are discussed below Accessing the C identifier in C code and its assembly equivalent in assembly code implies accessing the same object Here global implies defined outside a function local defined within a function C identifiers are assigned different symbols in the output assembly code so that an assembly identifier cannot conflict with an identifier defined in C code If assembly programmers choose identifier names that do not begin with an underscore these identifiers will never conflict with C identifiers Importantly this implies that the assembly identifier i and the C identifier i relate to di
479. with the bit type make no sense and is an illegal operation 212 missing number after pragma pack Parser The pragma pack requires a decimal number as argument This specifies the alignment of each member within the structure Use this with caution as some processors enforce alignment and will not operate correctly if word fetches are made on odd boundaries e g pragma pack what is the alignment value Maybe you meant something like pragma pack 2 214 missing number after pragma interrupt_level Parser The pragma interrupt_level requires an argument from 0 to 7 215 missing argument to pragma switch Parser The pragma switch requires an argument of auto direct or simple e g pragma switch oops this requires a switch mode x maybe you meant something like pragma switch simple 216 missing argument to pragma psect Parser The pragma psect requires an argument of the form ol dname newname where oldname is an existing psect name known to the compiler and newname is the desired new name e g pragma psect x oops this requires an psect to redirect x 369 Error and Warning Messages maybe you meant something like pragma psect text specialtext 218 missing name after pragma inline Parser The inline pragma expects the name of a function to follow The function name must be recog nized by the code generator for it to be expanded other functions are not altered e g
480. with the lowest link address This can lead to confusion with the psect with the same name Do not read psect information from this section of the map file Typically this section of the map file can be ignored by the user 177 Map Files Linker and Utilities 5 10 2 6 Unused Address Ranges The last of the memory summaries Just before the symbol table in the map file is a list of memory which was not allocated by the linker This memory is thus unused The linker is aware of any memory allocated by the code generator for absolute variables and so this free space is accurate This section follows the heading UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES and is followed by a list of classes and the memory still available in each class defined in the program If there is more than one range in a class each range is printed on a separate line Any paging boundaries within a class are ignored and not displayed in any way Note that classes often define memory that is also covered by other classes thus the total free space in a memory area is not simply the addition of the size of all the ranges indicated For example if there are two classes the cover the RAM memory RAM and BANKRAM and the first 100h out of 500h bytes are used then both will indicate 000100 0004FF as the unused memory 5 10 2 7 Symbol Table The final section in the map file list global symbols that the program defines This section has a heading Symbol Table and is
481. x this should be inside the switch x 244 default case redefined Parser There is only allowed to be one default label in a switch statement You have more than one e g switch a default x if this is the default case x b 9 break default x then what is this x 374 Error and Warning Messages b 10 break 245 default case not in switch Parser A label has been encountered called default but it is not enclosed by a switch statement A default label is only legal inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this default label there may be one too many clos ing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement See example for Error Message case not in switch on page 375 246 case label not in switch Parser A case label has been encountered but there is no enclosing switch statement A case label may only appear inside the body of a switch statement If there is a swit ch statement before this case label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement e g switch input Case 0 count break case 1 if count gt MAX count 0 oops this shouldn t be here x break case 2 error flagged here x 247 duplicate label Parser The same name is used for a label more than once in this function Note that the s
482. y Check the relocatability of the psect and correct the p option if necessary 456 psect not loaded on 0x boundary Linker This psect has a relocatability requirement that is not met by the load address given in a p option For example if a psect must be on a 4K byte boundary you could not start it at 100H 459 remove failed error xstrip The creation of the output file failed when removing an interemediate file 460 rename failed error xstrip The creation of the output file failed when renaming an interemediate file 461 can t create file Assembler Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 464 missing key in avmap file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 465 undefined symbol in FNBREAK record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNBREAK record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 466 undefined symbol in FNINDIR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNINDIR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 467 undefined symbol in FNADDR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNADDR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Sup
483. y Functions _DELAY _ DELAY MS DELAY US Synopsis __delay_ms x request a delay in milliseconds __delay_us x request a delay in microseconds request a delay for a number of instruction cycles void _delay_ms unsigned long n Description The when code calls _delay n the code generator will customize and in lined sequence of code to facilitate a delay of n instruction cycles As this routine is customized for the parameter given the resultant code produced may differ significantly based on the magnitude of the requested delay As it is often more convenient request a delay in time based terms rather than in cycle counts the macros __delay_ms x and __delay_us x are provided These macros simply wrap around _delay n and convert the time based request into instruction cycles based on the system frequency In order to achieve this these macros require the prior definition of preprocessor symbol _XTAL_FREO This symbol should be defined as the oscillator frequency in Hertz used by the system An error will result if these macros are used without defining this symbol or if the delay period requested is too large 206 Library Functions ABS Synopsis tinclude lt stdlib h gt int abs int j Description The abs function returns the absolute value of j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void int a 5 printf The absolute value of d is d n
484. y allied functions Return value the type and nature of the return value of the function if any Information on error returns is also included Only those categories which are relevant to each function are used 201 Library Functions __ CONFIG Synopsis include lt htc h gt __ CONFIG data Description This macro is used to program the configuration fuses that set the device into various modes of operation The macro accepts the 16 bit value it is to update it with 16 Bit masks have been defined to describe each programmable attribute available on each de vice These attribute masks can be found tabulated in this manual in the Features and Runtime Environment section Multiple attributes can be selected by ANDing them together Example include lt htc h gt _ CONFIG RC amp UNPROTECT void main void See also _ EEPROM_DATA _ IDLOC _ IDLOC7 202 Library Functions _ EEPROM_DATA Synopsis tinclude lt htc h gt EEPROM_DATA a b c d e g h Description This macro is used to store initial values into the device s EEPROM registers at the time of program ming The macro must be given blocks of 8 bytes to write each time it is called and can be called repeatedly to store multiple blocks __ EEPROM_DATA will begin writing to EEPROM address zero and will auto increment the address written to by 8 each time it is used Example include lt htc h gt
485. y also be the name of another already linked psect This will explicitly concatenate the current psect with the previously specified psect e g 161 Operation Linker and Utilities Ptext 0 data 8000h bss Pnvram bss heap This example shows text at zero data linked at 8000h but loaded after text bss is linked and loaded at 8000h plus the size of data and nvram and heap are concatenated with bss Note here the use of two P options Multiple P options are processed in order If A options have been used to specify address ranges for a class then this class name may be used in place of a link or load address and space will be found in one of the address ranges For example ACODE 8000h BFFEh E000h FFFEh Pdata C000h CODE This will link data at COOO0h but find space to load it in the address ranges associated with CODE If no sufficiently large space is available an error will result Note that in this case the data psect will still be assembled into one contiguous block whereas other psects in the class CODE will be distributed into the address ranges wherever they will fit This means that if there are two or more psects in class CODE they may be intermixed in the address ranges Any psects allocated by a P option will have their load address range subtracted from any address ranges specified with the A option This allows a range to be specified with the A option without knowing in advance h
486. y of characters from the string pointed to by s2 Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void printf d n strspn This is a string This printf d n strspn This is a string this See Also strespn Return Value The length of the segment 325 Library Functions STRSTR STRISTR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char x strstr const char x sl const char x s2 char stristr const char sl const char s2 Description The strstr function locates the first occurrence of the sequence of characters in the string pointed to by s2 in the string pointed to by s1 The stristr routine is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf sd n strstr This is a string str Return Value Pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string was not found 326 Library Functions STRSTR STRISTR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt x For baseline and midrange processors x const char strstr const char sl const char s2 const char stristr const char sl const char s2 For high end processors char x strstr const char x sl const char x s2 char x stristr const char sl const char s2 Description The strstr function locates the first occurrence of the sequence of characters in
487. y that no callgraph should be produced and full to indicate that the full callgraph be displayed in the map file In addition the suboption std can be specified to indicate that a shorter form without redundant information relating to ARG functions be produced or crit to inidcate that only critical path information be displayed in the callgraph See also Sections 50 PICC Command line Driver PICC Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 6 Default values for filling unprogrammed code space Architecture Default value Baseline PIC FFFh Midrange PIC 3FFFh High end PIC FFFFh 2 6 20 CHECKSUM start end destination lt specs gt Calculate a checksum This option will perform a checksum over the address range specified and store the result at the destination address specified Additional specifications can be appended as a comma separated list to this option Such specifications are ywidth n select the byte width of the checksum result A negative width will store the result in little endian byte order Result widths from one to four bytes are permitted offset nnnn An initial value or offset to be added to this checksum algorithm n Select one of the checksum algorithms implemented in hexmate The selectable al gorithms are described in Table 5 10 The start end and destination attributes can be entered as word addresses as this is the native format for PICC program space If an accompanying F ILL
488. y to Calculate and store variable length checksum values Fill unused memory locations with known data sequences Merge multiple Intel hex files into one output file Convert INHX32 files to other INHX formats e g INHX8M Detect specific or partial opcode sequences within a hex file Find replace specific or partial opcode sequences Provide a map of addresses used in a hex file Change or fix the length of data records in a hex file Validate checksums within Intel hex files Typical applications for hexmate might include 190 Merging a bootloader or debug module into a main application at build time Calculating a checksum over a range of program memory and storing its value in program memory or EEPROM Filling unused memory locations with an instruction to send the PC to a known location if it gets lost Storage of a serial number at a fixed address Storage of a string e g time stamp at a fixed address Store initial values at a particular memory address e g initialise EEPROM Detecting usage of a buggy restricted instruction Adjusting hex file to meet requirements of particular bootloaders Linker and Utilities Hexmate Table 5 9 Hexmate command line options Option Effect ADDRESSING Set address fields in all hexmate options to use word addressing or other BREAK Break continuous data so that a new record begin
489. y useful 1f the number of arguments to HLINK is large Even if the list of files is too long to fit on one line continuation lines may be included by leaving a backslash at the end of the preceding line In this fashion HLINK commands of almost unlimited length may be issued For example a link command file called x 1nk and containing the following text Z OX OBJ MX MAP Ptext 0 data 0 bss nvram bss X OBJ Y OBJ Z OBJ C HT Z80 LIB Z80 SC LIB may be passed to the linker by one of the following hlink x 1nk hlink lt x lnk 5 9 Compiled Stack Operation A compiler can either take advantage of the hardware stack contained on a device or produce code which uses a compiled stack for parameter passing between functions and auto variables Tempo rary variables used by a function may also be allocated space in the auto area Temporary variables with names like btemp wtemp or 1temp are not examples of such variables These variables are treated more like registers although they may be allocated memory A compiled stack consists of fixed memory areas that are usable by each function s auto and parameter variables When a com piled stack is used functions are not re entrant since local variables in each function will use the same fixed area of memory every time the function is invoked Fundamental to the compiled stack is the call graph which defines a tree like hierarchy indicating the structure of function calls The call gr

Manual - IS MU

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents